AutoBind

Dynamic Workflow Permissions

This feature allows users to set customizable permissions for each workflow, determining who can view, edit, or comment on specific tasks. By enabling tailored access levels, team collaboration is enhanced, ensuring sensitive information remains secure while encouraging participation and accountability among team members.

Requirements

Customizable Workflow Permission Levels

"As a project manager, I want to set customizable permission levels for team members in each workflow so that I can ensure that sensitive information is secure while promoting collaboration and accountability among my team."

Description

The Customizable Workflow Permission Levels feature allows users to define specific access permissions for individual workflows and tasks. Users can set view, edit, or comment rights for team members based on their roles or requirements. This feature is crucial for ensuring that sensitive information is only accessible to authorized personnel while promoting effective teamwork. By providing this level of control, AutoBind enhances collaboration within teams, reduces risks associated with data breaches, and increases accountability among users as permissions can be monitored and audited. Implementation will require an intuitive interface that allows users to easily assign permissions when creating or editing workflows, along with backend security protocols to manage access effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

Setting permission levels for a new workflow created by a project manager for a team project.

Given the project manager is creating a new workflow, when they navigate to the permissions settings, then they should be able to set view, edit, or comment access for each team member individually.

Editing an existing workflow to update permission levels based on team changes.

Given an existing workflow is open for editing, when the user modifies the permission levels, then the new settings should be saved and reflected in the workflow access immediately.

Auditing workflow permissions to ensure sensitive tasks are secured appropriately.

Given an administrative user accesses the audit logs, when they review the permissions assigned to workflows, then they should see a complete history of changes made to permissions for each workflow.

Collaborating within a workflow where team members have different access levels.

Given a workflow where team members have varied permissions, when the assigned users interact with the tasks, then they should only see the tasks and functions allowable per their assigned permissions.

Receiving notifications when permission levels are changed for workflows they are involved in.

Given a user is part of a workflow, when their access permissions are modified, then they should receive a notification alerting them of the change.

Ensuring that sensitive information is restricted based on workflow permission settings.

Given a workflow contains sensitive data, when a user tries to access that information, then they should be denied access if they do not have the proper permissions set for that workflow.

Viewing a permissions summary for a workflow before sharing it with the team.

Given a workflow is ready to be shared, when the user views the permissions settings, then they should see a clear summary of who has view, edit, or comment access before finalizing the share.

Role-Based Access Control

"As an admin, I want to create roles with specific permissions for my team so that managing access becomes simpler and I can ensure consistency and security across our workflows."

Description

Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) enhances the security framework of workflows within AutoBind by allowing administrators to create roles with predefined permissions. Instead of assigning permissions to each user individually, administrators can assign users to specific roles, such as 'Editor' or 'Viewer', which automatically grants them the corresponding permissions for relevant workflows. This significantly streamlines the permission management process, especially in large teams, by reducing the potential for manual errors and ensuring that users have appropriate access levels. The implementation of RBAC will also include the ability to customize roles and adapt permissions as team structures evolve, ensuring ongoing relevance and security as teams grow.

Acceptance Criteria

User defines custom roles for their team members within the AutoBind platform.

Given an administrator is logged into AutoBind, when they navigate to the 'Roles' section, then they should be able to create a custom role with a unique name and assign specific permissions (view, edit, comment) relevant to workflows.

Administrator assigns roles to users in a team for a specific workflow.

Given an administrator has created roles, when they select a user in the user management section and assign them a role, then the user should inherit all permissions associated with that role in all relevant workflows.

User with 'Viewer' role accesses a specific workflow.

Given a user is assigned the 'Viewer' role for a workflow, when they access that workflow, then they should only be able to view the tasks without editing or commenting capabilities.

Administrator modifies the permissions of a custom role.

Given an administrator is logged in, when they edit an existing role to change the permissions assigned to that role, then the updates should reflect immediately in all workflows associated with that role.

User attempts to edit a task in a workflow they have 'Viewer' role assigned to.

Given a user with 'Viewer' role tries to edit a task in a workflow, when they click the edit button, then they should receive a notification stating they do not have the necessary permissions to edit.

Audit log functionality to track changes in roles and permissions.

Given changes have been made to roles and permissions, when an administrator views the audit log, then they should see a record of what changes were made, by whom, and when.

Dynamic change of user roles in response to organizational restructuring.

Given an organization undergoes restructuring, when an administrator changes user roles for multiple members, then all impacted users should instantly reflect the new permissions on their workflows without errors.

Audit Trail for Permissions Changes

"As an admin, I want to access an audit trail for permissions changes so that I can track accountability and ensure compliance with security requirements."

Description

The Audit Trail for Permissions Changes feature provides a comprehensive logging system that tracks all changes made to workflow permissions. This feature allows administrators and team leads to review modifications made to user permissions, including who made changes, when they were made, and what specific changes were enacted. Providing this visibility not only enhances accountability but also assists in troubleshooting and compliance with data protection regulations. The audit log should be easily accessible within the AutoBind platform, allowing authorized users to filter and export logs as needed. This feature will ensure transparent monitoring of permission changes and user accountability within the system.

Acceptance Criteria

Audit trail visibility for permissions changes by administrators.

Given an administrator logs into the AutoBind platform, when they access the audit trail, then they should see a comprehensive log of all permissions changes made within the last 30 days, including the user, timestamp, and specific changes made.

Filtering capabilities for audit logs based on user and date.

Given an authorized user accesses the audit trail, when they use the filtering options for user and date, then they should only see permissions changes that correspond to the selected user and the specified date range.

Exporting audit logs for compliance reporting.

Given an administrator is viewing the audit trail, when they select the export option, then they should be able to download the audit logs in CSV format that includes all relevant details such as user, timestamp, and changes made.

Tracking role-based permissions changes in the audit trail.

Given a team lead makes changes to user permissions, when they view the audit trail, then they should see a record that identifies the previous and new permissions for each affected user role including timestamps and the initiating user’s details.

Real-time alert notifications on critical permission changes.

Given a user has admin access, when permissions are changed for any critical workflows, then the system should send an immediate email notification detailing the changes made, who made them, and when.

User accessibility to their own permissions change history.

Given a user logs into the AutoBind platform, when they navigate to their profile settings, then they should be able to view a section that displays their own permissions change history including dates and types of changes.

Notification System for Access Changes

"As a team member, I want to receive notifications when my access to workflows is changed so that I am always aware of what I can view or edit, reducing confusion and enhancing my ability to collaborate effectively."

Description

The Notification System for Access Changes ensures that team members are promptly informed when their access permissions are altered. Whether permissions are added, removed, or modified, users will receive a notification via their preferred communication channels. This feature fosters greater transparency within the team, ensuring that all members are aware of their access rights and can address any potential concerns or discrepancies immediately. By integrating notifications within the broader AutoBind platform, users can customize their preferences for receiving alerts based on workflow updates.

Acceptance Criteria

Notification when Permissions are Added to a Workflow

Given a user with edit permissions to a workflow, when access permissions are added to the workflow for another team member, then the user should receive a notification about the added permissions via their preferred communication channel.

Notification when Permissions are Removed from a Workflow

Given a team member with existing permissions to a workflow, when their access is removed, then they should receive a notification about the removal via their preferred communication channel.

Notification when Permissions are Modified

Given a user with specific access permissions to a workflow, when those permissions are modified (e.g., changed from view to edit), then the user should receive a notification detailing the changes made via their preferred communication channel.

Customization of Notification Preferences

Given a user accessing their notification settings, when they opt to customize their preferences for receiving alerts, then the system must save their preferences accurately and notify them based on those settings moving forward.

Notification Delivery Channel Effectiveness

Given a team member's selected notification delivery channel, when a change in access occurs, then the notification must be received within 5 minutes via that selected channel (e.g., email, SMS, in-app).

Notification System Performance Monitoring

Given the system is under normal operational load, when access changes occur, then 95% of notifications must be delivered successfully without errors or delays, ensuring system reliability.

User-Friendly Permission Interface

"As a non-technical user, I want an easy-to-use interface to manage workflow permissions so that I can confidently control who has access to my tasks without needing technical support."

Description

The User-Friendly Permission Interface is designed to provide users with an intuitive dashboard for managing workflow permissions easily. This interface will include drag-and-drop features, visual indicators for current permissions, and streamlined access management options that enable users to assign or change permissions with minimal effort. By focusing on usability, this feature aims to reduce the learning curve for non-technical users and empower them to take control over their workflows effectively. Integration with existing AutoBind functionalities is crucial to ensure seamless user experiences without disrupting current operations.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets permissions for a collaborative task using the User-Friendly Permission Interface.

Given a user is logged into AutoBind, when they navigate to the workflow permission dashboard, then they can see a visual representation of current permissions for each task and the ability to change them using drag-and-drop functionality.

Admin assigns permissions to team members for sensitive information in a workflow.

Given an admin accesses the User-Friendly Permission Interface, when they select a task and assign specific permissions to team members, then those permissions must be reflected in the visual indicators and function without errors for all selected users.

User attempts to modify an existing permission for a task.

Given a user is on the permissions dashboard, when they try to drag a user's access level from 'view' to 'edit', then the system must prompt a confirmation dialog and, upon confirmation, successfully update the permission level without affecting other permissions.

Team member views a task with restricted permissions.

Given a team member is not authorized to view a specific task, when they access the workflow, then they should not be able to see the task or any associated information, and receive a notification stating that access is denied.

User searches for a specific workflow to manage permissions.

Given a user is looking for a workflow within the User-Friendly Permission Interface, when they utilize the search functionality, then the system should return relevant workflows promptly that match the entered search criteria.

User receives a tutorial on how to use the permission management features.

Given a new user accesses the User-Friendly Permission Interface for the first time, when they enter the dashboard, then they should be presented with an interactive tutorial highlighting key features and functionalities.

Granular Permissions for Tasks

"As a team lead, I want to define permissions for individual tasks within a workflow so that I can customize access based on the specific needs of each task and enhance collaboration."

Description

The Granular Permissions for Tasks feature allows users to set permissions at the task level within a workflow, providing maximum flexibility in how tasks are managed and shared. Users can define who can view, edit, or comment on individual tasks, rather than applying blanket permissions to an entire workflow. This is particularly useful for projects where certain tasks may contain sensitive information or where collaboration roles can vary significantly. The implementation will require adjustments to the AutoBind workflows to allow task-specific permissions, preserving the overarching workflow structure while enhancing control at the task level.

Acceptance Criteria

Permit user to set up individual permissions for each task in a workflow to ensure contextual collaboration based on specific roles.

Given a user is logged into AutoBind with administrative permissions, When they navigate to a workflow and select a task, Then they should see the option to set individual permissions for viewing, editing, and commenting specific to that task.

Ensure that users can successfully assign roles for each task that correspond to their access permissions, allowing varied levels of participation in team projects.

Given a user is on a task's permission settings page, When they assign roles to team members for the task, Then the changes should be reflected in the task's settings, showing the correct permissions for each user.

Validate the accessibility of tasks based on set permissions, ensuring that unauthorized users cannot view or edit tasks they do not have access to.

Given a user without editing rights attempts to access a task that they do not have permission to view, When they try to open the task, Then they should see a 'Access Denied' message indicating they do not have the necessary permissions.

Test the behavioral response of the system when permissions are altered post task assignment, documenting user experience in the interface.

Given a user has set permissions for a task, When they change those permissions afterward, Then any team member affected by the change should receive a notification regarding the new access level.

Assess how the system handles default permissions for tasks that do not have individually defined settings, ensuring consistency across workflows.

Given a new task is created in a workflow with default settings, When the task is generated, Then it should inherit the default permissions set for the entire workflow unless overridden by specific task permissions.

Evaluate how permission changes are logged and tracked for accountability in task management, especially in sensitive projects.

Given a user modifies a task's permissions, When that change is made, Then the system should log the change in the activity history with user details and timestamp.

Integrated Version History

This feature provides users with a clear record of changes made to workflows over time. By allowing users to track modifications and revert to previous versions if necessary, collaboration becomes smoother and more transparent, fostering trust and stability within teams.

Requirements

Version Tracking Interface

"As a solopreneur, I want to view the change history of my workflows so that I can understand how my workflows have evolved and retrieve previous versions if needed."

Description

The Version Tracking Interface allows users to view a timeline of all changes made to their workflows within AutoBind. This interface enables users to see what changes were made, when, and by whom, enhancing transparency and understanding within teams. By implementing this requirement, AutoBind ensures that users have access to a comprehensive record of modifications, which can be crucial for collaboration and workflow management. The planned output includes a user-friendly visual representation of the version history, making it easy for users to navigate and understand changes over time, and fostering a culture of trust and accountability within teams.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to review the version history of their workflow to understand what changes were made, by whom, and when, for better tracking and collaboration.

Given a user is on the Version Tracking Interface, when they select a specific workflow, then they should see a timeline displaying all changes made to that workflow with details of what was changed, who made the changes, and the timestamps of each change.

A user needs to revert to a previous version of their workflow due to an error in a recent modification.

Given a user has accessed the Version Tracking Interface, when they select a previous version and click on the revert option, then the system should restore the workflow to that previous version and notify the user of the successful action.

A team leader wants to ensure transparency among team members regarding changes made to shared workflows.

Given a user has access to the version history of a shared workflow, when they view the timeline, then they should see changes clearly attributed to the respective team members with corresponding timestamps for each modification.

An administrator wants to ensure the version tracking interface is functioning correctly and is user-friendly.

Given an administrator has logged into AutoBind, when they navigate to the Version Tracking Interface, then the interface should load within 2 seconds, and all graphical elements should be clearly visible and accessible across various devices.

A user requires detailed insights into the changes made across multiple workflows for performance analysis.

Given a user is viewing the Version Tracking Interface, when they apply a filter for multiple workflows, then they should be able to see a consolidated timeline that includes all changes made to those workflows, allowing for easy comparison.

A user wants to ensure that the version history is secure and only accessible to authorized users.

Given that version history exists for a specific workflow, when an unauthorized user attempts to access the Version Tracking Interface, then they should receive an access denied message and not be able to view any version details.

Revert Functionality

"As a user, I want to easily revert to a previous version of my workflow so that I can recover from mistakes without losing too much time."

Description

The Revert Functionality allows users to restore previous versions of their workflows with just a few clicks. This requirement is crucial for users who might need to backtrack after accidental changes or for those who want to adopt past successful configurations quickly. This feature will not only provide a safety net for users, ensuring that they can recover from mistakes, but also enhance their confidence in experimenting with new workflow designs. The implementation should ensure that reverting is intuitive and seamless, allowing users to quickly undo changes without disrupting their workflow.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to revert a workflow after making unintended changes during a modification session.

Given a modified workflow, when the user selects the 'Revert' option, then the workflow should revert to the last saved version without any errors and the user should receive a confirmation message.

A team member needs to revert to a previously successful workflow configuration for a high-priority task.

Given a workflow that has multiple saved versions, when the user selects a specific version from the version history and clicks 'Restore', then that version should become the active workflow and all changes should be reflected accurately.

After reverting a workflow, the user wants to ensure that the change reflects throughout the application.

Given the user has successfully reverted to a previous workflow, when the user navigates to the workflow dashboard, then the dashboard should display the updated workflow state that corresponds to the reverted version.

A user accidentally changes vital parameters in a workflow and needs to backtrack immediately.

Given the user is working on a workflow, when the user clicks 'Revert' within 5 minutes of the change, then the workflow should revert to the last saved state, thereby preserving recent unrelated changes.

A user wants to test a new experimental workflow but is worried about losing the original structure.

Given the user creates a duplicate of the original workflow to experiment on, when the user decides to revert changes made to the experimental workflow, then they should be able to revert back to the original workflow without data loss.

Multiple users are collaborating and need to ensure they can revert to past versions without confusion among team members.

Given a shared workflow among team members, when one user reverts the workflow to a previous version, then all team members should receive a notification of the revert action and an updated version history log should be created for transparency.

User needs reassurance that the revert functionality also maintains a record of the actions taken.

Given the user has reverted their workflow, when the user checks the version history, then the history should include an entry for the revert action, detailing the timestamp and the version reverted to.

User Permissions Management

"As a team leader, I want to set user permissions for workflow changes so that I can control who can modify sensitive information."

Description

User Permissions Management allows team leaders to define who can view, edit, or revert changes to workflows. By implementing this requirement, AutoBind enhances security and ensures that sensitive workflows are protected against unauthorized modifications. This feature is especially useful for teams that have varying levels of access and collaboration. The implementation will involve developing a permission scheme that can be easily adjusted based on the roles of users within the team, and the expected output is a robust permissions dashboard for managing team member access effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

Team leaders need to set specific permissions for each team member to control access to workflow management features in AutoBind.

Given a user with team leader permissions, when they access the User Permissions Management dashboard, then they should be able to assign view, edit, or revert permissions to individual team members.

A team member attempts to edit a workflow they do not have permissions for in AutoBind.

Given a team member without edit permissions, when they try to edit a denied workflow, then they should receive a notification indicating insufficient permissions to edit the workflow.

The user needs to view a history of changes made to a workflow to understand who modified it and when.

Given a user with view permissions, when they access the version history of a workflow, then they should see a complete and chronological list of all changes made along with the assignees.

A team leader needs to revert changes made to a workflow due to an error or unwanted modification.

Given a team leader with revert permissions, when they select a previous version from the version history, then the system should revert the workflow to the selected version and confirm the action via notification.

Team members need to understand their current permissions within the AutoBind platform.

Given a logged-in user, when they access their profile or settings page, then they should see a clear summary of their current permissions related to workflow management.

A new team member is invited to join a team, and their default permissions are set upon their addition.

Given a new team member is added to the team, when their invitation is accepted, then they should be assigned default view permissions and notified of their access rights.

Change Notification System

"As a member of a team, I want to receive notifications about changes made to our shared workflows so that I am always aware of updates and can communicate effectively with my team."

Description

The Change Notification System serves to alert users whenever a change is made to workflows they are collaborating on. This requirement will promote awareness and prompt communication among team members, as users will be informed in real time about modifications made to shared workflows. By incorporating this feature, AutoBind fosters better teamwork and collaboration, as team members will be kept in the loop, reducing the chances of confusion and miscommunication. The implementation involves developing an intuitive notification system that will allow users to customize their notification preferences based on their involvement in various workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a real-time notification when a member of their team makes changes to a workflow they are currently collaborating on.

Given a user is collaborating on a workflow, when a change is made by another team member, then the user should receive a notification within 5 seconds of the change being saved.

Users can customize notification settings based on their preferences for specific workflows they are involved in.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, when they customize their preferences for a specific workflow, then the changes should be saved successfully, and the user should see a confirmation message.

Users can revert to a previous version of a workflow after being notified of changes made by team members.

Given a user is notified of changes made to a workflow, when they choose to revert to a previous version, then the workflow should successfully restore to that version, and the user should receive a success message.

A user should be able to view all notifications related to changes made in workflows they are involved in.

Given a user checks their notification history, when they access the change notifications section, then they should see a complete list of all notifications for changes made to workflows they are part of.

Users should receive different types of notifications (email, in-app) based on their selected preferences.

Given a user has customized their notification preferences, when a change is made to a workflow, then the user should receive notifications only through their selected channels (email, in-app) as per their configuration.

Notifications should be clear and inform users precisely what changes were made to the workflow.

Given a user receives a change notification, when they open the notification, then it should clearly specify what changes were made, who made them, and provide a timestamp of the change.

Users can see a log of all changes made to workflows along with the associated notifications.

Given a user accesses the change log for a workflow, when they view the log, then they should see all changes made along with corresponding notifications and the dates each change occurred.

Searchable Change Log

"As a user, I want to search through the version history of my workflow so that I can quickly locate specific changes and understand the context of my decisions."

Description

The Searchable Change Log provides users with the ability to filter and search through the history of changes made to their workflows. This requirement enhances usability by enabling users to quickly find specific modifications, details, or activities related to their workflows over time. By allowing for comprehensive searching capabilities, users can save time and reduce frustration when trying to locate important information regarding past decisions or changes. The implementation will ensure that users have options to search based on various parameters such as date range, user, and change type.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for changes made to a specific workflow within a defined date range.

Given a user accesses the Searchable Change Log, when they enter a date range for their search, then the system returns all changes made to the workflow within that specified date range.

User filters the change log by the user who made the changes.

Given a user is viewing the Searchable Change Log, when they select a specific user from the filter options, then the system displays only those changes made by that user.

User searches for changes made to the workflows filtered by change type (addition, modification, deletion).

Given a user is viewing the Searchable Change Log, when they select a change type filter, then the system displays all changes matching that type.

User utilizes the search bar to find specific keywords related to changes.

Given a user is on the Searchable Change Log page, when they input a keyword into the search bar, then the system returns all changes that contain that keyword in their details.

User reverts to a previous version of a workflow while viewing the change log.

Given a user is on the Searchable Change Log page, when they select a previous version and initiate the revert action, then the workflow is restored to that version successfully with a confirmation message displayed.

User tries to search for changes but inputs an invalid date range.

Given a user accesses the Searchable Change Log, when they input an invalid date range, then the system displays an error message indicating the date range is invalid.

Collaborative Feedback Loop

This feature enables team members to leave feedback or comments directly on specific tasks or workflows. By streamlining communication and keeping all discussions in context, teams can resolve issues faster and make more informed decisions, promoting a culture of collaboration and continuous improvement.

Requirements

Task Tagging System

"As a team member, I want to tag my tasks with specific keywords so that I can easily find and prioritize my work based on different criteria."

Description

The Task Tagging System allows users to categorize tasks with custom tags, facilitating better organization and quicker retrieval of specific workflows. Tags can be used to filter tasks by project, priority, or team member, enhancing visibility and helping users manage their workloads efficiently. This requirement enhances task management by enabling users to sort and locate tasks based on focused criteria, ultimately improving workflow management and collaboration.

Acceptance Criteria

Task Tagging for Project Organization

Given a user has created multiple tasks, when they apply tags to these tasks by project, then only tasks associated with the selected project tag should be displayed in the task list.

Filtering Tasks by Priority Tags

Given a user has tagged tasks with various priority levels, when they filter tasks by a specific priority tag, then only tasks corresponding to that priority should be shown in the task list.

Assigning Team Member Tags

Given a user has a list of team members, when they tag tasks with specific team member identifiers, then tasks should be retrievable by filtering the assigned team member tag.

Modifying Existing Tags

Given a user has existing tasks with assigned tags, when the user modifies a tag (e.g., renames or deletes), then all tasks associated with that tag should reflect this change accurately.

Displaying Tag Count per Category

Given a user has tagged multiple tasks, when they view the task list, then the tag count for each category (project, priority, team member) should be displayed next to the respective tag for quick reference.

Ensuring Unique Tag Entries

Given a user is adding a new tag to a task, when they attempt to create a tag that already exists, then an error message should appear indicating that the tag is not unique and should prompt for a new tag.

Previewing Tags in Task Detail View

Given a user selects a specific task from the list, when they view the task detail view, then all associated tags of that task should be clearly listed, enhancing user understanding of the task's categorization.

In-context Commenting

"As a team member, I want to comment on specific tasks so that discussions are contextual and I can collaborate more effectively with my teammates."

Description

In-context Commenting allows team members to leave feedback, suggestions, or notes directly within the tasks or workflows they pertain to. This feature promotes real-time communication and ensures that discussions are linked to the relevant task context, reducing misunderstandings and streamlining collaboration. By integrating comments directly into tasks, teams can improve response times and foster a culture of collective problem-solving and continuous improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members can comment on specific tasks within a project management dashboard to provide context-specific feedback on each other's work.

Given a user is viewing a task, when they enter a comment and submit it, then the comment should appear directly under the task with the user's name and timestamp.

Users can see all comments related to a task in a single view to improve understanding and engagement with ongoing discussions.

Given a task has received comments, when a user opens the task, then they should see all related comments displayed in chronological order directly within the task interface.

Team members receive notifications for new comments on tasks they are involved in to ensure timely awareness of feedback.

Given a user is assigned to a task, when a comment is added on that task, then the user should receive a notification in their notifications panel within 5 minutes.

Users have the ability to edit their comments on tasks to ensure clarity and accuracy in feedback.

Given a user has submitted a comment, when they choose to edit that comment, then they should be able to update the comment text and save the changes successfully.

All comments should be visually distinct from task descriptions to clearly differentiate between ongoing discussions and task information.

Given a task with comments, when a user views the task, then the comments should be visually separated using a different background color or border from the main task details.

Users can delete their own comments to maintain clarity and relevance in discussions surrounding tasks.

Given a user has made a comment, when they choose to delete that comment, then the comment should be removed from the task without affecting other comments.

The commenting system should provide an option for users to reply directly to other comments to facilitate threaded discussions.

Given a comment has been made, when a user clicks the 'reply' option on that comment, then a reply box should appear for the user to submit their response, which then nests under the original comment.

Notification Alerts

"As a team member, I want to receive real-time notifications when comments are added to my tasks so that I can respond quickly and remain updated on project discussions."

Description

The Notification Alerts feature sends real-time updates to team members when comments or feedback are added to tasks they are involved in. This functionality ensures that users stay informed about discussions without having to constantly check the platform, thereby promoting active participation and reducing response times. Timely notifications enhance team communication and ensure that urgent matters are addressed promptly.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives notification when a new comment is added to a task they are assigned to.

Given a user is assigned to a task, when a comment is added to that task, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the new comment.

User can customize notification preferences to receive alerts in their preferred time frame.

Given a user is in their notification settings, when they select their preferred notification frequency, then the system should save their preferences and apply them to all relevant tasks.

User receives an email notification when feedback is left on a workflow they are participating in.

Given a user has opted in for email notifications, when feedback is left on a workflow, then an email notification is sent to the user’s registered email address with details of the feedback.

User can access a history log of all notifications received for a specific task.

Given a user selects a task, when they view the notification history for that task, then they should see a chronological list of all notifications related to that task.

User is notified only for feedback relevant to their involvement in the task.

Given a user is involved in multiple tasks, when feedback is provided on tasks they are not involved in, then the user should not receive notification alerts for those feedback entries.

Multiple users are notified simultaneously when feedback is addressed to a team.

Given feedback is posted to a task, when multiple users are involved in that task, then all involved users should receive simultaneous notification alerts about the feedback.

User can toggle notification alerts on or off for specific tasks.

Given a user is viewing a task, when they toggle the notification setting for that task off, then they should no longer receive alerts for that task until the setting is toggled back on.

Feedback Analytics Dashboard

"As a project manager, I want to access feedback analytics so that I can assess team collaboration efficiency and identify areas for improvement."

Description

The Feedback Analytics Dashboard provides insights into the feedback patterns and collaboration effectiveness within teams. This dashboard visually represents data regarding the frequency of comments, types of feedback received, and response rates, allowing teams to identify areas for improvement and celebrate successes. The analytics tool supports data-driven decision-making and encourages accountability and transparency in collaboration efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members collaborate on various projects and leave feedback on specific tasks in real-time during a sprint planning session.

Given a task is selected for feedback, When a team member submits a comment, Then the comment should be visible in the feedback section of the Feedback Analytics Dashboard within 2 seconds.

The project manager reviews the Feedback Analytics Dashboard to assess team engagement during a recent project.

Given the Feedback Analytics Dashboard is accessed, When the report is generated, Then it should display the total number of comments, feedback types, and average response rates for the selected time frame.

A team member receives feedback on their completed task and monitors how it impacts their future performance evaluations.

Given feedback has been left on a task, When the team member views their personal analytics, Then they should see how this feedback influences their performance improvement metrics over time.

A team conducts a retrospective meeting to discuss feedback patterns and identify areas for improvement following the conclusion of a project.

Given the retrospective meeting takes place, When the Feedback Analytics Dashboard is reviewed, Then actionable insights should be recorded for at least three distinct areas of improvement as derived from the data.

The team wishes to celebrate achievements based on feedback received over a quarterly period.

Given the Feedback Analytics Dashboard is utilized, When the achievements are presented, Then it should highlight at least three successes identified through positive feedback received during the specified time frame.

A system admin sets up the Feedback Analytics Dashboard for different projects to ensure data segregation by team.

Given multiple projects are created under AutoBind, When the Feedback Analytics Dashboard is configured, Then each project's feedback metrics should be kept separate and accessible only to respective team members.

The team wants to ensure that all feedback received is responded to promptly to foster communication.

Given feedback is submitted, When the feedback submission is analyzed, Then the dashboard should show a response rate of 90% or higher within five business days.

Version History for Comments

"As a team member, I want to view the history of comments on tasks so that I can understand how discussions have evolved over time and make informed decisions based on the context."

Description

Version History for Comments records changes in comments and feedback on tasks, allowing users to view previous iterations of discussions. This functionality provides transparency by enabling users to track the evolution of feedback and decisions made over time. By maintaining a historical record, teams can enhance accountability and prevent loss of critical information while facilitating a more thorough understanding of the task's progression.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the version history of comments on a specific task during a team meeting to review past feedback and decisions.

Given a user is on the task's comments section, when they click 'View Version History', then they should see a chronological list of all previous comments along with timestamps and authors.

A user edits a comment and wants to see the changes made over time for accountability during a decision-making process.

Given a user has edited a comment, when they access the version history, then they should be able to view the previous versions of that comment, including the date and time of each change.

A team member receives feedback on a task and wants to revisit the historical context of the discussion to understand decision shifts.

Given a team member is looking at the feedback on a task, when they review the version history, then they should be able to see the context and reasons behind each comment made at different times.

Users want to ensure that critical information is not lost by tracking changes in comments over time.

Given comments have been made on a task, when a user opens the version history, then they should see a complete and unaltered record of all previous comments prior to any edits.

A user is assessing feedback trends over time to improve the workflow process within their team.

Given multiple comments exist on a task, when users access the version history, then they should be able to identify any repeated concerns or suggestions within the historical comments.

A user wants to inform new team members about past discussions related to a task.

Given a new team member is onboarded, when they access the task's version history, then they should find all feedback previously given, along with dates and who provided the feedback, for better understanding and context.

Real-Time Notifications

With real-time notifications, users receive instant updates when changes are made to shared workflows, deadlines approach, or comments are added. This feature keeps everyone informed and engaged, reducing the risk of miscommunication and ensuring that all team members remain aligned and proactive.

Requirements

Instant Workflow Updates

"As a team member, I want to receive real-time notifications about changes in workflows so that I can stay updated and respond quickly to any new comments or deadlines."

Description

This requirement ensures that users receive real-time notifications regarding any changes made to shared workflows. It involves integrating a notification system with our existing workflow management that triggers alerts whenever there are updates, alterations, or new comments added. This functionality is crucial for maintaining seamless collaboration among users, as it allows for immediate awareness of modifications, thereby reducing misunderstandings and misalignment. The expected outcome is that users will be more informed, engaged, and proactive, leading to better collaboration and efficiency within teams.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when a shared workflow is modified by another team member in a project management app.

Given a user is subscribed to a shared workflow, when another user makes a change to the workflow, then the subscribing user receives an instant notification within 5 seconds of the change.

User receives a notification 24 hours before a deadline in a shared workflow.

Given a user is subscribed to a shared workflow with an upcoming deadline, when the deadline is 24 hours away, then the user receives a notification reminding them of the deadline.

User receives a notification when a new comment is added to a shared workflow.

Given a user is subscribed to a shared workflow, when a new comment is added by any user in that workflow, then the subscribed user receives a notification immediately after the comment is posted.

User receives a summary of all notifications at the end of the day.

Given it is the end of the day, when the user logs into the application, then they are presented with a summary of all notifications received that day in a clear, accessible format.

Notification settings can be customized by the user to choose which updates they want to receive.

Given a user has access to notification settings, when they customize their notification preferences, then they only receive notifications for the selected types of updates (e.g., workflow changes, comments, deadlines).

User can mute notifications for a specific workflow when they are unavailable.

Given a user is receiving notifications for a shared workflow, when the user mutes notifications for that workflow, then they stop receiving notifications until they unmute it.

Users are notified of multiple updates within a specified time without being spammed.

Given a user receives multiple notifications in a short period, when those notifications occur within a 10-minute window, then they receive a single summary notification instead of multiple individual notifications.

Deadline Reminders

"As a user, I want to receive reminders about upcoming deadlines so that I can manage my time effectively and avoid missing tasks."

Description

This requirement focuses on implementing a system that sends automatic reminders to users as deadlines approach for their tasks within workflows. The feature should allow users to customize reminder timings and notification methods (e.g., email, app notifications). By ensuring that users are alerted well in advance, this functionality aims to improve task management, prevent last-minute scrambles, and enhance overall productivity. The integration would involve synchronization with our existing calendar system to enhance user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

A user sets up a deadline for a specific task within their workflow and configures a reminder to be sent 48 hours in advance via email and app notification.

Given a user has set a deadline for a task, when the reminder is triggered 48 hours before the deadline, then the user should receive an email and an app notification reminding them of the upcoming deadline.

A team member modifies the deadline of a shared task, and all team members are notified about the change as per their individual reminder settings.

Given a team member changes the deadline of a shared task, when the change is saved, then all team members with reminders set should receive notifications based on their preferred settings (email/app).

A user wants to view and modify their existing reminder settings for their tasks and deadlines within the app.

Given a user is in the reminder settings menu, when they change the timing of the reminders and save the settings, then the new reminder timing should be reflected in their notifications.

A user approaches a task deadline and wants to ensure they receive a notification at the right time according to their preferences.

Given a user has set a reminder for a task, when the reminder time is reached, then the notification should be sent according to the user's chosen method (email/app).

A team manager reviews the effectiveness of deadline reminders after a month of implementation to ensure team productivity is enhanced.

Given a manager reviews productivity metrics for the month, when analyzing feedback, then at least 80% of team members should report that deadline reminders helped them manage their tasks better.

A user uses the integration with the existing calendar system to synchronize deadlines with their personal calendar app.

Given the integration with the calendar system is enabled, when a deadline for a task is set, then the deadline should automatically appear in the user's linked calendar application.

Comment Activity Monitoring

"As a project manager, I want to monitor comment activity on our workflows so that I can ensure all team members are engaged and any important discussions are not overlooked."

Description

This requirement seeks to introduce a feature where users can monitor comment activities on shared workflows. Users will be alerted when new comments are posted, enabling them to engage in discussions promptly. The feature will also include options for users to filter notifications based on specific workflows or comment authors. This will streamline communication, ensuring that users aren't overwhelmed by notifications while still being able to track important conversations.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification upon the addition of a new comment in a shared workflow.

Given that the user is a member of a shared workflow, when a new comment is posted, then the user should receive a real-time notification alerting them of the new comment.

User can filter notifications based on specific workflows they are involved in.

Given that the user has multiple workflows, when they access the notification settings, then they should be able to select and filter notifications for specific workflows only.

User receives notifications when deadlines approach on shared workflows.

Given that a deadline is set for a shared workflow, when the deadline comes within 24 hours, then all users assigned to that workflow should receive a notification reminding them of the upcoming deadline.

Users can manage their notification preferences for comment activities.

Given that the user has access to notification settings, when they select their preferences, then they should be able to toggle notifications for new comments on or off for specific workflows.

User receives no notifications for comments on workflows they have opted out of.

Given that the user has deselected notification preferences for a specific workflow, when a comment is posted in that workflow, then the user should not receive any notification for that comment.

User can view a log of all notifications received regarding comment activities.

Given that the user has accessed their notification history, when they view this section, then they should see a chronological list of all notifications related to comment activities for all shared workflows.

Users are notified of replies to their comments in a timely manner.

Given that a user has commented on a workflow, when another user replies to their comment, then the original commenter should receive a real-time notification of the new reply.

Notification Customization Options

"As a user, I want to customize my notification settings so that I receive only the alerts that are relevant to me and in my preferred format."

Description

This requirement allows users to customize their notification settings according to their preferences. Users can choose what events trigger notifications, such as changes to workflows, comments, or deadline reminders. Additionally, they can select how they want to receive these notifications—via email, SMS, or in-app alerts. This level of customization is essential for enhancing user satisfaction and reducing notification fatigue, enabling users to focus on what matters most to them.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Notification Preferences for Workflow Changes

Given a user is in the notification settings, when they select an option for workflow changes, then they should be able to receive notifications via their preferred method (email, SMS, or in-app) for any updates to that workflow.

User Receives Alert for Approaching Deadlines

Given a user has set a deadline reminder, when the deadline is within 24 hours, then the user should receive a notification through their selected method indicating the upcoming deadline.

User Modifies Notification Settings and Saves Changes

Given a user has modified their notification preferences, when they save these changes, then the system should update their settings and confirm the changes via a success message in-app.

User Tests Notification Delivery for Comments

Given a user has enabled notifications for comments, when a new comment is added to a shared workflow, then the user should receive an immediate notification in their selected method of communication.

User Views Notification History

Given a user wants to check past notifications, when they navigate to the notification history section, then they should see a comprehensive list of all received notifications along with their timestamps.

User Customizes Notification Frequency

Given a user is setting up their notifications, when they choose a frequency option (immediately, daily summary, or weekly summary), then the system should save and implement this frequency within their notification settings.

Integrate with Third-party Apps

"As a solopreneur, I want to receive notifications in my preferred productivity apps so that I can streamline my workflow without switching between different applications."

Description

This requirement involves integrating the real-time notification system with popular third-party productivity applications, such as Slack, Trello, or Microsoft Teams. By enabling users to receive notifications from AutoBind directly in their preferred tools, we can enhance workflow efficiency and reduce the need for constant app-switching. This integration will also empower users to collaborate more effectively across different platforms, making notifications more accessible and streamlined.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification in Slack when a task deadline is approaching in AutoBind.

Given a task in AutoBind with a deadline approaching, When the deadline is within 24 hours, Then the user should receive a notification in Slack about the upcoming deadline.

User is notified in Trello when a comment is added to a shared workflow in AutoBind.

Given a shared workflow in AutoBind, When a team member adds a comment, Then all users assigned to that workflow should receive a notification in Trello.

Users receive notifications within Microsoft Teams when changes are made to shared workflows.

Given a shared workflow in AutoBind, When any user makes changes to that workflow, Then all users should receive a real-time notification in Microsoft Teams regarding the change.

A user must be able to opt-in or opt-out of real-time notifications from AutoBind in their preferred third-party app.

Given a user settings page in AutoBind, When the user selects their preferred notification preferences, Then the user’s selected preferences should be saved and effective for real-time notifications in integrated apps.

Notification delivery should be accurate and timely across all integrated third-party applications.

Given multiple real-time notifications sent from AutoBind, When notifications are dispatched to integrated apps, Then at least 95% of notifications should be delivered successfully without delays.

User interface should allow users to customize the type of notifications they receive from AutoBind.

Given the notification settings page in AutoBind, When the user selects different types of notifications to receive, Then the user's selections should be honored and reflected in the alerts they receive in third-party apps.

Template Sharing Hub

This feature allows users to create and share workflow templates with their teams or the wider AutoBind community. By providing access to proven workflows, teams can save time and effort when starting new projects, encouraging innovation and efficiency across shared tasks.

Requirements

Workflow Template Creation

"As a solopreneur, I want to create reusable workflow templates so that I can quickly set up new projects without starting from scratch every time."

Description

The ability for users to create reusable workflow templates that can be customized according to specific project needs. This function will facilitate the rapid assembly of workflows, helping users quickly replicate proven processes and tailor them for different contexts. Workflow templates should support various integrations with other productivity applications, allowing users to set triggers and automate sequences that would otherwise be manual. This feature is essential for promoting efficiency, reducing setup time, and minimizing errors across repeated tasks.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully creates a new workflow template for a project involving social media automation.

Given a logged-in user, when they navigate to the Template Creation page, then they can enter a name and description for the template, select app integrations, and define triggers without errors.

User customizes an existing workflow template to fit a new project context.

Given a user has an existing template, when they edit the template's triggers and actions, then the changes are saved correctly, and the user can replicate the personalized workflow for future use.

Users share a workflow template with their team members through the Template Sharing Hub.

Given a user has created a workflow template, when they choose to share it with their team, then the other team members should receive a notification and be able to access and clone the shared template.

User sets up a workflow template integrating multiple applications.

Given a user is creating a workflow template, when they select multiple integrations (like email and task management apps) and define a sequence, then the system should save the integration settings and allow for the proper execution of automated actions.

User deletes a workflow template they no longer need.

Given a user wants to remove a workflow template, when they select the delete option and confirm the action, then the template should be removed from their list and cannot be accessed again.

Template Sharing Capabilities

"As a user, I want to share my workflow templates with my team so that we can benefit from each other’s efficiency and creativity in our projects."

Description

Users should be able to easily share their created templates with their teams or the wider AutoBind community. This functionality should allow for a seamless sharing process, including options to categorize templates and provide descriptions for easy discovery. By implementing secure sharing methods and appropriate access controls, users can confidently share their expertise while fostering a community of collaboration and learning within the product. This feature is crucial for enhancing user engagement and broadening the repository of effective workflows available to AutoBind users.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully shares a workflow template with their team through the Template Sharing Hub.

Given a user has created a workflow template, when they select the share option and choose their team, then the template should be shared successfully with all team members.

User categorizes a shared template for easy discovery within the AutoBind community.

Given a user is sharing a workflow template, when they provide a category for the template, then the category should be saved and displayed correctly in the Template Sharing Hub.

User includes a description while sharing a workflow template to enhance understanding.

Given a user is sharing a workflow template, when they enter a description of the template, then the description should be visible to all users accessing the shared template.

User can view shared templates from their team in the Template Sharing Hub.

Given a user is in the Template Sharing Hub, when they navigate to the 'Team Templates' section, then they should see all templates shared by their team members.

User implements access controls when sharing their templates with the community.

Given a user is sharing a workflow template, when they set access controls (e.g., public, private, or team-only), then those access controls should be enforced when others attempt to access the template.

User receives confirmation when a template has been successfully shared.

Given a user shares a workflow template, when the sharing process is complete, then the user should see a confirmation message indicating successful sharing.

User accesses analytics on the usage of their shared templates to measure impact.

Given a user has shared a workflow template, when they view their template in the Template Sharing Hub, then they should see analytics data showing how many times the template has been used and user feedback.

Template Discovery System

"As a user, I want to discover popular or highly-rated workflow templates so that I can utilize successful processes developed by others instead of starting from zero."

Description

A structured system for browsing and discovering shared workflow templates created by others within the AutoBind community. This feature should implement a robust search and filtering mechanism that allows users to find relevant templates based on keywords, categories, and user ratings. By facilitating easy access to a library of proven workflows, this system will encourage users to leverage existing templates, decreasing the time spent on creating workflows from scratch and promoting best practices across teams and communities.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for a workflow template using specific keywords related to their project.

Given the user is on the Template Discovery System page, when they enter keywords into the search bar, then relevant templates should be displayed based on a match with the keywords entered.

A user wants to filter templates by category to find a specific type of workflow.

Given the user is on the Template Discovery System page, when they select a category filter, then only the templates belonging to that category should be visible in the search results.

A user is exploring template options and wants to sort templates based on user ratings.

Given the user is on the Template Discovery System page, when they choose to sort templates by ratings, then the templates should be ranked in descending order based on their user ratings.

A user wants to view the details of a specific workflow template before deciding to use it.

Given the user is on the Template Discovery System page, when they click on a specific template, then they should be directed to a detailed view of that template, showcasing its description, categories, and user ratings.

A user is looking for templates that have been shared most recently.

Given the user is on the Template Discovery System page, when they choose to filter templates by 'Most Recent', then the templates should be displayed in order of their sharing date, with the most recent first.

A user wants to see how many users rated a specific workflow template and the average rating it has received.

Given the user is viewing a template, then the user should see the total number of ratings and the average rating prominently displayed on the template details page.

A user without any prior search has just accessed the Template Discovery System.

Given the user has just accessed the Template Discovery System page, then a selection of popular or featured templates should be displayed as recommendations to help guide their exploration.

Template Rating and Feedback System

"As a user, I want to rate and provide feedback on workflow templates so that I can help other users find the best practices while also contributing to improving the templates I use."

Description

Implement a system that allows users to rate and provide feedback on shared templates. This feature will not only help template creators understand how their templates are received but also guide users in selecting high-quality templates. Incorporating a feedback loop will facilitate continuous improvement of templates over time and encourage community interaction, helping to refine workflows for different user needs and preferences.

Acceptance Criteria

Users share a workflow template with the community and receive feedback on its effectiveness and usability.

Given that a user has shared a template, when other users view the template, then they should be able to rate it on a scale of 1 to 5 stars and leave written feedback.

Users want to view the feedback on a template before deciding to use it in their workflow.

Given that a user is viewing a shared template, when they access the feedback section, then they should see all ratings and comments associated with that template sorted by most recent.

Template creators seek insights on how to improve their templates based on community feedback.

Given that a template creator checks their shared template, when they view the feedback statistics, then they should see an average rating, total number of feedback entries, and a summary of comments received.

Users want to ensure they are selecting high-quality templates for their workflow needs.

Given that multiple templates are available, when users browse the template hub, then templates should be ranked based on average star ratings and displayed prominently to highlight the top-rated templates.

Users submit feedback on a recently shared template and expect to see a confirmation.

Given that a user submits feedback for a template, when they complete the submission, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating their feedback has been successfully recorded.

Users need to identify and filter templates based on feedback ratings.

Given that multiple templates are listed, when users apply filters, then they should have the option to filter templates by ratings ranging from 1 star to 5 stars.

The system should encourage user interaction by showcasing the most helpful feedback on templates.

Given that users are viewing feedback, when they look at the feedback section, then the most helpful comments should be highlighted or flagged (e.g., by a 'Helpful' button), allowing users to identify constructive feedback easily.

Template Version Control

"As a user, I want to manage different versions of my workflow templates so that I can reference previous versions if my edits do not yield the desired results."

Description

Introduce a version control system for workflow templates that allows users to maintain and track multiple versions of the same template. This functionality will enable users to revert to earlier versions if needed and provide historical context for changes made to a template. Version control ensures templates evolve while preserving their past states, which is critical for teams working in collaborative environments where modifications are frequent.

Acceptance Criteria

Version Control for Workflow Templates Creation

Given a user creates a new workflow template, When the user saves the template, Then the system should automatically create version 1.0 of the template in the version control system.

Reverting to Previous Template Versions

Given a user has multiple versions of a workflow template, When the user selects an earlier version and chooses to revert, Then the system should restore the selected version and notify the user of the successful action.

Tracking Changes in Template Versions

Given a user is viewing a workflow template, When the user accesses the version history, Then the system should display all previous versions along with timestamps and the user who made the changes.

Version Numbering Format

Given a user saves changes to a workflow template, When the user views the version history, Then the system should display the version number in the format 'Major.Minor' (e.g., 1.0, 1.1, 2.0).

User Notifications on Version Changes

Given a user makes changes to a workflow template, When the template is saved, Then the system should send a notification to all collaborators about the new version creation.

Deleting Old Template Versions

Given a user is viewing the version history of a workflow template, When the user selects a version to delete, Then the system should prompt for confirmation before permanently deleting that version.

Task Assignment Board

This interactive board displays tasks in a visually appealing way, allowing users to assign and redistribute workloads effortlessly among team members. By improving visibility of tasks and responsibilities, collaboration is enhanced, leading to greater accountability and more efficient project management.

Requirements

Task Visualization

"As a project manager, I want to visualize all tasks on an interactive board so that I can easily assess workloads and adjust assignments among team members based on their availability and strengths."

Description

The Task Visualization requirement focuses on creating a clear and interactive display for tasks on the Task Assignment Board. This feature will allow users to view all assigned tasks in a visually appealing manner, using cards or lists that can be easily organized by team member, priority, or deadline. Implementing this functionality will enhance user experience by simplifying task management and improving the ability to track project progress at a glance, making it easier for users to assess workloads and redistribute tasks as necessary.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Task Assignment Board for the first time to understand their distributed workloads and tasks.

Given the user accesses the Task Assignment Board, when they load the page, then they should see all tasks displayed in a card format, organized by team member with clear labels for priority and deadlines.

User reassigns a task from one team member to another directly on the Task Assignment Board.

Given the user is on the Task Assignment Board, when they select a task card and choose a new team member from a dropdown menu, then the task should immediately update to reflect the new assignment without needing a page refresh.

User filters tasks by deadline to assess what needs immediate attention.

Given the user is on the Task Assignment Board, when they apply a filter for tasks due today, then only tasks with a deadline of today should be displayed in the board with all other tasks hidden until the filter is removed.

User wants to prioritize tasks to focus on essential activities for the day.

Given the user is on the Task Assignment Board, when they click the filter for 'High Priority', then only high-priority tasks should be visible on the board.

User wants to track the progress of tasks across different team members in a standardised view.

Given the user is viewing the Task Assignment Board, when they select the overall progress view, then they should see a visual representation of task completion percentages for each team member displayed clearly on the board.

User checks the Task Assignment Board on mobile to ensure responsive design.

Given the user accesses the Task Assignment Board on a mobile device, then the layout should adapt responsively, allowing users to view the task cards without losing usability or clarity.

Drag-and-Drop Functionality

"As a team member, I want to drag and drop tasks on the assignment board so that I can quickly reassign my workload and adjust priorities without hassle."

Description

The Drag-and-Drop Functionality allows users to easily assign, update, and redistribute tasks on the Task Assignment Board. This requirement is crucial for enhancing user interaction, enabling users to click and drag tasks to different team members or status columns without requiring additional clicks or complicated processes. The seamless integration of this feature will lead to improved flexibility in task management and a more engaging user experience, ultimately increasing project efficiency and accountability.

Acceptance Criteria

User assigns a task to a team member using the drag-and-drop feature on the Task Assignment Board.

Given a user with access to the Task Assignment Board, when they drag a task from one team member's column to another team member's column, then the task should be reassigned to the new team member and reflect this change in real-time.

User updates the status of a task by dragging it to a status column.

Given a user viewing the Task Assignment Board, when they drag a task from the 'To Do' column to the 'In Progress' column, then the task's status should change to 'In Progress' and be visually indicated on the board.

User attempts to drag a task but cancels the action

Given a user tries to drag a task but releases it before dropping it, then the task should remain in its original position without any changes.

User drags multiple tasks to redistribute workloads among team members.

Given a user has selected multiple tasks, when they drag them to a different team member's column, then all selected tasks should be reassigned to that team member in one action.

User refreshes the page after making drag-and-drop changes.

Given a user has dragged and dropped tasks to reassign them, when they refresh the Task Assignment Board, then all tasks should retain their updated assignments and statuses as per the most recent changes.

User accesses the Task Assignment Board on a mobile device.

Given a user accessing the Task Assignment Board on a mobile device, when they try to drag and drop a task, then the functionality should work seamlessly and be equally responsive as on a desktop.

Task Filtering and Sorting

"As a solopreneur, I want to filter tasks by due date and priority so that I can focus on the most critical tasks first and manage my time more effectively."

Description

The Task Filtering and Sorting requirement ensures users can efficiently navigate through tasks based on specific criteria such as due dates, priority levels, or assignees. This feature will provide users with the tools to focus on relevant tasks, allowing them to streamline their project management process effectively. By enabling robust filtering and sorting options, users will have improved clarity and access, helping them prioritize their work and manage their time more efficiently.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user looking to focus on urgent tasks, I want to filter my task list by due date so that I can prioritize my work effectively.

Given the user has a list of tasks, when the user selects the due date filter, then only tasks with due dates within the specified range should be displayed, and the other tasks should be hidden.

As a project manager, I want to sort tasks by priority level so that I can quickly identify high-priority items that need immediate attention.

Given the user has a list of tasks with assigned priority levels, when the user selects the sort by priority option, then tasks should be rearranged in descending order, showing the highest priority tasks at the top.

As a user working with a team, I want to filter tasks by assignee to easily see individual workloads and ensure balanced distribution of responsibilities.

Given the user has multiple tasks assigned to different team members, when the user selects a specific assignee from the filter, then only tasks assigned to that member should be displayed, allowing for streamlined workload management.

As a solopreneur with multiple projects, I want to apply multiple filters simultaneously (due date, priority, and assignee) to quickly narrow down my task list and focus on what matters most.

Given the user has a set of tasks, when the user applies multiple filters at the same time, then the task list should update to show only the tasks meeting all selected criteria, ensuring an efficient focus.

As a user needing to review upcoming tasks, I want the option to sort tasks by due date to see which tasks are due next in chronological order.

Given the user has a list of tasks with varying due dates, when the user selects the sort by due date option, then the tasks should be displayed in ascending order based on their due dates, allowing for effective planning.

As a team member, I want to filter tasks by status (e.g., completed, in progress, not started) so that I can quickly assess the progress of my current workload.

Given the user has a list of tasks with different statuses, when the user selects the status filter, then only tasks belonging to the selected status category should be displayed, simplifying workload assessments.

As a user aiming for productivity, I want to save my filtering preferences (e.g., filters by due date and assignee) so that I can quickly apply my preferred view in the future.

Given the user has applied specific filters, when the user chooses to save these filter preferences, then the next time the user accesses the task list, the same filters should be automatically applied, enhancing user experience.

Task Comments and Collaboration

"As a team member, I want to add comments on tasks so that I can communicate updates and concerns with my colleagues directly on the assignment board, increasing collaboration."

Description

The Task Comments and Collaboration requirement aims to facilitate better communication within the Task Assignment Board by allowing users to add comments and share updates on individual tasks. This feature will enhance collaboration among team members, as they can provide feedback, ask questions, and clarify instructions directly within the task context, leading to smoother project execution and ensuring that everyone is aligned on task expectations.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can add comments to individual tasks in the Task Assignment Board to provide context, updates, or feedback directly related to that task.

Given a user is viewing a task, when they enter a comment and submit it, then the comment is added to the task and is visible to all team members assigned to that task.

Users can view the comments made on tasks in the Task Assignment Board in chronological order to easily track the conversation history.

Given a user is viewing a task with comments, when they scroll through the comments section, then the comments should be ordered from oldest to newest to facilitate easy navigation.

Users can edit their own comments on tasks to correct any mistakes or update information as needed.

Given a user has submitted a comment on a task, when they click the edit option on their comment, then they can modify the text and save the changes to update the comment accordingly.

Users can delete their own comments on tasks when they determine that the comment is no longer relevant.

Given a user has submitted a comment on a task, when they choose to delete the comment, then the comment is removed from the task permanently and is no longer visible to other users.

Users can receive notifications when new comments are added to tasks they are involved in to stay updated on discussions.

Given a user is assigned to a task, when a new comment is added to that task, then the user receives a notification alerting them of the new comment.

Users can search through comments on tasks to find specific feedback or information efficiently.

Given a user is on the Task Assignment Board, when they enter a keyword in the search bar, then the system filters comments across all tasks and displays only those containing the keyword.

Task Completion Tracking

"As a project manager, I want to track task completion on the assignment board so that I can see how many tasks have been completed and gauge the overall progress of the project."

Description

The Task Completion Tracking requirement is essential for providing users with insight into task status and progress. Users should be able to mark tasks as complete, which will update the board visually, indicating completed tasks and enabling users to see the overall project progress at a glance. This functionality will not only enhance accountability but also provide motivation for users as they can visualize their accomplishments and project milestones more clearly.

Acceptance Criteria

Task Completion Visual Update for Users

Given a user has marked a task as complete, when the task status is updated on the Task Assignment Board, then the task should visually disappear from the active tasks list and move to a completed section, reflecting the current project progress.

Real-time Task Status Update Across Team Members

Given a task is marked complete by any team member, when another team member opens the Task Assignment Board, then they should see the updated status of that task in real-time without needing to refresh.

Completion Metrics Display on Project Dashboard

Given multiple tasks have been marked as complete, when a user views the project insights dashboard, then the completion metrics should show an accurate percentage of tasks completed out of total tasks, reflecting the project's overall progress.

User Feedback on Completed Tasks

Given a user marks a task as complete, when they are prompted for feedback, then they should be able to add comments or notes about the task completion before finalizing the status change.

Filter Completed Tasks View

Given a user is viewing the Task Assignment Board, when they select the filter for showing only completed tasks, then only tasks marked as complete should be visible in the list, allowing users to review their completed work.

Notification of Task Completion

Given a user marks a task as complete, when the task status is updated, then all team members assigned to that task should receive a notification indicating the task's completion status.

Task Completion History Log

Given tasks are marked complete by users, when a user accesses the task history log, then they should see a chronological log of completed tasks along with the users who completed them.

Cross-App Workflow Integration

This feature enables users to connect workflows with other productivity applications, allowing for seamless transitions between tools. By integrating various app functionalities, teams can enhance collaboration, ensuring essential tasks and updates are uniformly managed across platforms.

Requirements

Dynamic App Connections

"As a solopreneur, I want to connect my task automation workflows to my project management and communication tools so that I can streamline my processes and minimize the time spent managing tasks across different platforms."

Description

This requirement focuses on enabling users to dynamically connect AutoBind workflows with a wide range of productivity applications such as task management, communication, and CRM tools. By allowing users to select any integrated application from a predefined list and authorize connections in a user-friendly manner, this feature enhances the flexibility of task automation. It empowers users to manage their workflows more efficiently by reducing time spent switching between platforms and ensuring real-time updates are reflected across all connected applications, thus fostering collaboration and enhancing operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects an application from the predefined list to connect with their AutoBind workflow for the first time.

Given the user is on the AutoBind workflow setup page, when they open the app connection modal, then they should see a list of all available applications that can be connected, with clear descriptions of each app.

User authorizes an application connection after selecting it from the predefined list.

Given the user has selected an application from the list, when they click on the 'Authorize' button, then they should be redirected to the application's authorization page and return to AutoBind with a confirmation message upon successful authorization.

User dynamically disconnects an application that was previously connected to their workflow.

Given that a user has an active connection with an app, when they navigate to the connections page and click on the 'Disconnect' button, then the app should be removed from their list of active connections and a confirmation message should be displayed.

User runs a workflow that includes triggers from multiple applications.

Given that a user has configured a workflow that incorporates tasks from different connected applications, when the workflow is activated, then all tasks should execute in sequence without any errors and updates should reflect in real-time across all related applications.

User receives an error message when trying to connect to an unsupported application.

Given that the user selects an application that is not included in the predefined list, when they attempt to connect the app to their workflow, then they should receive an appropriate error message indicating the application is unsupported and unable to connect.

Automated Workflow Triggers

"As a small business owner, I want my workflows to be triggered automatically by events in my CRM so that I don't miss important updates and can quickly respond to customer needs without manual input."

Description

This requirement involves the creation of automated triggers that can initiate workflows based on specified events occurring in connected applications. Users can set conditions under which certain actions will automatically trigger, such as sending notifications, creating tasks, or updating records. This capability significantly reduces manual intervention, enhances operational responsiveness, and ensures that vital tasks are performed without delay. By providing an intuitive interface for users to customize their trigger settings, it allows for seamless integration of different apps into cohesive workflows that respond instantly to changing circumstances.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up a trigger to automatically send a notification to the team whenever a new task is created in the project management app.

Given the user is logged into AutoBind, When the user configures a trigger for task creation in the project management app, Then an automatic notification should be sent to the designated Slack channel when a new task is created.

A solopreneur configures a trigger that updates an Excel spreadsheet with customer feedback collected via a survey tool.

Given the user has connected both the survey tool and Excel within AutoBind, When a new survey response is submitted, Then the corresponding row in the Excel spreadsheet should automatically update with the response data.

An online business manager wants to ensure that all leads from a marketing application are added to their CRM automatically.

Given the user has established a workflow linking the marketing application and CRM, When a new lead is captured in the marketing app, Then the lead should be added to the CRM with all relevant details without any manual entry by the user.

A user sets up a condition to trigger a task creation based on a specific label being assigned in their task management app.

Given the user has integrated the task management app with AutoBind, When a task is labeled as 'Urgent', Then a new task should be created in the project management app with a predefined set of actions associated with it.

A customer support representative configures a trigger to follow up with clients via email when their ticket status is updated to 'Resolved'.

Given the support ticketing system is linked to AutoBind, When a ticket's status changes to 'Resolved', Then an automatic email follow-up should be sent to the client notifying them of the resolution.

Centralized Workflow Management Dashboard

"As a user of AutoBind, I want to have a centralized dashboard where I can see the status and performance of all my workflows so that I can quickly identify and address any issues to maintain smooth operations."

Description

This requirement entails the development of a centralized dashboard within AutoBind, where users can monitor and manage all their integrated workflows in one place. The dashboard will provide users with visual insights into workflow statuses, task progress, and any alerts or notifications related to their workflows. By centralizing workflow management, users will be able to identify bottlenecks, assess performance metrics, and make data-driven decisions regarding their task automation. The dashboard will enhance visibility and control over automated processes, empowering users to optimize workflows for greater efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User is logged into AutoBind and accesses the centralized workflow management dashboard for the first time.

Given the user is logged into AutoBind, When they navigate to the centralized workflow management dashboard, Then the dashboard should display an overview of all integrated workflows, including their statuses, task progress, and any alerts or notifications.

User wants to filter workflow data on the dashboard.

Given the user is on the centralized workflow management dashboard, When they apply filter criteria such as 'Pending', 'Completed', or specific project filters, Then the dashboard should refresh to show only the workflows that meet the selected criteria.

User receives a notification for a workflow completion.

Given a workflow has completed its process, When the user checks the dashboard, Then they should receive a notification indicating the successful completion of the workflow along with relevant details such as time taken and tasks completed.

User needs to visualize workflow performance metrics on the dashboard.

Given the user is viewing the centralized workflow management dashboard, When they select the performance metrics option, Then the dashboard should display visual representations of metrics such as average task completion time and bottlenecks identified in ongoing workflows.

User wants to edit the details of a workflow from the dashboard.

Given the user identifies a workflow needing adjustments on the dashboard, When they click the 'Edit' option next to the workflow, Then they should be directed to an editable view of the workflow configuration with their current settings populated.

User intends to receive alerts for workflow bottlenecks.

Given the user is on the centralized workflow management dashboard, When a workflow reaches a bottleneck, Then an alert should be generated and displayed prominently on the dashboard to inform the user of the issue.

Customizable Workflow Templates

"As a new user, I want to access a library of customizable workflow templates so that I can quickly set up my automation processes according to my own business needs without having to build everything from scratch."

Description

This requirement focuses on providing users with a library of customizable workflow templates that can be tailored to fit their specific business processes. By offering a variety of pre-built templates for common tasks and processes, users can quickly implement automations without starting from scratch. The ability to customize each template according to unique needs will enhance user adoption and satisfaction, allowing solopreneurs and small teams to leverage best practices while adapting workflows to suit their operational demands. This feature contributes to faster onboarding and immediate value realization from the AutoBind platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a customizable workflow template from the library to automate their lead capture process.

Given the user is on the Customizable Workflow Templates page, when they select a lead capture template and click 'Customize', then they should be directed to a page where they can modify fields, triggers, and actions related to the lead capture process, and save their customized workflow.

User modifies a pre-built workflow template to fit their specific business process.

Given the user has selected a workflow template, when they change at least two parameters (e.g. task name and due date), then the modified template should save without errors and reflect the changes in the user's customized templates list.

User applies a customized workflow template to a specific task and initiates the automation process.

Given the user has saved a customized workflow template, when they apply it to a specific task and trigger it, then the automation should execute all defined actions without failing and log the activity in the user's dashboard.

User shares a customized workflow template with another team member.

Given the user has a customized workflow template, when they select the 'Share' option and input the team member's email, then the team member should receive access to the customized template and be able to view it in their account.

User retrieves a list of all available customizable workflow templates in the library.

Given the user is on the Customizable Workflow Templates page, when they refresh the page, then they should see a complete and updated list of all available templates, including any newly added or modified templates.

User searches for a specific customizable workflow template using keywords.

Given the user is on the Customizable Workflow Templates page, when they use the search bar to enter keywords relevant to a template (e.g., 'sales'), then the displayed results should only include templates related to the entered keywords.

Real-time Collaboration Features

"As a team member, I want to collaborate in real-time with my colleagues on shared workflows so that we can ensure everyone is up to date and can contribute effectively to the task at hand."

Description

This requirement involves the implementation of real-time collaboration features within AutoBind, enabling users to work together on shared workflows and processes. The collaborative functionality will allow multiple users to make edits, leave comments, and receive updates in real-time, enhancing teamwork and ensuring that all stakeholders are aligned on task progress. By fostering collaboration, this feature will aid in breaking down silos and empower teams to effectively coordinate their efforts, leading to improved productivity and execution of shared tasks.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time collaboration on shared workflows when multiple users are editing a document simultaneously.

Given that multiple users are editing the same document, when one user makes a change, then all other users should see the update within 5 seconds without needing to refresh their browser.

Users leaving comments on shared workflows during a collaborative session.

Given that a user leaves a comment on the shared workflow, when another user views the document, then they should see the comment with the author's name and timestamp.

Notifications sent to users about updates made by collaborators in real-time.

Given that a user has opted in for notifications, when someone makes a change to a workflow or leaves a comment, then the notified user should receive an alert within 10 seconds of the action being taken.

Version control to track changes made by different users on a shared workflow.

Given that multiple users are working on a shared workflow, when one user saves changes, then the system should automatically create a new version of the workflow that can be viewed and restored if necessary.

Access control for user permissions during collaborative sessions.

Given the document is shared among users, when a user attempts to edit a document without permission, then they should receive an error message stating 'You do not have permission to edit this document.'

Real-time updates and synchronization across different devices and browsers.

Given that a user is logged into AutoBind from one device, when they make changes to a shared workflow, then these changes should be reflected on all devices logged in within 5 seconds.

User interface changes indicating collaborative actions taken by others.

Given that a user is collaborating in a workflow, when another user performs an action (like editing or commenting), then the interface should visually highlight the contributions dynamically to show real-time collaboration.

Analytics and Reporting Suite

"As a business owner, I want to analyze the performance of my automated workflows through a reporting suite so that I can make informed decisions about improving efficiency and effectiveness in my operations."

Description

This requirement centers on creating an analytics and reporting suite that provides users with insights into their automated workflows' performance. By tracking key metrics such as task completion rates, trigger effectiveness, and user engagement, this suite enables users to evaluate the impact of their task automation efforts. The reporting capabilities will allow users to generate custom reports, helping them to identify trends and areas for improvement, thus facilitating data-driven decisions to optimize future workflows. By equipping users with actionable insights, this feature enhances the strategic value of AutoBind's automation capabilities.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Analytics and Reporting Suite to view a summary of their automated workflows' performance over the past month.

Given the user is logged into their AutoBind account, When they navigate to the Analytics and Reporting Suite, Then they should see a dashboard displaying key metrics such as task completion rates, trigger effectiveness, and user engagement for the past month.

User generates a custom report to analyze the effectiveness of specific automated workflows.

Given the user selects a specific workflow and specifies the date range, When they request a custom report, Then the system should generate a report that includes relevant metrics and insights related to that workflow within the specified date range.

User reviews the trends identified in a report to optimize their workflows.

Given the user has accessed the trends section of the report, When they analyze the presented data, Then they should be able to identify at least three actionable insights or improvements for optimizing their workflows.

User shares a generated report with their team for collaboration and discussion.

Given the user is viewing a generated report, When they choose to share the report via email or collaboration tool, Then the report should be successfully sent to the specified team members with the correct access permissions.

User sets up alerts to notify them of low task completion rates for automated workflows.

Given the user accesses the alert settings, When they configure an alert for task completion rates below a specified threshold, Then they should receive notifications whenever that threshold is not met in the future.

User accesses the historical data of their automated workflows for performance comparison.

Given the user is within the Analytics and Reporting Suite, When they select the historical data section, Then they should see a chronological display of key metrics for their automated workflows over the past year, with options to filter by specific workflows.

User provides feedback on the usefulness of the insights received from the Analytics and Reporting Suite.

Given the user has reviewed their analytics report, When they submit their feedback through the designated feedback form, Then their feedback should be captured and stored for review by the product team.

Smart Prioritization Engine

The Smart Prioritization Engine leverages advanced algorithms to assess the urgency and importance of tasks based on deadlines and workflow patterns. By automatically highlighting high-impact tasks, this feature empowers users to allocate their time where it matters most, enhancing productivity and reducing the risk of missed deadlines.

Requirements

Dynamic Task Assessment

"As a solopreneur, I want the Smart Prioritization Engine to automatically assess my tasks in real-time so that I can focus on what matters most without constantly reevaluating my to-do list."

Description

The Dynamic Task Assessment requirement enables the Smart Prioritization Engine to continuously monitor and analyze incoming tasks in real-time. It assesses factors like deadlines, importance, and user-defined criteria to dynamically adjust task prioritization. This requirement enhances the system's responsiveness to changing workloads, ensuring users are always focused on the highest-impact tasks. By providing an up-to-date overview, users can make timely decisions that improve productivity and project management, ultimately leading to better outcomes for their businesses.

Acceptance Criteria

As a solopreneur, I want to receive real-time updates on my tasks so I can adapt my priorities accordingly throughout my workday.

Given an incoming task with a deadline, When the task is analyzed by the Smart Prioritization Engine, Then it should automatically adjust the task's priority based on urgency and user-defined criteria.

As a small business owner, I need to ensure that the tasks deemed high-impact are clearly marked in my dashboard for easy visibility.

Given the Smart Prioritization Engine is active, When tasks are assessed, Then high-impact tasks should be visually highlighted in the user interface.

As a user, I want to customize my task prioritization criteria so that I can align the assessment with my business goals and workflow.

Given I am in the settings menu, When I define and save my custom prioritization criteria, Then the Smart Prioritization Engine should apply these criteria to the assessment of all incoming tasks.

As a user managing multiple projects, I want to view a summary of dynamic task prioritization so I can easily understand my workload.

Given multiple tasks across different projects, When I access the dashboard, Then I should see a summary view that reflects the current priority statuses of all my tasks.

As a busy entrepreneur, I need to receive notifications for tasks that change priority to prevent any missed deadlines.

Given a task's priority has changed, When the change is triggered by the Smart Prioritization Engine, Then I should receive an immediate notification detailing the changes made.

As a user concerned about task management, I want to see historic data on task prioritization changes to analyze productivity trends over time.

Given a set of tasks with historical data, When I request to view the prioritization history, Then I should be presented with a comprehensive report displaying how priorities have shifted and the reasons behind these changes.

User-defined Priority Criteria

"As a user, I want to be able to customize how my tasks are prioritized, so that I can align the prioritization process with my unique business needs and workflow."

Description

The User-defined Priority Criteria requirement allows users to set their own parameters for task prioritization based on individual preferences, workflows, and business goals. Users can define what constitutes urgency for their specific tasks, such as deadlines, task dependencies, or strategic objectives. This personalized approach empowers users, making the Smart Prioritization Engine more relevant and effective for various business models, ultimately enhancing user satisfaction and task management effectiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets priority criteria for task management based on deadlines and dependencies.

Given the user accesses the User-defined Priority Criteria interface, when they define a new priority criterion based on a deadline, then the system should allow saving this criterion and displaying it in the task list.

User modifies existing priority criteria to adapt to changing business goals.

Given the user selects an existing priority criterion, when they update the parameters of that criterion, then the system should reflect the updated priority in the task prioritization list immediately.

User deletes a priority criterion that is no longer relevant.

Given the user accesses the list of defined priority criteria, when they choose to delete a specific criterion, then the system should remove the criterion and not display it in the future prioritization results.

User evaluates the effectiveness of priority criteria over time.

Given the user has applied various priority criteria, when they access the evaluation report section, then the system should provide insights on task completion rates linked to applied criteria over the past month.

User receives notifications for tasks prioritized as high-impact based on defined criteria.

Given the user sets a high-impact priority criterion, when tasks are generated according to these criteria, then the system should automatically notify the user about these high-impact tasks via the designated channel.

User integrates external factors into the priority criteria, such as team feedback or customer urgency.

Given the user is on the User-defined Priority Criteria setup page, when they add external factors as part of a priority criterion, then the system should enable these factors to influence task prioritization accordingly.

Visual Task Highlighting

"As a busy entrepreneur, I want my high-priority tasks to be visually highlighted, so that I can quickly identify what to work on next, allowing me to manage my time effectively."

Description

The Visual Task Highlighting requirement enhances the user interface by providing a visual representation of task priorities. High-impact and urgent tasks will be prominently displayed using colors, icons, or labels, making it easy for users to quickly identify what needs attention. This feature aids in cognitive load reduction and ensures users can manage their workloads effectively without missing critical deadlines.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the tasks dashboard with multiple tasks displayed, including tasks with different priority levels also certain deadlines.

Given the user is on the tasks dashboard, when a high-impact task is present and has an approaching deadline, then it should be visually highlighted using a bright color, distinct icon, and bold label to draw attention.

User receives notifications about tasks that need urgent attention, especially those with a deadline within the next 24 hours.

Given the user has enabled notifications, when a high-impact task with an imminent deadline is present, then the user should receive a mobile notification and see the task visually highlighted on the dashboard.

User interacts with the task list and sorts tasks based on different priority filters (high, medium, low).

Given the user has selected 'high priority' filter on the task list, when the filter is applied, then only tasks marked as high-impact should be displayed prominently with clear visual indicators for urgency.

User checks a task marked as completed and wants to ensure it was visually represented as such in the interface.

Given the user marks a high-impact task as complete, when the task is updated, then it should visually change to a different color indicating completion with a strikethrough effect.

User scrolls through the tasks list to locate a specific task that may be important.

Given the user is scrolling through numerous tasks, when they encounter a high-impact or overdue task, then it should be visually distinct and easier to locate compared to lower-priority tasks.

User wants to compare the urgency levels of tasks based on their current status and deadlines.

Given the user is analyzing tasks in the dashboard view, when they look for tasks, then tasks should be sorted not only by priority but also organically show urgency using a color gradient that indicates how soon deadlines are approaching.

Integration with Calendar Apps

"As a user, I want to integrate my calendar with the Smart Prioritization Engine, so that I can ensure my task management considers my existing commitments and deadlines."

Description

The Integration with Calendar Apps requirement enables the Smart Prioritization Engine to sync with users' calendar applications, such as Google Calendar or Outlook. This integration allows the prioritization engine to factor in scheduled events, meetings, and deadlines directly into the task assessment process. By considering the user’s availability, this feature ensures that the task prioritization reflects real-world constraints, thereby optimizing time management and enhancing productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

Syncing Task Deadlines with Calendar Events

Given that a user has scheduled tasks with deadlines and calendar events, when the Smart Prioritization Engine integrates with the user's calendar app, then the deadlines should reflect and prioritize tasks in accordance with the scheduled calendar events.

Real-time Updates for Task Prioritization

Given that a user's calendar has an event added or modified, when the calendar integration processes the change, then the Smart Prioritization Engine should update the task priorities in real-time to account for the new schedule.

Display of Prioritized Tasks Alongside Calendar Events

Given a user is viewing their upcoming calendar events, when the Smart Prioritization Engine is activated, then the user should see a list of prioritized tasks displayed alongside their calendar events for easy reference.

User Notifications for Conflicting Tasks and Events

Given that a task conflicts with a scheduled calendar event, when the Smart Prioritization Engine identifies the conflict, then the user should receive a notification alerting them to potential time conflict and recommending action.

Integration with Multiple Calendar Apps

Given that a user is utilizing multiple calendar applications, when the Smart Prioritization Engine connects to each calendar app, then it should successfully consolidate all tasks and events into a unified view for priority assessment.

User-Friendly Configuration for Calendar Integration

Given a new user, when they set up their account, then the configuration process for integrating calendar apps should be simple and intuitive, requiring no technical expertise to complete.

Historical Data Analysis for Task Prioritization

Given a user has completed multiple tasks in the past, when the Smart Prioritization Engine analyzes this data, then it should provide insights on how past calendar events influenced task completion rates and suggest prioritization adjustments accordingly.

AI-driven Insights

"As a user, I want the system to provide me insights and recommendations based on my task completion patterns, so I can enhance my productivity and streamline my work processes."

Description

The AI-driven Insights requirement involves the Smart Prioritization Engine leveraging machine learning algorithms to provide actionable recommendations based on user behavior and task completion patterns. By analyzing historical data, the system can suggest improvements in workflow efficiency and highlight areas where time is commonly lost. This guidance empowers users to adjust their work habits proactively for enhanced productivity and goal achievement.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the AI-driven Insights feature to receive task recommendations based on their previous two weeks of task completion data.

Given that the user has completed at least 10 tasks in the last two weeks, when they access the AI-driven Insights dashboard, then they should see at least three actionable recommendations for workflow improvements based on their task performance.

User wants to adjust their productivity approach based on feedback from the AI-driven Insights.

Given that the user has received at least one suggestion for improving efficiency, when they implement the suggested change, then the system should track the time spent on related tasks for a week and provide feedback comparing productivity before and after the change.

Admin reviews the overall effectiveness of the Smart Prioritization Engine in providing users with actionable insights.

Given that the Smart Prioritization Engine has been live for one month, when the admin generates a report on user engagement with AI-driven Insights, then the report should show at least an 80% user satisfaction rate and at least 60% of users implementing one or more recommendations.

A user has not logged tasks in the system for a month and accesses AI-driven Insights for the first time upon return.

Given that the user has no recent task data, when they access the AI-driven Insights feature, then the system should prompt the user to log a few tasks for a more accurate analysis and provide a message explaining how to do so.

A solopreneur uses the AI-driven Insights to identify time spent on low-impact tasks over the past month.

Given that the user has viewed their analytics for the last month, when they select the 'Low-Impact Tasks' filter, then the system should display a list of tasks categorized by time spent that are below the established impact threshold.

User receives a notification about missed deadlines and potential workflow improvements from the AI-driven Insights.

Given that the user has missed at least one deadline in the past week, when they log into the system, then they should receive a notification that includes two suggestions for preventing future missed deadlines based on their task patterns.

Collaboration Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive notifications when my tasks are prioritized in the Smart Prioritization Engine, so I can stay informed about my responsibilities and collaborate more effectively with my colleagues."

Description

The Collaboration Notifications requirement allows team members to receive alerts when tasks relevant to their work are prioritized. This feature emphasizes teamwork and ensures that collaborative projects remain on track by keeping everyone informed. By facilitating communication about task priorities, users can better coordinate their efforts, leading to improved project outcomes and team efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members receive notifications when a task relevant to their responsibilities is prioritized.

Given a team member is assigned to a task, When the task is marked as high-priority, Then the team member receives a notification via their preferred communication channel (email, app notification).

Notifications include relevant details about the priority task.

Given a notification is triggered, When the notification is displayed, Then it includes the task name, due date, and a brief description of the task.

Team members can customize their notification preferences for different task types.

Given a team member accesses notification settings, When they select their preferences, Then the system saves their choices for future notifications related to task priorities.

The system logs the history of notifications sent to team members.

Given a notification is sent, When a team member views their notification history, Then the system displays all notifications received, organized by date and task.

Users can opt-out of specific task notifications without affecting other notifications.

Given a user is viewing notification settings, When they disable notifications for a specific project or task type, Then they should still receive notifications for other projects or tasks.

Notifications are received promptly when a task's priority changes.

Given a task’s priority is changed, When the change is saved, Then relevant team members should receive notifications within 5 minutes of the change.

Collaborative feedback is automatically recorded and linked to prioritized tasks.

Given a task is prioritized and notifications are sent, When team members respond with feedback or comments, Then those responses are documented and linked to the task for future reference.

Contextual Task Suggestions

This feature provides users with personalized task suggestions based on their current goals, workload, and past performance. By presenting relevant tasks in context, users are better equipped to make informed decisions on what to work on next, ensuring alignment with overall business objectives.

Requirements

Personalized Task Recommendation Engine

"As a solopreneur, I want to receive personalized task suggestions based on my current goals and workload so that I can prioritize my efforts and focus on what will drive my business forward most effectively."

Description

The Personalized Task Recommendation Engine will analyze user data, including current goals, workload, and historical performance, to deliver tailored task suggestions. By utilizing AI algorithms, this feature will enhance the user's ability to prioritize effectively, ensuring that they focus on the tasks that align best with their business objectives. The integration with the existing task management workflows within AutoBind will provide a seamless user experience. This feature is crucial for improving productivity, as it allows solopreneurs and small businesses to allocate their time efficiently and capitalize on strategic opportunities without feeling overwhelmed by their workload.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the task management interface and views personalized task suggestions based on their specified goals and workload during a project planning session.

Given the user has defined specific goals and workload, when the user accesses the task management interface, then the system should display a list of at least five relevant task suggestions prioritized based on deadlines and overall importance to the project.

User reviews the task suggestions generated by the Personalized Task Recommendation Engine during their weekly planning meeting.

Given the user has a history of past tasks and performance metrics, when the user opens the task suggestion feature, then the system must present suggestions that reflect the user's historical productivity trends and preferences.

User modifies their current goals and observes changes in the task suggestions provided by the system.

Given the user updates their goals in the user settings, when the user refreshes the task suggestion list, then the system should generate new suggestions that align with the updated goals within 10 seconds.

User utilizes the task suggestions provided during a busy work week to prioritize their tasks effectively.

Given the user has a heavy workload, when the user selects a suggestion from the task list, then the system tracks and logs the task completion to ensure that priority tasks are being worked on and provides feedback on the user's progress.

User accesses the insights dashboard and reviews the effectiveness of the personalized task suggestions over a month.

Given the user has been utilizing the task suggestion feature for at least four weeks, when the user checks the insights dashboard, then the system should present analytics showing the completion rates of suggested tasks versus user-defined tasks, with a detailed report on improvements in productivity.

AI-driven Insights Dashboard Integration

"As a small business owner, I want to see how my task suggestions correlate with my performance metrics in the insights dashboard so that I can make data-driven decisions to optimize my workflow."

Description

This requirement focuses on integrating the Contextual Task Suggestions feature with the AI-driven Insights Dashboard. By linking the task suggestions with the performance metrics displayed on the dashboard, users will gain deeper insights into how their task choices impact overall productivity and progress towards goals. This integration will allow users to see the effectiveness of their task execution in real-time, resulting in better decision-making for future task planning. The feedback loop created will enhance user engagement with both the task suggestions and the insights dashboard, ultimately driving improved performance.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the AI-driven Insights Dashboard and views the performance metrics related to their task execution.

Given the user is on the AI-driven Insights Dashboard, when the user clicks on the 'Contextual Task Suggestions' link, then relevant task suggestions are displayed based on the user's current performance metrics and historical data.

User receives task suggestions that are dynamically updated based on their changing workload and productivity metrics.

Given the user's current workload has changed, when the user refreshes the dashboard, then the task suggestions reflect the updated metrics and show the three most relevant tasks to pursue next.

User utilizes the task suggestions to inform their daily planning process.

Given the user has multiple tasks suggested by the Insights Dashboard, when the user selects a task from the suggestions and marks it as 'In Progress', then the task’s status is updated in the user's overall task list and is reflected in the dashboard metrics.

User wants to analyze the impact of their completed tasks on overall productivity and goal attainment.

Given the user completes a suggested task, when they view the performance metrics on the Insights Dashboard, then the metrics should dynamically update to reflect the impact of that task on their overall productivity and progress towards their goals.

User evaluates the effectiveness of their task choices over a specific time period.

Given a set date range, when the user accesses the Insights Dashboard, then they can view a report that displays the correlation between completed task suggestions and goal achievement over that period.

User has the ability to customize the types of tasks suggested based on personal preferences and business objectives.

Given the user accesses the settings menu for task suggestions, when the user modifies their preferences and save the changes, then the subsequent task suggestions should align with the updated preferences immediately after the dashboard refresh.

User Customization Settings

"As a user, I want to customize the task suggestions I receive so that they align with my personal preferences and working style, ensuring they are relevant and actionable for my business needs."

Description

The User Customization Settings will allow users to personalize the Contextual Task Suggestions feature according to their individual preferences and working styles. This capability includes options to set priority rules for tasks, define working hours, and select preferred task categories. Customization ensures that the suggestions are relevant to each user’s unique operational context, improving user satisfaction and engagement. Additionally, it allows users to refine the AI algorithms to learn over time, enhancing the system's ability to deliver pertinent task recommendations that fit into their specific workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets priority rules for task suggestions based on their individual workflow and project importance.

Given that the user is in the User Customization Settings, when they select specific priority rules for tasks, then the system should display only tasks that adhere to these rules in the Contextual Task Suggestions.

User defines their working hours and expects task suggestions to respect this schedule.

Given that the user has set their working hours in the User Customization Settings, when the user accesses the Contextual Task Suggestions outside of these hours, then the task suggestions should indicate that they are not available until the defined working hours.

User selects preferred task categories and expects suggestions to reflect these choices.

Given that the user has selected their preferred task categories, when they access the Contextual Task Suggestions, then the tasks displayed should only come from the selected categories.

User modifies their customization settings and expects the AI to learn and adapt the task suggestions over time.

Given that the user changes their preferences in User Customization Settings, when they access the Contextual Task Suggestions after a set period, then the suggestions should reflect the updated customization and improve relevance based on previous selections.

User wishes to review past performance related to task suggestions to enhance productivity.

Given that the user accesses the AI-driven insights dashboard, when they look for insights on past task suggestions, then the system should provide an overview of completed tasks and their alignment with the user's goals.

User requires an easy way to reset their modifications in customization settings.

Given that the user is in the User Customization Settings, when they select the reset option, then all customization settings should revert to the default settings without affecting the existing task data.

Feedback Collection Mechanism

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on the task suggestions so that I can help improve the system's recommendations and ensure they remain useful and aligned with my current needs."

Description

This requirement entails implementing a feedback collection mechanism that allows users to provide input on the task suggestions they receive. Users can rate the relevance and effectiveness of the suggestions, which will be utilized to refine the recommendation algorithms. This feature is significant to ensure the continuous improvement of task suggestions and to adapt to changing user needs over time. By incorporating user feedback directly into the system, AutoBind can enhance user trust and satisfaction while driving higher productivity levels through more relevant suggestions.

Acceptance Criteria

User provides feedback on suggested tasks after completing a project, aiming to improve future task recommendations.

Given the user has received task suggestions, When they select a task and complete it, Then they should be prompted to rate the relevancy and effectiveness of the suggested task on a scale from 1 to 5.

The user accesses their dashboard to review task suggestions based on their current workload and goals.

Given the user is logged into the dashboard, When the user clicks on the 'Task Suggestions' section, Then they should see a list of suggestions that are relevant to their current goals and previous performance metrics.

The user provides feedback indicating a suggestion was not relevant, and the AI system learns from this input.

Given the user rates a task suggestion as 1, When the feedback is submitted, Then the system should log the feedback and adjust future task recommendations based on this input within 24 hours.

A user wants to view aggregated feedback from their own input to understand trends in task suggestion effectiveness.

Given the user navigates to the 'Feedback Insights' section, When they access this section, Then they should see a summary of their feedback scores for task suggestions over the last month.

A user adjusts their goals, and the task suggestions reflect these changes immediately after the update.

Given a user updates their goals in the profile settings, When they save the changes, Then the task suggestions should refresh to align with the new goals within 5 minutes.

Users are notified of significant changes in task suggestion trends based on community-wide feedback.

Given the system receives feedback trends from multiple users, When the trends indicate a significant shift, Then all users should receive a notification summarizing the changes and their impact on task suggestions within 48 hours.

A user receives a pop-up or tooltip explaining how to provide feedback on task suggestions effectively.

Given that the user is viewing task suggestions, When they hover over the feedback button, Then a tooltip should appear explaining how to rate task suggestions and why it matters for improvement.

Real-time Task Suggestion Updates

"As a busy entrepreneur, I want to receive real-time updates on my task suggestions so that I can adapt quickly to changes in my workload and keep my business operations running smoothly."

Description

The Real-time Task Suggestion Updates feature will ensure that task suggestions are dynamically adjusted based on changes in user workload and ongoing progress throughout the day. By incorporating a system that detects user's completed tasks and updates the recommendations accordingly in real-time, this capability will deliver the most relevant suggestions at any given moment. This responsiveness will increase user efficiency as solopreneurs and small business owners can react promptly to shifts in priorities, ensuring that they are always focused on the most pressing tasks at hand.

Acceptance Criteria

User views their task list in AutoBind during a busy workday, wanting to optimize their focus based on their workload and goals.

Given the user has completed a task, When the task is marked as complete, Then the task suggestion list updates in real-time to reflect new relevant suggestions based on remaining tasks and goals.

A solopreneur is halfway through their day and has completed unexpected tasks, they seek immediate adjustments in task suggestions to focus on other priorities.

Given the user has finished an unexpected task, When they check their task suggestions, Then the system provides an updated list of tasks tailored to their revised workload and priorities.

A user starts their day with a predefined list of goals and workload, but as they complete tasks, they want to see how suggestions adapt throughout the day.

Given the user starts with a set workload for the day, When they progress through their tasks, Then the task suggestions evolve in real-time to align with completed and remaining tasks.

User grapples with an overwhelming number of tasks and needs focused suggestions that align closest with their strategic business objectives.

Given the user feels overwhelmed with their task list, When they access the task suggestions feature, Then they receive prioritized task suggestions that closely match their current business objectives and workload.

A small business owner utilizes AutoBind to track multiple project tasks throughout the day and requires accurate updates on task completions for smooth operations.

Given the user has multiple projects running, When any task is completed in any project, Then the system updates the task suggestions across all projects in real-time to reflect the current workload.

During a busy afternoon, a user needs to quickly adjust their focus after an urgent task is completed and seeks immediate task realignment.

Given an urgent task has been completed, When the user refreshes their task list, Then the top suggested tasks are the most relevant and urgent based on the user's updated status and remaining workload.

Dynamic Priority Adjustments

Dynamic Priority Adjustments allow the AI to continuously learn and adapt based on changing project variables and user input. As new tasks emerge or deadlines shift, users receive real-time notifications of priority changes, helping them stay agile and responsive in their task management.

Requirements

Automated Deadline Adjustment

"As a solopreneur, I want to receive automated notifications about deadline adjustments so that I can keep my project on track without feeling overwhelmed by manual updates."

Description

The Automated Deadline Adjustment feature will integrate with the existing task management system to dynamically adjust deadlines based on project progress and priority changes. This requirement will allow users to adjust deadlines in real-time as project variables change, ensuring that task prioritization remains relevant and aligned with team goals. This becomes particularly important in fast-paced environments where rapid changes can occur. The system will notify users of any changes to deadlines immediately through a notification system, reducing the chances of missed deadlines and enhancing overall accountability and project visibility.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when a task's deadline has been automatically adjusted due to changes in project priority.

Given a task with an existing deadline and priority, When the project's priority changes, Then the user should receive a real-time notification of the new deadline for that task.

Users can view adjusted deadlines in their task management dashboard post-adjustment.

Given a user accesses their task management dashboard, When a deadline adjustment occurs, Then the updated deadlines should be immediately reflected in the dashboard.

AI adjusts task deadlines based on user-defined project variables and input.

Given a project with user-defined variables, When these variables change, Then the deadlines for related tasks should automatically adjust to reflect the changes based on pre-defined rules.

Users can manually override automatic deadline adjustments.

Given a task with an automatically adjusted deadline, When the user chooses to override this automatic adjustment, Then the system should allow the user to set a new deadline which will take precedence over the automatic one.

Notifications for deadline adjustments are logged for auditing purposes.

Given a deadline adjustment has occurred, When notifications are sent to users, Then a log of all notifications including original and new deadlines must be recorded in the system for future reference.

System allows for bulk adjustments of deadlines based on multiple project changes.

Given multiple tasks undergoing priority changes, When the user selects to perform a bulk adjustment, Then the system should automatically adjust deadlines for all selected tasks and notify users accordingly.

Customizable Notification Preferences

"As a user, I want to customize my notification preferences so that I only receive updates in the way that is most convenient for me."

Description

The Customizable Notification Preferences requirement enables users to set specific preferences for how and when they want to be notified about priority changes and task adjustments. Users should have the ability to choose from different notification channels (email, SMS, in-app notifications) and customize the frequency of these notifications. This feature enhances user experience by allowing solopreneurs to tailor their workflow according to their unique preferences, thereby increasing engagement and responsiveness to task management updates. Improved customization leads to a higher degree of satisfaction and productivity among users.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes notification preferences for task priority changes via the AutoBind app.

Given a user is logged into the AutoBind app, When they access the customizable notification settings, Then they should be able to select from at least three different notification channels (email, SMS, in-app notifications).

User sets preferences for notification frequency related to task priority updates.

Given a user has selected their preferred notification channels, When they set the frequency of notifications, Then the system should allow them to choose from options such as 'immediate', 'daily summary', and 'weekly summary'.

User receives a test notification after setting up their preferences in the AutoBind app.

Given a user has configured their notification preferences, When they click the 'Test Notification' button, Then they should receive a notification through their selected channel confirming their preferences have been saved correctly.

User modifies their notification preferences after initially setting them up.

Given a user has set up their notification preferences, When they go back to the notification settings and change the channel or frequency, Then the changes should be saved and reflected in the next notification cycle.

User disables notifications for task priority changes.

Given a user is in their notification settings, When they toggle the notification options to disable, Then no notifications should be sent to the user about priority changes until they are re-enabled.

User views a summary of their current notification settings.

Given a user is in the notification settings page, When they request to view their notification summary, Then a clear and concise summary of their current preferences should be displayed, including selected channels and frequencies.

User attempts to set invalid notification preferences.

Given a user is in the notification settings page, When they attempt to set a notification frequency that is not in the predefined options, Then the system should show an error message indicating the selection is invalid and prompt them to choose a valid option.

Real-Time Collaboration Alerts

"As a team leader, I want real-time notifications when my team changes task priorities so that I can manage workloads effectively and maintain team alignment."

Description

Real-Time Collaboration Alerts will notify users when team members make changes to shared tasks or priorities. This feature supports team collaboration by ensuring that all members are kept up to date with the latest changes in real-time. Notifications will include details about the changes made and suggestions on how these changes may affect individual workloads. By enhancing collaboration through immediate alerts, this requirement will help teams remain aligned and responsive to any shifts in priorities, fostering a culture of teamwork and communication.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-Time Collaboration Alerts for Shared Task Modifications

Given a user is collaborating on a shared task, When a team member makes a change to the task, Then the user should receive a real-time notification detailing the changes made.

User Notification for Priority Changes

Given a user has set priorities for shared tasks, When a priority of a task is changed by another team member, Then the user should receive an alert about the priority changes and the potential impact on their workload.

Detailed Change Notifications

Given a user receives a notification about changes to a shared task, When they open the notification, Then it should display the specifics of the changes and provide suggestions on how to adjust their tasks accordingly.

Notification Preferences Management

Given that notifications may be frequent, When a user accesses notification settings, Then they should have the option to customize the types of alerts they receive regarding collaboration changes.

Real-Time Notification Delivery During High Activity

Given multiple team members are actively making changes to shared tasks, When any changes occur, Then all involved users should receive notifications in real-time without significant delay.

Consistency Across Devices

Given a user is logged into AutoBind on multiple devices, When a real-time collaboration alert is sent, Then the user should receive the notification on all devices simultaneously.

User Acknowledgment of Changes

Given a user receives a notification about changes to a task, When they interact with the notification, Then the system should log the acknowledgment to ensure the user is aware of the changes.

Adaptive Learning Algorithm for Priority Adjustment

"As a user, I want the system to learn from my past task performance to improve future priority adjustments so that I can work more efficiently without constantly needing to re-evaluate my priorities."

Description

The Adaptive Learning Algorithm for Priority Adjustment will analyze past task completion rates and feedback to improve the accuracy of priority adjustments over time. Leveraging machine learning techniques, this algorithm will adapt to user behaviors and changing project dynamics, enhancing the AI's effectiveness in prioritizing tasks. The focus of this requirement is to make the system smarter and more responsive to specific user contexts, ultimately leading to better management of daily operations and a more efficient workflow.

Acceptance Criteria

Priority Adjustment for New Task Creation

Given a user creates a new task with a deadline, when the task is added to the system, then the Adaptive Learning Algorithm should analyze the task and adjust the priority in real-time based on existing task variables and project status.

Feedback Loop for Task Priority

Given a user marks a task as complete, when the completion feedback is submitted, then the Adaptive Learning Algorithm should update the priority adjustment model to reflect the impact of completed tasks on overall project priorities and notify the user of relevant changes.

Real-time Notifications for Priority Changes

Given multiple tasks with changing deadlines, when the Adaptive Learning Algorithm modifies the priority of tasks based on new inputs, then the user should receive real-time notifications detailing the changes in task priorities and reasons behind those adjustments.

Validation of Adaptive Learning through Data Analysis

Given a set of task completion data over a month, when the system analyzes this data, then the Adaptive Learning Algorithm should show a measurable improvement in priority adjustment accuracy based on historical task completion rates and user interactions.

User Adjustment of Task Priority

Given a user manually adjusts the priority of a task, when this change is recorded, then the Adaptive Learning Algorithm should immediately consider this manual change in its learning model for future priority adjustments, ensuring user preferences are integrated.

Adaptation to Shifting Project Dynamics

Given a project with evolving tasks and deadlines, when new tasks are introduced or existing tasks are altered, then the Adaptive Learning Algorithm should continuously adapt and communicate new priorities to the user without requiring manual intervention.

Integration with Calendar Applications

"As a busy entrepreneur, I want my tasks to be integrated into my calendar app so that I can manage all my deadlines in one place without switching between multiple tools."

Description

The Integration with Calendar Applications requirement allows users to synchronize their task deadlines and priority alerts with popular calendar applications such as Google Calendar and Outlook. This way, any changes in task priority or deadlines can be reflected in real-time within users' calendars. This integration streamlines users' workflow by centralizing task management and scheduling, reducing the need to switch between applications and minimizing the risk of losing track of critical deadlines. Overall, this serves to enhance user convenience and improve time management efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User synchronizes task deadlines with their Google Calendar to receive real-time updates on priority changes.

Given a user has a task with a deadline set in AutoBind, when the user integrates their Google Calendar, then the task deadline should appear in the Google Calendar as a scheduled event.

A user updates a task's priority that is linked to their Outlook Calendar and checks for real-time synchronization.

Given a task's priority is changed in AutoBind, when the user refreshes their Outlook Calendar, then the updated priority should be reflected in the calendar notification for the task.

A solopreneur receives a notification of a priority change due to a shift in task deadlines while they are using their calendar app.

Given a user has enabled notifications for priority changes, when a task's deadline shifts in AutoBind, then the user should receive a real-time notification on their linked calendar app.

User wants to view all high-priority tasks on their Google Calendar for effective time management.

Given several high-priority tasks are scheduled in AutoBind, when the user views their Google Calendar, then all high-priority tasks should be clearly marked for easy identification.

A user wants to ensure that any new tasks added to AutoBind also sync with their Outlook Calendar.

Given a new task is created in AutoBind, when the task is assigned a deadline, then the task should automatically sync to the user's Outlook Calendar as a new event.

User tests the integration feature by removing a task from AutoBind and confirming its removal from their calendar.

Given a task is deleted in AutoBind, when the user checks their Google Calendar, then the corresponding event for that task should no longer be visible.

Visual Priority Dashboard

"As a user, I want a visual dashboard to see all my priorities at a glance so that I can easily determine what to focus on next."

Description

The Visual Priority Dashboard requirement provides users with a comprehensive overview of their tasks, displaying them in a visually appealing way that highlights current priorities, deadlines, and progress. This dashboard will be customizable, enabling users to choose how they want to visualize their tasks (e.g., Kanban board, Gantt chart, list view). By giving users an intuitive view of their priorities and tasks, this feature enhances their ability to quickly assess their workload and make strategic decisions about task management based on visual cues.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Visual Priority Dashboard upon logging into AutoBind for the first time, seeking to understand their task priorities and deadlines.

Given the user is logged into AutoBind for the first time, when they access the Visual Priority Dashboard, then they should see a default layout displaying all tasks categorized by priority with associated deadlines and progress bars.

User customizes the task view on their Visual Priority Dashboard to a preferred format, such as 'Kanban board' or 'Gantt chart'.

Given the user is on the Visual Priority Dashboard, when they select a preferred format from the customization options, then the dashboard should update to reflect the chosen format and retain this setting for future logins.

A user receives real-time notifications on the Visual Priority Dashboard when the priority of a task changes due to external factors.

Given a task's priority is adjusted after the user has set their dashboard preferences, when the change is made, then the user should receive a notification indicating the task's new priority level and updated deadline.

The user is monitoring the Visual Priority Dashboard and wants to quickly assess the tasks approaching their deadlines.

Given the user is viewing the Visual Priority Dashboard, when they filter tasks by deadline within the upcoming week, then only tasks within that timeframe should be displayed prominently, highlighting key dates.

The user wants to track their progress on multiple tasks effectively using the Visual Priority Dashboard.

Given the user has multiple tasks in progress, when they view the Visual Priority Dashboard, then each task should have an associated progress bar showing the percentage of completion based on the task's original deadlines and updated progress.

A user checks the Visual Priority Dashboard for task updates after a team meeting to ensure nothing is missed.

Given the user has just concluded a team meeting, when they refresh the Visual Priority Dashboard, then it should display any updates or changes made to the tasks during the meeting, including any new deadlines or priority shifts.

Task Impact Scoring

The Task Impact Scoring feature assigns a score to each task based on its potential contribution to business goals. By visualizing which tasks can offer the greatest return on investment, users can focus their efforts on actions that significantly drive their business forward.

Requirements

Task Scoring Algorithm

"As a solopreneur, I want a system that assigns impact scores to my tasks so that I can prioritize my efforts on activities that deliver the most value to my business."

Description

The Task Scoring Algorithm is designed to evaluate and assign a numerical impact score to tasks based on predefined criteria that align with business objectives. This scoring system will analyze factors such as deadline proximity, resource allocation, potential revenue impact, and strategic importance. It will integrate seamlessly with existing task management workflows in AutoBind, leveraging AI to enhance the scoring process and provide accurate, real-time assessments. By visualizing these scores, users can prioritize their tasks more effectively, ensuring they focus their efforts on high-impact activities that will drive significant returns for their business.

Acceptance Criteria

Task Scoring Algorithm evaluates tasks based on predefined business criteria after a user inputs new tasks into the AutoBind system.

Given a user has created new tasks with defined deadlines, resource allocations, and revenue potential, when the Task Scoring Algorithm runs, then each task should receive a numerical impact score that reflects its potential contribution to business goals.

Users view the impact scores of tasks in the AutoBind dashboard to prioritize their work effectively.

Given that tasks exist in the AutoBind system with assigned impact scores, when a user accesses the dashboard, then the user should see a visual representation of the tasks ranked by their impact scores in descending order.

Different users can upload their tasks, and the Task Scoring Algorithm provides consistent and accurate scores across all users.

Given multiple users upload their tasks with varying details, when the Task Scoring Algorithm evaluates these tasks, then the resulting impact scores should be consistent and calculated based on the same predefined criteria for all users.

The Task Scoring Algorithm integrates with existing task management workflows without disrupting user operations.

Given the existing task management system in AutoBind is utilized, when the Task Scoring Algorithm is applied, then users should be able to access their tasks and scores seamlessly without errors or disruptions in their workflow.

Real-time updates of task scores reflect changes made by users in AutoBind.

Given that a user updates the details of any task, when the user saves these changes, then the Task Scoring Algorithm should immediately recalculate and reflect the updated score in real-time in the user's dashboard.

Users receive insights on how their tasks score affects overall business goal achievement.

Given that each task is evaluated against business objectives, when the scoring is complete, then users should have access to insights visuals that correlate task scores with potential business outcomes, enabling better strategic decisions.

Impact Visualization Dashboard

"As a user, I want to see a visual representation of my task impact scores so that I can easily identify and focus on the most important tasks to grow my business."

Description

The Impact Visualization Dashboard will provide users with a comprehensive graphical representation of their tasks and corresponding scores. This dashboard will feature interactive charts and graphs that dynamically update as tasks are evaluated. It will highlight high-scoring tasks, allowing users to quickly identify which activities warrant immediate attention. This visualization capability will empower users to make informed decisions on task prioritization and resource allocation, ultimately leading to better operational efficiency and business growth. Integration with existing features will ensure users have a unified view of their task landscape.

Acceptance Criteria

Impact Visualization Dashboard displays real-time updates of task scores as users edit their tasks.

Given a user updates the score of a task in the system, when they view the Impact Visualization Dashboard, then the updated score should reflect in the corresponding graph within 5 seconds.

The dashboard allows users to filter tasks by score categories (e.g., high, medium, low).

Given a user applies a filter to view only high-scoring tasks, when the filter is activated, then only tasks with scores within the specified high category should be visible in the dashboard.

Charts in the Impact Visualization Dashboard must be responsive and functional on mobile devices.

Given a user accesses the dashboard on a mobile device, when they interact with the charts, then charts should resize appropriately and retain functionality without losing interactivity.

Users can click on high-scoring tasks to view detailed information about each task.

Given a user identifies a high-scoring task from the dashboard, when they click on that task, then the system should display a detailed view of the task's information including scores and related metrics.

The dashboard refreshes automatically to show the latest task scores without manual refresh.

Given that a user is viewing the dashboard, when a task score is changed in the backend, then the dashboard should automatically refresh every minute to reflect the latest scores without requiring user input.

Users receive visual indicators for tasks reaching a specified score threshold.

Given a user has set a score threshold, when tasks are evaluated, then the dashboard should visually highlight tasks that meet or exceed this threshold with a clear indicator (e.g., color change).

Integration of Impact Visualization Dashboard with existing task management features is seamless and intuitive.

Given a user is navigating between the Impact Visualization Dashboard and the task management interface, when they switch between views, then their current context and filters should carry over without loss of data or context.

Customizable Scoring Criteria

"As a small business owner, I want to customize the scoring criteria for my tasks so that I can align the scoring system with my specific business priorities and objectives."

Description

The Customizable Scoring Criteria feature will allow users to tailor the scoring parameters based on their unique business needs and goals. Users will have the ability to modify weighting factors for different criteria, such as urgency, expected revenue, and resource costs. This flexibility will enable users to create a personalized scoring system that accurately reflects their business priorities. By facilitating user customizations, the implementation of this feature will enhance the product's adaptability and relevance to diverse user scenarios.

Acceptance Criteria

As a solopreneur, I want to customize the scoring criteria for my tasks to prioritize those that align with my business goals, so that I can effectively allocate my time and resources.

Given that I am on the scoring criteria configuration page, when I select a task criteria such as urgency, expected revenue, or resource costs, then I should be able to adjust the weighting factors between 1 to 10 for each selected criteria.

As a user, I want to view a preview of how my customized scoring criteria affect my task scores in real-time, so that I can make informed adjustments before finalizing my settings.

Given that I have adjusted the weighting factors for my task scoring criteria, when I save the changes, then the modified scores for all existing tasks should be recalculated dynamically and displayed on the task list page.

As a user, I want to reset my scoring criteria back to default values, so that I can start fresh if I'm not satisfied with my customizations.

Given that I have made custom changes to my scoring criteria, when I use the 'Reset to Default' option, then all the weighting factors should revert to their original values immediately without error.

As a business owner, I want to ensure that my scoring criteria combinations do not conflict, so that all criteria can contribute effectively to the scoring system.

Given that I am inputting or adjusting scoring criteria, when I apply a combination of weightings that results in an invalid configuration (e.g., total weighting exceeds the maximum limit), then I should receive a clear error message indicating the issue and suggested corrective actions.

As a user, I want to validate that the scoring system produces consistent results after adjusting criteria, so that I can trust my task prioritization.

Given that I have repeatedly toggled between different scoring configurations, when I apply those configurations to the same set of tasks, then the scoring output should yield consistent results across those configurations to ensure valid decision-making.

As an admin, I want to review logs of all changes made to the scoring criteria by users, so that I can ensure accountability and trace any discrepancies.

Given that I am viewing the admin panel for user activity, when I access the scoring criteria change log, then I should see a comprehensive record of all changes, including user ID, timestamp, and the details of changes made, in a clear, sorted format.

Integrative Task Management Compatibility

"As a user of multiple productivity tools, I want AutoBind to integrate with my existing task management platforms so that I can utilize impact scoring without disrupting my current workflow."

Description

The Integrative Task Management Compatibility ensures that the Task Impact Scoring feature functions seamlessly with popular productivity tools used by users. This requirement will involve developing API integrations that allow AutoBind to pull relevant task data from various platforms and provide impact scoring based on this information. By enhancing interoperability, users can maintain their existing workflows while benefiting from the powerful scoring capabilities of AutoBind, reducing friction and increasing user adoption.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration with Trello: Users want to utilize the Task Impact Scoring feature for tasks in their Trello boards, allowing them to prioritize tasks based on scoring metrics derived directly from their Trello task data.

Given the AutoBind application is connected to a Trello account, When a user selects a Trello board, Then the system should pull relevant tasks and assign an impact score that accurately reflects their contributions to the business goals.

Integration with Asana: A user transfers tasks from Asana to AutoBind and wants to see corresponding impact scores based on their Asana task data to help prioritize work effectively.

Given the user connects AutoBind with their Asana account, When tasks are imported from Asana, Then each task should have an impact score generated based on the criteria established in AutoBind, visible in the user interface.

Integration with Google Tasks: Users want to synchronize their Google Tasks with AutoBind to leverage impact scoring in a platform they regularly use.

Given that the user has linked their Google account to AutoBind, When the tasks from Google Tasks are displayed in AutoBind, Then they must show accurate Task Impact Scores reflecting their potential business contributions, without manual intervention.

Multi-Platform Integration: A user operates a multi-platform workflow involving Evernote and Monday.com, requiring a seamless experience for task impact scoring across all platforms to ensure streamlined task prioritization.

Given the user has connected both Evernote and Monday.com with AutoBind, When tasks from these platforms are displayed in AutoBind, Then all tasks should show corresponding impact scores derived from their data inputs across all integrated platforms.

Real-Time Data Update: Users expect that when a task’s status is updated in any integrated productivity tool, the Task Impact Score in AutoBind should reflect this change in real-time to maintain accurate prioritization.

Given an integrated productivity tool updates a task’s status or details, When this change occurs, Then AutoBind should automatically refresh the impacted Task Impact Score without user intervention, maintaining integrity and relevance in decision-making.

User Customization of Impact Criteria: Users want the ability to define and customize the criteria used for calculating the Task Impact Scores within AutoBind to align with their specific business goals.

Given users have access to the customization settings in AutoBind, When a user adjusts the scoring criteria for tasks, Then the system should apply these customizations immediately to all existing and future tasks, showcasing their impact scores accordingly.

Automated Reporting and Insights

"As a solopreneur, I want to receive automated reports on task impact scoring so that I can measure my productivity and adjust my strategies based on data-driven insights."

Description

The Automated Reporting and Insights feature will generate periodic reports summarizing the impact ratings of tasks completed over a defined period. These reports will offer analytics and trends that users can leverage to assess their productivity and make data-driven decisions for future planning. By automating this reporting functionality, this feature aids users in tracking their efficiency improvements and highlights areas for focus, thereby contributing to overall business growth and strategy development.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a periodic report after completing tasks for the past week to review productivity and impact.

Given the user has completed tasks over the last week, when they select the 'Generate Report' button, then a report summarizing the task impact scores should be displayed, including total tasks completed, average impact score, and recommendations.

User receives insights on trends from automated reports to aid strategic decision making.

Given the user has generated multiple reports over the last month, when they access the insights dashboard, then the dashboard should visualize trends such as task completion rates and changes in impact scores, highlighting the top 3 contributing tasks to business goals.

User evaluates the effectiveness of the reporting functionality for decision-making purposes.

Given the user views the generated report, when they read the analytics summary, then all data points should accurately reflect the tasks completed and should be calculated based on the defined impact scoring method, ensuring clarity and accuracy of information.

User checks if the automated report takes into account weekend tasks to reflect true productivity.

Given the user has completed tasks over a 7-day period that includes the weekend, when they generate the report, then the report should include tasks from the weekend and accurately report their impact scores in the summary.

User assesses whether automated insights help in using resources effectively in upcoming week plans.

Given the user has access to the generated reports, when they analyze the impact scores and recommendations, then the insights provided should directly correlate with their potential to improve productivity in the next week, indicating clear areas for focus.

User wants to ensure that the automated reporting mechanism is timely and dependable.

Given the automating reporting feature is set to generate reports weekly, when the scheduled time for report generation occurs, then a report should be sent via email to the user without delay and should confirm delivery with a timestamp.

User validates whether the reports can be exported for external analysis.

Given the user generates a report, when they select the 'Export' option, then the report should be successfully exported in both PDF and CSV formats, ensuring all data points are included correctly.

Daily Priority Planner

The Daily Priority Planner provides users with a curated list of top-priority tasks each morning. By outlining a clear action plan for the day, users can hit the ground running and maintain focus on completing high-value work, reinforcing effective time management.

Requirements

Automated Task Generation

"As a solopreneur, I want an automated way to generate my top priority tasks every morning so that I can begin my day with a clear focus on high-value work rather than deciding what to tackle first."

Description

The Automated Task Generation feature will enable the Daily Priority Planner to create a dynamic list of tasks based on various inputs like user preferences, deadlines, and ongoing projects. By integrating an intelligent algorithm that analyzes user activity and past performance, the feature will customize daily task suggestions, ensuring users focus on their most impactful tasks. This will enhance productivity by providing a relevant action plan every morning and lead to better time management and strategic alignment in their daily operations.

Acceptance Criteria

User starts their day by logging into the AutoBind application to view their Daily Priority Planner, expecting an updated list of tasks based on their current projects and deadlines.

Given the user subscribes to the Daily Priority Planner feature, when they log in every morning, then an updated list of top-priority tasks should be generated and displayed on their dashboard based on their user preferences and ongoing projects.

A user has set specific deadlines for multiple tasks and wants to ensure that tasks are prioritized appropriately in their Daily Priority Planner for that day.

Given the user has tasks with set deadlines, when the Daily Priority Planner generates the task list, then tasks with the nearest deadlines should appear higher on the priority list than those with later deadlines.

The user receives a notification for a new task that is added to their ongoing project and wants to see an updated list of prioritized tasks reflecting this addition.

Given the user is working on an ongoing project, when a new task is added to this project, then the Daily Priority Planner should automatically update and reflect this new task in the priority list.

The user frequently misses important tasks and wants to verify that the Daily Priority Planner effectively suggests tasks that align with their past performance metrics.

Given the user has a history of completing certain types of tasks, when the Daily Priority Planner generates a list of tasks, then it should suggest tasks that align with their past performance and present high completion rates.

The user sets specific task preferences regarding the types of tasks they prefer to focus on and expects these preferences to be accounted for in the task generation.

Given the user has configured their task preferences, when generating the task list, then the Daily Priority Planner should prioritize tasks that match the user's specified preferences.

The user checks their Daily Priority Planner and notices that the suggested tasks change dynamically based on their recent input and completed tasks from previous days.

Given the user has completed tasks today and has input new tasks, when the Daily Priority Planner refreshes, then the generated task list should reflect the updates based on completed and new tasks.

User wants to provide feedback on the suggested tasks in the Daily Priority Planner to enhance future task suggestions.

Given the user can provide feedback on the relevance of tasks, when they submit feedback through the application, then this feedback should be recorded and used to improve future task suggestions in the Daily Priority Planner.

Integration with Calendar Apps

"As a busy entrepreneur, I want my daily priority tasks to sync with my calendar so that I can allocate specific times to complete them and minimize scheduling conflicts."

Description

This requirement focuses on enabling seamless integration between the Daily Priority Planner and popular calendar applications like Google Calendar and Outlook. By linking prioritized tasks with their corresponding time slots on the user's calendar, this feature will allow users to visualize their day better and manage their time effectively. Notifications and reminders linked with these tasks will help users stay on track and adhere to their scheduled commitments, significantly enhancing productivity and time management.

Acceptance Criteria

User connects the Daily Priority Planner to their Google Calendar to view prioritized tasks within their calendar interface.

Given the user has successfully connected their Google Calendar to the Daily Priority Planner, When the user opens their calendar app, Then they should see their top-priority tasks scheduled for the day reflected on the calendar with correct time slots assigned.

User sets notifications for a task in the Daily Priority Planner and expects to receive reminders.

Given the user has created a task in the Daily Priority Planner with a reminder set, When the reminder time is reached, Then the user should receive a notification on their device about the task.

User integrates their Outlook Calendar with the Daily Priority Planner to sync their tasks.

Given the user has successfully linked their Outlook Calendar, When the user selects tasks in the Daily Priority Planner for the day, Then those tasks should automatically populate in their Outlook Calendar for the selected time slots.

User reviews the list of prioritized tasks in the Daily Priority Planner and expects them to match the events in their integrated calendar app.

Given the user has accessed their Daily Priority Planner post-connection to their calendar app, When they compare the prioritized tasks with the calendar events, Then the tasks should accurately match the calendar blocks as set within the Daily Priority Planner.

User wants to adjust a task time in the Daily Priority Planner and see the changes in their calendar app.

Given the user has adjusted a task's time in the Daily Priority Planner, When they save the changes, Then the corresponding time slot in their calendar app should reflect the new task timing immediately.

User Feedback Integration

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on my completed tasks so that I can identify which types of tasks I perform well with and where I need improvement."

Description

The User Feedback Integration feature will collect user feedback on completed tasks from the Daily Priority Planner, allowing users to reflect on their productivity and make adjustments to future task selections. Feedback options will include satisfaction ratings and efficiency insights for each task, leading to smarter automation over time. By reviewing performance analytics displayed on the AI-driven insights dashboard, users can better understand their productivity patterns, making informed decisions to boost effectiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Daily Priority Planner and completes tasks for the day. At the end of the day, the user is prompted to provide feedback on each task via satisfaction ratings and efficiency insights before the dashboard updates with analytics.

Given the user has completed all tasks, when the feedback prompt appears, then the user should be able to provide satisfaction ratings (1-5 scale) and efficiency insights (open text input) for each task. The feedback must be successfully saved upon submission and reflected in the dashboard analytics.

Upon reviewing their performance analytics on the AI-driven insights dashboard, the user finds a summary of feedback received on completed tasks from the Daily Priority Planner.

Given the user has submitted feedback for at least one task, when they access the insights dashboard, then they should see a summary of feedback including average satisfaction rating and frequency of comments for the completed tasks.

The user recognizes a pattern in their productivity based on feedback received and decides to adjust future tasks accordingly using the Daily Priority Planner.

Given the user has reviewed their performance analytics, when they make adjustments to their task selections in the Daily Priority Planner for the next day, then the planner should save these new tasks, reflecting user preferences and adjustments derived from previous feedback.

The user interfaces with the feedback system after completing a set of five tasks over a week, and they receive an aggregated report on their productivity patterns.

Given the user has completed five tasks and provided feedback, when they request an aggregated report, then the report should display trends in feedback, highlighting areas of improvement and consistent high ratings over the week.

A new user accesses the Daily Priority Planner for the first time and completes feedback submission for introductory tasks immediately following their completion.

Given a first-time user completes their daily tasks, when they submit their feedback, then the system should provide a confirmation message that feedback has been successfully recorded and can be accessed in the dashboard.

A user accesses the Daily Priority Planner during peak hours and attempts to submit feedback, monitoring the system’s responsiveness.

Given the system is under high load when the user submits feedback, when they complete the submission, then the feedback should be recorded without delay and the dashboard should update without performance lag for the user.

Users can see an option in the settings page to customize feedback options for the Daily Priority Planner, allowing them to select the types of feedback they wish to provide on their tasks.

Given the user navigates to the settings menu, when they select feedback options, then they should see customizable settings allowing the user to toggle between satisfaction ratings and efficiency insights, providing flexibility in how they offer feedback.

Customizable Task Categories

"As a solopreneur, I want to categorize my tasks based on their types and significance so that I can prioritize and sort them effectively each day."

Description

The Customizable Task Categories feature will allow users to create and organize tasks into categories based on their workflows and preferences. Users can personalize their daily planners by defining different categories (e.g., personal, professional, urgent, etc.) and assigning tasks accordingly. This organization will help users focus on specific areas of their life or business at different times, facilitating a more structured and manageable approach to completing tasks each day.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new category for urgent tasks and assigns multiple tasks to it.

Given a user is on the Customizable Task Categories page, when they create a new category named 'Urgent' and assign at least three tasks to it, then the 'Urgent' category should appear in their task categories list and display the three assigned tasks.

User edits an existing category to rename it and observe the changes.

Given a user has an existing category named 'Work', when they rename it to 'Professional', then the updated category name 'Professional' should be displayed in the task categories list and reflect on any tasks assigned to it.

User deletes a task category and checks for its removal from the task list.

Given a user has a category named 'Personal', when they delete the 'Personal' category, then 'Personal' should no longer appear in the task categories list and all tasks previously assigned to this category should be unassigned.

User organizes tasks by dragging and dropping them into different categories.

Given a user has two categories 'Home' and 'Work', when they drag a task from the 'Home' category to the 'Work' category, then the task should appear in the 'Work' category and disappear from the 'Home' category.

User views tasks categorized as urgent in the Daily Priority Planner.

Given a user has assigned a few tasks to the 'Urgent' category, when they open the Daily Priority Planner, then all tasks categorized as 'Urgent' should be listed at the top of the planner for that day.

User customizes their task categories with color coding and verifies the visual representation.

Given a user is customizing their task categories, when they assign a color to the 'Personal' category, then the color should appear next to the category name in the task categories list.

User shares their categorized tasks with a team member for collaboration.

Given a user has created a category named 'Collaboration' and assigned tasks to it, when they share this category with a team member, then the team member should be able to view the 'Collaboration' category and all tasks within it.

Daily Review Dashboard

"As a user, I want to review my daily accomplishments visually so that I can evaluate my productivity and make necessary adjustments to my task management strategies."

Description

The Daily Review Dashboard will provide users with a snapshot of their completed tasks and an overview of their performance metrics for the day. Featuring visual elements like graphs and charts, this dashboard will analyze productivity trends and highlight areas of improvement. By assessing what was accomplished daily, users can adapt their strategies and plans for future days, fostering a sense of accomplishment and continuous improvement in their workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

User logs in to AutoBind and navigates to the Daily Review Dashboard after a day's work to review completed tasks and performance metrics.

Given the user has completed tasks for the day, when they click on the Daily Review Dashboard, then the dashboard displays a list of all tasks marked as completed, along with visual metrics showing total tasks completed, hours worked, and productivity scores.

User wants to assess their productivity trends over the past week using the Daily Review Dashboard.

Given the user accesses the Daily Review Dashboard and selects a date range of one week, when they view the dashboard, then it displays weekly productivity trends in the form of graphs that compare daily task completion rates and performance metrics across the selected period.

User feels overwhelmed and wants to identify areas of improvement in their task management based on the insights provided by the Daily Review Dashboard.

Given the user views their Daily Review Dashboard, when the dashboard highlights areas of improvement, then it suggests actionable insights and strategies based on the user’s previous performance data, including recommendations for prioritizing future tasks.

User checks the visual elements on the Daily Review Dashboard to track their progress and motivate themselves.

Given the user opens the Daily Review Dashboard, when graphics such as pie charts and bar charts are displayed, then they clearly represent data on task performance, showing successful completions versus pending tasks, with labels indicating achievement levels for easy understanding.

User reviews their performance metrics on the Daily Review Dashboard to prepare for the next day's planning session.

Given the user navigates to the Daily Review Dashboard after completing their workday, when they view the performance metric summary, then it includes a recap of their average daily productivity metrics alongside notes for reflection and adjustment for the next working day.

User accesses the Daily Review Dashboard to see how their productivity has changed over time.

Given the user selects the historical view option, when they access the Daily Review Dashboard, then it should provide an interactive timeline graph displaying productivity metrics over a chosen number of days, weeks, or months, allowing for comparison of performance over time.

Progress Tracking Insights

Progress Tracking Insights offers users analytics on completed tasks versus prioritized ones, helping them understand their efficiency. With visual reports on time spent versus productive tasks, users can make data-driven adjustments to workflows, maximizing their productivity.

Requirements

Comprehensive Task Analytics

"As a solopreneur, I want to view detailed analytics on my completed tasks so that I can identify areas of improvement in my productivity and optimize my workflows accordingly."

Description

The Comprehensive Task Analytics requirement focuses on providing users with detailed insights into their completed tasks versus their planned or prioritized ones. It will feature visual representation tools, such as graphs and charts, to illustrate time spent on productive activities compared to non-productive ones. This analytics functionality will enable users to easily identify bottlenecks and inefficiencies in their workflows, leading to substantial improvements in overall productivity. The requirement integrates seamlessly with the existing AutoBind platform, enhancing the decision-making process as users will have immediate access to actionable data. By enabling users to visualize their task management performance, this feature is expected to drive significant increases in their efficiency and effectiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the dashboard to analyze their task performance over the past week.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they select the 'Progress Tracking Insights' option, then they should see a visual representation of completed tasks versus prioritized tasks for the chosen timeframe.

User drills down into specific task categories to identify areas of inefficiency.

Given that the user is viewing the insights dashboard, when they click on a specific category of tasks, then they should see detailed analytics for that category, including time spent and number of tasks completed.

User adjusts their workflow based on the insights provided by the analytics.

Given the user sees their insights report, when they identify a category with low productivity, then they should be able to select an option to modify their tasks or setup reminders for those tasks.

User exports their task analytics for outside review or reporting purposes.

Given that the user is on the insights dashboard, when they click on the export button, then they should receive a downloadable report in CSV format containing their analytics data.

User sets up a recurring report to be emailed with their task performance analytics.

Given the user is viewing their analytics dashboard, when they configure the report settings to receive weekly emails, then they should receive their first report at the configured time next week.

User accesses the application from multiple devices to check their task analytics.

Given the user has logged into AutoBind from a mobile device, when they check their task analytics, then the visuals should display correctly and be optimally formatted for mobile view.

User interacts with the analytics tool to filter data by date range.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they apply a date filter to view task performance, then the analytics should update to reflect tasks completed within the selected date range.

Visual Reporting Dashboard

"As a small business owner, I want to see my productivity trends displayed on a dashboard so that I can quickly assess my performance and adjust my strategies when necessary."

Description

The Visual Reporting Dashboard requirement aims to develop an intuitive interface that displays the analytics gathered from task performance in an easily digestible format. This dashboard will offer customizable views where users can filter analytics by date ranges, task categories, and individual team members if applicable. The goal is to empower users with a straightforward tool that allows for quick assessments of productivity trends and progress over time. The integration of the dashboard with existing analytics data will ensure real-time insights, enabling users to make informed decisions to tweak their processes or collaborations. This will enhance user engagement with the AutoBind platform, making it a central hub for productivity insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Visual Reporting Dashboard on their AutoBind account to assess their productivity over the past month.

Given the user is logged into their AutoBind account and navigates to the Visual Reporting Dashboard, When the user selects a date range for the past month, Then the dashboard should display analytics for completed tasks versus prioritized tasks clearly with visual representations such as graphs or charts.

User customizes the view of the Visual Reporting Dashboard to filter analytics by task categories.

Given the user is on the Visual Reporting Dashboard, When the user selects the option to filter by task categories, Then the dashboard should dynamically update to reflect only the analytics relevant to the selected task categories.

User interacts with the Visual Reporting Dashboard to analyze productivity trends for individual team members.

Given the user has team members assigned tasks in AutoBind, When the user selects the option to filter analytics by individual team members, Then the dashboard should display analytics specific to each selected team member, including completed tasks and time spent on productive tasks.

User compares productivity performance across different time frames on the Visual Reporting Dashboard.

Given the user has selected two different date ranges to compare, When the user clicks on the compare feature, Then the dashboard should visually display a side-by-side analysis of the performance metrics for the two selected date ranges.

User saves customized settings for the Visual Reporting Dashboard to maintain preference for future sessions.

Given the user has customized their dashboard view, When the user clicks on the save settings option, Then the dashboard should remember the user’s settings for future logins without requiring the user to set it up again.

User accesses real-time data on the Visual Reporting Dashboard as new tasks are completed.

Given tasks have been completed in AutoBind, When the user refreshes the Visual Reporting Dashboard, Then the dashboard should immediately reflect the latest analytics data, including updated statistics on completed and prioritized tasks.

Workflow Adjustment Recommendations

"As a user of AutoBind, I want to receive tailored recommendations based on my task performance so that I can implement changes that enhance my productivity and efficiency over time."

Description

The Workflow Adjustment Recommendations requirement intends to create a feature that not only analyzes user task data but also offers personalized recommendations for workflow adjustments based on user behavior and trends. By utilizing AI algorithms, this feature will process historical data to suggest changes that can lead to improved productivity. Integrating this functionality into AutoBind will offer users proactive guidance, allowing them to capitalize on time-saving opportunities and optimize their task management continuously. This enhancement will significantly position AutoBind as not just a passive tool but an active assistant in users' productivity journey.

Acceptance Criteria

User interacts with the Workflow Adjustment Recommendations feature after viewing their progress tracking insights.

Given a user has accessed their progress tracking insights, when they click on the 'Receive Recommendations' button, then they should receive personalized workflow adjustment suggestions based on their task completion history.

User receives workflow adjustment recommendations and implements them into their current workflow.

Given a user has received workflow adjustment recommendations, when they apply at least one of the suggested changes to their task management process, then the system should reflect this update immediately in their task tracking interface.

User monitors productivity changes after applying workflow adjustment recommendations.

Given a user has applied workflow adjustment recommendations, when they review their productivity metrics one week later, then there should be a measurable improvement of at least 15% in their task completion rate compared to the previous week.

User opts-in to receive regular recommendations based on ongoing performance data.

Given a user has enabled notifications for workflow adjustment recommendations, when they log into the AutoBind dashboard, then they should see a notification indicating their insights and recommendations have been updated bi-weekly.

User wants to understand the rationale behind a specific workflow adjustment recommendation.

Given a user has a question about a particular workflow adjustment recommendation, when they click on the 'Learn More' link next to the recommendation, then a detailed explanation of the data and reasoning behind that recommendation should be displayed.

User compares old vs. new productivity metrics after implementing recommendations.

Given a user has accessed their dashboard, when they generate a report to compare the metrics before and after applying the recommendations, then the report should clearly display the changes with visual graphs and percentage improvements.

Admin reviews user satisfaction regarding workflow adjustment recommendations.

Given that an admin has access to user feedback data, when they generate a report on user satisfaction regarding the workflow adjustment recommendations feature, then the report should show at least 80% of users rating the recommendations as 'Helpful' or 'Very Helpful.'

Real-Time Notifications

"As a busy entrepreneur, I want to receive real-time notifications about my task performance so that I can stay on top of my productivity and make quick adjustments when needed."

Description

The Real-Time Notifications requirement will implement a system where users receive instant alerts regarding key analytics updates, including task completion rates, missed deadlines, or when they are trending towards unproductive patterns. These notifications will be customizable, allowing users to set preferences for the types of alerts they wish to receive and their frequency. By integrating real-time notifications into AutoBind, users will stay informed throughout their work periods, enabling immediate reactions and adjustments to their productivity strategies, leading to sustained efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification for a missed deadline immediately after the deadline has passed while they are logged into AutoBind.

Given the user has enabled notifications for missed deadlines, When the deadline for a task passes, Then the user should receive an immediate notification indicating that a deadline has been missed.

A user wants to customize their notification settings to receive alerts only for completed tasks and productivity trends once a week.

Given the user accesses the notification settings, When they select the options for task completions and productivity trends and set the frequency to weekly, Then the system should save these preferences and only send notifications according to the user's specified settings.

Users monitor their task completion rates through real-time notifications during a busy workday.

Given the user has active tasks and is logged into AutoBind, When their task completion rate improves by 20% in a day, Then they should receive a real-time notification celebrating this achievement.

A user is notified after their productivity drops below a specified threshold within a given time frame.

Given the user has established a productivity threshold in the notification settings, When their productivity rate falls below this threshold for a continuous hour, Then they should receive a notification advising them of their declining productivity.

A user updates their notification preferences and wishes to see this change reflected in their dashboard.

Given the user updates their notification preferences, When they check their notification settings afterward, Then the new settings should be accurately reflected in the dashboard and actively in use.

Goal Setting Module

"As a user, I want to set productivity goals within AutoBind so that I can monitor my progress towards those goals and ensure my daily tasks support my overall objectives."

Description

The Goal Setting Module requirement aims to incorporate a feature that allows users to set specific productivity goals within AutoBind. This will facilitate the continuous assessment of user progress against these goals, integrating visual tracking and analytics to motivate users toward achieving their objectives. By linking goals with the existing insights and analytics framework of AutoBind, this feature will enable users to see how well they are aligning their daily tasks with their long-term aspirations. This integration will make the platform more holistic in terms of personal productivity management, providing a comprehensive view of personal progress and areas needing attention.

Acceptance Criteria

As a solopreneur, I want to set specific productivity goals within AutoBind, so that I can track my progress towards achieving these goals over time.

Given that I am logged into AutoBind, when I access the Goal Setting Module, then I should be able to create, edit, and delete my productivity goals.

As a user of AutoBind, I want to view visual reports that show my progress on set goals, so that I can better understand my efficiency.

Given that I have set productivity goals, when I navigate to the Progress Tracking Insights dashboard, then I should see a visual representation of my completed tasks versus my goals.

As an online business owner, I need to receive notifications if I am falling behind on my productivity goals, so that I can take timely action to improve.

Given that I have set productivity goals, when I have not completed tasks related to those goals by their deadlines, then I should receive an automated notification reminding me of my targets.

As a user, I want to link my daily tasks with long-term goals, so that I can ensure my daily actions align with my overall productivity objectives.

Given that I have added tasks to my workflow, when I mark a task as completed, then the system should automatically update my progress towards the linked productivity goals.

As a solopreneur, I want to view historical data on my goal progress, so that I can make informed adjustments to my future goals.

Given that I have historically set and completed goals, when I access the Goal Setting Module, then I should be able to see my past performance metrics and how they relate to my established goals.

As a user, I want to customize the metrics used to track my goal progress, so that I can focus on the specific areas that matter most to my productivity.

Given that I am in the Goal Setting Module, when I adjust the metrics for my goals, then the system should update the reporting dashboard accordingly to reflect these changes.

Collaboration Priority Sync

With Collaboration Priority Sync, team members can align task priorities across projects. This feature ensures that everyone is on the same page regarding what tasks need immediate attention, fostering better teamwork and streamlining collaborative efforts.

Requirements

Real-time Priority Updates

"As a project manager, I want real-time updates on task priorities so that my team can immediately align on what needs to be done without any delays."

Description

The Real-time Priority Updates requirement ensures that any changes to task priorities made by team members are instantly reflected across all users’ dashboards. This functionality promotes transparency and ensures that all members are working with the most current information, thus reducing confusion and enhancing collaboration. By implementing a real-time update system, AutoBind enhances team communication, aligns focus on critical tasks, and ultimately aids in timely project completion.

Acceptance Criteria

User modifies a task's priority in one project's dashboard and expects all team members to see this change immediately in their own dashboards.

Given a user changes a task's priority, when the change is saved, then the updated priority should reflect on all users' dashboards within 2 seconds.

A team member checks their dashboard after another member has updated a task priority, ensuring they see the latest changes without delay.

Given a user opens their dashboard after a priority change, when the dashboard loads, then it should display the most current task priorities.

Team members are informed about priority changes through notifications, ensuring no one misses critical updates.

Given a priority change occurs, when the user is logged into their dashboard, then they should receive a real-time notification about the change.

Users collaborate on a project and need an integrated system to track changes made to task priorities throughout the day.

Given multiple users are actively modifying task priorities, when any user updates a priority, then all other users should see the update reflected in real-time with no more than a 3-second delay.

Project managers want to review task priorities after changes have been made to ensure alignment among team members.

Given task priorities have changed, when a project manager accesses the priority overview, then they should see a report summarizing all changes made in the last hour.

A user navigates away from their dashboard and returns later to the same project, expecting updated task priorities.

Given a user leaves their dashboard and returns later, when they access the project dashboard, then it should display the most updated task priorities without requiring a manual refresh.

Users face network issues and their updated task priorities should still sync correctly once the connection is restored.

Given a user updates a task priority while experiencing a brief network disconnect, when the connection resumes, then the changes should sync automatically in less than 5 seconds.

Filtering and Sorting Tasks

"As a team member, I want to filter and sort tasks by priority so that I can focus on my most critical tasks first."

Description

The Filtering and Sorting Tasks requirement allows users to organize their task lists based on priority, due dates, assigned members, and other criteria. This functionality enhances user experience by providing a streamlined approach to managing tasks, allowing team members to focus on what matters most. By implementing dynamic filtering and sorting options, AutoBind ensures that users can efficiently manage their workflows and enhances productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

User needs to filter tasks by priority to focus on high-priority duties during a busy workweek.

Given a user navigates to the task list, when they apply a filter for 'High Priority', then only tasks marked as high priority should be displayed, and the total number of displayed tasks should match the number of high-priority tasks.

User wants to sort tasks by due date to ensure timely completion of deadlines.

Given a user is viewing the task list, when they select the 'Sort by Due Date' option, then the tasks should be reordered by their due dates in ascending order, with the nearest due date appearing at the top.

A team member needs to view assigned tasks to manage their workload effectively.

Given a user is logged in and navigates to the task list, when they filter tasks by their assigned member name, then tasks only assigned to that user should be visible, and the count of displayed tasks should match the number of tasks assigned to that member.

User wants to apply multiple filters simultaneously to narrow down their task list.

Given a user accesses the task list, when they apply both 'High Priority' and 'Due Soon' filters, then only tasks that are both high priority and due soon should be shown, with a clear indication of how many tasks meet these criteria.

The team leader aims to sort the task list by completion status to identify outstanding tasks quickly.

Given a user is using the task list, when they choose to sort by 'Status', then the task list should reorder tasks with 'Incomplete' tasks listed first, followed by 'Complete' tasks, verifying the sort order in the displayed list.

User needs to filter tasks by multiple criteria, including deadline and assigned member, to prioritize their day effectively.

Given the user is viewing their task list, when they filter by 'Due Today' and 'Assigned to Me', then only the tasks that meet both filters should be displayed, along with a count of these tasks.

A user wants to reset any filters applied to their task list to view all tasks once again.

Given the user has filtered their task list, when they click on the 'Reset Filters' button, then all filters should be cleared, and the task list should display every task available without restrictions.

Collaboration Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive notifications about task updates so that I can stay informed and respond promptly to changes."

Description

The Collaboration Notifications requirement involves sending automated alerts to team members when their tasks are updated, assigned, or re-prioritized. This feature fosters proactive communication and ensures that team members are always aware of changes that may affect their responsibilities. By integrating customizable notification settings, users can tailor their alert preferences, thus improving engagement and responsiveness within the team.

Acceptance Criteria

Team Member Notifications for Task Updates

Given a team member has a task assigned with notification settings enabled, when the task is updated, then an automated notification should be sent to the team member informing them of the changes made to the task.

Custom Notification Preferences

Given a user has notification preferences set up, when a task is assigned or re-prioritized, then the user should receive notifications based on their specific settings (e.g., email, mobile app) without defaulting to system settings.

Immediate Notification for High-Priority Tasks

Given that a task is marked as high-priority, when the task is assigned or updated, then all team members should receive an immediate notification to ensure timely awareness of urgent tasks.

Notification Delivery Confirmation

Given a team member receives a notification for a task update, when they check their notification history, then the notification should be logged correctly with the timestamp and details of the task.

Bulk Notification for Multiple Task Updates

Given that multiple tasks assigned to a team member have been updated, when the updates are made, then a single consolidated notification summarizing all changes should be sent to the team member to reduce notification fatigue.

Opt-Out Feature for Notifications

Given a user does not want to receive any notifications for a specific task or project, when they opt out using the notification settings, then they should no longer receive any notifications related to that task or project.

Notification Acknowledgment from Team Members

Given a team member receives a notification about task updates, when they acknowledge the notification, then their acknowledgment should be recorded in the system to track engagement with notifications.

Task Commenting and Feedback System

"As a team member, I want to comment on tasks so that I can share my thoughts and feedback directly related to specific actionable items."

Description

The Task Commenting and Feedback System enables team members to leave comments and provide feedback on specific tasks within the platform. This feature enhances communication and allows for discussions to happen directly in context of the task, minimizing ambiguity and improving overall collaboration. By facilitating dialogue directly within a task, AutoBind optimizes feedback loops and encourages teamwork.

Acceptance Criteria

As a team member, I want to leave a comment on a task within AutoBind to share my thoughts with my colleagues so that we can discuss it directly in context.

Given I am logged into AutoBind and viewing a task, when I enter my comment in the comment section and submit it, then my comment should be displayed under the task with a timestamp and my username.

As a project manager, I want to see all comments related to a specific task so that I can stay updated on discussions and decisions made by my team.

Given I am viewing a specific task, when I scroll down to the comments section, then I should see a list of all comments made by team members sorted by the most recent first.

As a team member, I want to receive notifications for new comments added to tasks I am assigned to so that I can respond promptly and stay engaged with my team's communication.

Given I am assigned to a task, when a new comment is added by another team member, then I should receive a notification in my workspace indicating that a new comment is available for that task.

As a team member, I want to edit my comment on a task after I have submitted it in case I made a mistake or want to modify my feedback.

Given I have submitted a comment on a task, when I click on the edit option next to my comment, then I should be able to modify the text of my comment and save the changes successfully.

As a project manager, I want to delete irrelevant or inappropriate comments from a task to maintain a professional and focused discussion environment.

Given I am viewing the comments section on a task and I have admin privileges, when I select the delete option for a specific comment, then that comment should be removed from the task's comment section.

Priority Visual Indicators

"As a team member, I want to see visual indicators on tasks so that I can quickly identify which tasks need my immediate attention."

Description

The Priority Visual Indicators requirement introduces visual cues, such as color coding and icons, to signify the urgency and importance of tasks in the interface. This enhancement helps users quickly assess their workload and identify tasks that require immediate attention. By incorporating visual indicators, AutoBind makes task management intuitive, reducing the cognitive load on team members and improving focus.

Acceptance Criteria

Task Managers See Color-Coded Visuals for Task Priorities Under Collaboration Priority Sync.

Given that I am a team member logged into the AutoBind platform, when I access the task management interface, then I should see tasks displayed with color-coded visual indicators where red indicates high priority, yellow indicates medium priority, and green indicates low priority.

Team members receive real-time updates on priority changes for urgent tasks.

Given that a team member changes the priority of a task from medium to high, when this change is made, then all other team members should receive a notification reflecting this priority change within 5 minutes.

Users can filter tasks by priority using the visual indicators in the task list.

Given that I am viewing my task list, when I apply a filter to show only high-priority tasks, then I should see only tasks labeled with a red visual indicator in the task list.

Icons accompany urgency indicators to provide clarity on task priorities.

Given that I am viewing the task interface, when I look at the priority indicators, then each priority level should have an associated icon: a flashing exclamation mark for high priority, a checkmark for medium priority, and a dot for low priority.

Collaboration among team members is enhanced through clear visual indicators of task urgency.

Given that team members are collaborating on tasks, when they perceive visual indicators for urgency, then they should be able to identify and discuss the top three high-priority tasks relevant to their projects during team meetings.

Voice Command Workflows

With this feature, users can effortlessly create and modify workflows using natural language voice commands. The intuitive interface responds to user requests, enabling solopreneurs and small business owners to orchestrate their tasks hands-free, reducing reliance on manual input and dramatically increasing efficiency.

Requirements

Voice Command Recognition

"As a small business owner, I want to create workflows using voice commands so that I can manage my tasks hands-free and improve my efficiency without being tied to my keyboard."

Description

The Voice Command Recognition requirement focuses on the ability of AutoBind to accurately interpret and process natural language voice commands from users. This functionality is critical as it allows users to create, edit, and manage workflows through voice interactions, thereby reducing the need for manual input. The system should utilize advanced speech recognition technology to ensure high accuracy and responsiveness, accommodating various accents and speech patterns. This feature is essential for enhancing user experience, particularly for solopreneurs and small business owners who require quick, hands-free access to their workflow management without the distraction of traditional input methods.

Acceptance Criteria

User utilizes voice command to create a new workflow from scratch, specifying the task and its parameters without any manual input.

Given the user is logged into AutoBind, when they say 'Create a new workflow for email follow-ups every Tuesday at 10 AM', then a new workflow should be created successfully with the specified parameters.

User modifies an existing workflow using voice command to change the schedule of a recurring task.

Given the user has an existing workflow, when they say 'Change my email follow-up workflow to every Thursday at 11 AM', then the workflow's schedule should be updated accordingly.

User requests the system to delete a specific workflow using natural language, ensuring that the command is recognized and executed.

Given the user has a workflow named 'Weekly Report', when they say 'Delete my Weekly Report workflow', then the system should confirm the deletion of the specified workflow.

User requests an overview of their active workflows by voice to ensure effective management and awareness of current tasks.

Given the user asks 'What are my active workflows?', then the system should respond with a list of all currently active workflows, reciting them clearly.

User wants to initiate an automated task sequence via voice command to ensure tasks are carried out without manual intervention.

Given the user wants to execute an automated sequence, when they say 'Run my daily marketing tasks', then the system should start the pre-defined sequence promptly without any errors.

User attempts to create a workflow with a complex command that includes multiple tasks and conditions.

Given the user says 'Create a workflow that sends a follow-up email if there is no response after three days', then the system should interpret and create a workflow following these instructions accurately.

User interacts with the system in different accents to ensure that voice command recognition is inclusive and effective for diverse users.

Given a user speaks in a regional accent, when they say 'Schedule a meeting for 2 PM tomorrow', then the system should accurately recognize the command regardless of the accent.

Dynamic Workflow Adjustment

"As a solopreneur, I want to modify my workflows on-the-fly with voice commands so that I can quickly adapt to changing priorities without interrupting my productivity."

Description

The Dynamic Workflow Adjustment requirement allows users to modify existing workflows through voice commands, enabling real-time updates and edits based on current needs. This feature should offer flexibility for users to dictate changes like adding, removing, or rearranging tasks while ensuring that the integrity of the workflow remains intact. It enhances the adaptability of AutoBind to evolving business requirements, allowing solopreneurs to quickly respond to new challenges or opportunities without disruption. This capability will empower users to maintain efficient operations with minimal effort.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a voice command to add a new task to an existing workflow while working on a project.

Given a user is in the 'Create Workflow' mode, when they say 'Add task to my workflow', then the system should prompt for the task details and successfully add the specified task to the existing workflow.

User wants to remove a task from an existing workflow using a voice command.

Given a user has a workflow with multiple tasks, when they say 'Remove task X from my workflow', then the system should confirm the removal and update the workflow accordingly, ensuring that task X is no longer in the workflow.

User wants to rearrange tasks in an existing workflow via voice command for better organization.

Given a user is working on a workflow, when they say 'Move task A before task B', then the system should successfully rearrange the tasks in the workflow, reflecting the new order immediately without errors.

User commands to override existing settings for a task within a workflow using their voice.

Given a user has specified settings for task A, when they issue a voice command to change those settings to 'Do X instead', then the system should accurately update and confirm the new settings for task A in the workflow.

User attempts to edit multiple tasks in a workflow via a single voice command.

Given a user has a workflow with tasks A, B, and C, when they say 'Update tasks A and B by deleting and adding new tasks', then the system should successfully process the command, ensuring that new tasks are added and specified tasks are removed as requested.

User wishes to review changes made to the workflow after executing voice commands.

Given a user has modified a workflow, when they say 'Show my current workflow', then the system should verbally describe the current state of the workflow, listing all tasks and their order as per the latest changes.

Voice Feedback and Confirmation

"As a non-technical user, I want to receive audio feedback after giving voice commands so that I can be confident that my workflows are being updated or created correctly."

Description

The Voice Feedback and Confirmation requirement entails providing users with audio feedback after executing voice commands. This feature should confirm actions taken by the system, such as successful workflow creation, modifications, or errors, ensuring users remain informed about the system's current state. By incorporating this feedback mechanism, AutoBind enhances user trust and engagement, as it assures users that their commands have been understood and executed correctly. Effective voice feedback can also help guide users in cases of misinterpretation or errors, improving overall user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives audio confirmation after successfully creating a new workflow by using a voice command.

Given the user has issue a voice command to create a new workflow, When the workflow creation is successful, Then the system should provide audio feedback stating 'Workflow created successfully.'

User receives audio confirmation after modifying an existing workflow through voice command.

Given the user has issued a voice command to modify a specific workflow, When the modification is executed, Then the system should respond with audio feedback confirming the update, stating 'Workflow modified successfully.'

User receives error feedback when an invalid voice command is issued while attempting to create a workflow.

Given the user has issued an invalid voice command to create a workflow, When the system fails to interpret the command, Then the user should receive audio feedback stating 'I did not understand that command. Please try again.'

User receives audio feedback confirming the cancellation of a workflow creation after a voice command is issued to cancel it.

Given the user has issued a voice command to cancel an ongoing workflow creation, When the cancellation is successful, Then the system should provide audio feedback stating 'Workflow creation canceled.'

User receives notifications of completed actions through audio feedback after executing multiple sequential voice commands.

Given the user issues a series of voice commands to create, modify, and complete tasks, When each action completes successfully, Then the user should receive audio feedback confirming each action, such as 'Task completed successfully.' for each completed command.

User engages in a hands-free session using voice commands to operate AutoBind and receives consistent audio feedback.

Given the user is actively using voice commands to interact with AutoBind, When the commands are issued, Then feedback should be consistently provided for each action executed, ensuring the user is always informed of the system's responses.

Multi-Language Support

"As a user who speaks a language other than English, I want to use voice commands in my native language so that I can operate AutoBind comfortably and efficiently."

Description

The Multi-Language Support requirement aims to enable the voice command feature to function in multiple languages, thereby broadening the accessibility of AutoBind to a diverse user base. The system must be able to process and recognize commands in several languages and dialects, allowing solopreneurs and small business owners from different regions to effectively utilize the automation tools offered by AutoBind. This feature is vital for expanding market reach and catering to a global audience, ensuring that language barriers do not hinder productivity and efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a voice command workflow in Spanish to automate a specific task within their productivity app.

Given the user is using AutoBind in Spanish, when they say 'Automate my email responses', then the system successfully triggers the workflow for automating email responses.

User inputs a voice command in French to modify an existing workflow.

Given the user is using AutoBind in French, when they say 'Change the deadline to next week for my project', then the system successfully updates the project deadline in the workflow.

User attempts to create a workflow using voice commands in Mandarin.

Given the user is using AutoBind in Mandarin, when they articulate a command like '创建新工作流', then the system processes the command and creates a new workflow without errors.

A user interacts with AutoBind using voice commands in German to list their current workflows.

Given the user is using AutoBind in German, when they say 'Zeige mir meine aktuellen Workflows', then the system accurately lists all current workflows in the user interface, reflecting the user's existing workflows.

A user attempts to utilize the voice command interface in Italian to delete an existing workflow.

Given the user is using AutoBind in Italian, when they say 'Elimina il mio workflow di marketing', then the system successfully deletes the specified marketing workflow and confirms the deletion to the user.

Users from various regions use voice commands in their native dialects to trigger workflows.

Given the user is using a dialect of English or other supported languages, when they say 'Set reminder for tomorrow 10 AM', then the system accurately recognizes the command in the dialect and sets the reminder accordingly.

A user intends to switch the system language to Portuguese and provide voice commands in that language.

Given the user is operating AutoBind in English, when they say 'Mudar para português' and then execute a command in Portuguese, then the system acknowledges the language switch and successfully processes the command without errors.

Integration with Third-Party Apps

"As a solopreneur, I want to use voice commands to automate tasks in interconnected apps so that I can streamline my workflow across different platforms with minimal manual effort."

Description

The Integration with Third-Party Apps requirement enables voice command workflows to trigger actions across popular productivity apps seamlessly. This feature allows users to dictate commands that not only create or modify workflows within AutoBind but also push updates to connected applications, such as task managers, calendars, and communication tools. By facilitating this integration, AutoBind enhances its value proposition, allowing users to automate cross-platform workflows effortlessly and improve their overall productivity. This capability is crucial for ensuring a cohesive and streamlined workflow across multiple tools that solopreneurs often rely on.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a voice command to create a new workflow by instructing AutoBind to add a task to their project management tool via voice.

Given the user is using the voice command feature, when they say 'Create a task in Trello for the marketing project', then a new task is created in Trello with the appropriate details and due date specified in the voice command.

User changes an existing workflow using voice commands, modifying the integration with their calendar app.

Given the user has a workflow linked to Google Calendar, when they say 'Change my meeting time to 3 PM tomorrow', then the meeting time is updated in Google Calendar without manual input.

User wants to push updates from a completed task in AutoBind to their connected communication tool.

Given the user marked a task as complete in AutoBind, when they say 'Notify my team about the completion of the task in Slack', then a message is sent to the relevant Slack channel confirming the task's completion.

User needs to create a multi-step workflow that involves actions across different productivity apps using voice commands.

Given the user asks AutoBind to 'Create a workflow that adds new contacts to my CRM and sends a welcome email,' then AutoBind successfully sets up the workflow to integrate the CRM and email tool as specified, without further manual configuration required.

User asks for a summary of their current workflows and their connections to third-party applications.

Given the user invokes the command 'Show me my active workflows and connections', when they receive the response, then the summary includes a clear list of workflows, their active status, and which third-party apps they connect to.

User wants to delete a task from their task management app via voice command.

Given the user has a specific task in their task management app, when they say 'Delete the task called Update website', then that specific task is removed from the application without requiring further input.

Task Execution by Voice

This feature allows users to execute specific tasks directly through voice commands. By enabling quick task completion without manual intervention, users can save time and streamline their daily operations, allowing them to focus on high-value activities instead of routine processes.

Requirements

Voice Command Recognition

"As a solopreneur, I want to execute tasks using my voice so that I can quickly manage my workload without interrupting my workflow."

Description

The Voice Command Recognition requirement enables the system to accurately interpret and execute user commands spoken in natural language. This involves the integration of advanced speech recognition technology that processes various command structures and vocabulary while maintaining a high degree of accuracy and minimizing errors. The feature aims to enhance user experience by allowing solopreneurs and small business owners to interact with AutoBind seamlessly, leading to quicker responses and task executions. The implementation would involve robust language modeling and continuous learning algorithms to adapt to user behavior over time, ensuring a personalized interaction. The expected outcome is a more intuitive user interface that increases user satisfaction and engagement with the product.

Acceptance Criteria

Voice Command Execution for Task Completion

Given that the user speaks a command to execute a task within AutoBind, when the command is recognized, then the system should successfully complete the task without manual input and confirm execution to the user.

Natural Language Processing Accuracy

Given various command structures spoken in natural language, when the user provides voice commands, then the system should achieve an accuracy rate of 95% or higher in recognizing and interpreting the commands correctly.

Continuous Learning for Personalized Commands

Given that the user regularly interacts with the voice command feature, when the system logs user commands over time, then it should adapt to the user's unique speech patterns and preferred commands, improving accuracy with each interaction.

Error Handling and Response Feedback

Given that the user issues a voice command that the system cannot interpret, when the error occurs, then the system should provide a clear feedback response indicating the issue and suggest possible commands to the user.

Integration with Other Productivity Apps

Given that the user issues a voice command to execute a task linked to a third-party productivity app, when the command is processed, then the system should successfully integrate and trigger the task in the external app without errors.

Multi-Language Support for Commands

Given a user who speaks a different language, when the user issues a voice command in that language, then the system should accurately process and execute the command, supporting at least three different languages.

Testing User Satisfaction with Voice Command Feature

Given that the voice command feature is used by a group of users, when a satisfaction survey is conducted, then at least 80% of users should report an overall satisfaction rating of 4 or higher on a 5-point scale regarding the feature's functionality.

Task Confirmation Feedback

"As a user, I want to receive confirmation when a task is executed by voice so that I can ensure that my command was understood and completed correctly."

Description

The Task Confirmation Feedback requirement provides users with immediate auditory and visual confirmation upon successful execution of voice-activated tasks. This functionality is essential to ensure users are aware that their commands have been recognized and completed correctly, thereby reducing uncertainty and enhancing user trust in the automation process. It includes customizable response options, where users can select preferred audio cues or notifications that align with their workflow preferences. Effective implementation of this feature will improve user confidence and satisfaction, ultimately leading to higher adoption rates of the voice functionality in AutoBind.

Acceptance Criteria

User issues a voice command to execute a task, such as 'Create a new task in my project management app.'

Given the user has given a voice command, When the command is successfully executed, Then the user receives both auditory confirmation and a visual notification indicating success.

User selects their preferred audio cues from the settings menu for task completion alerts.

Given the user has multiple audio cue options available, When the user selects a specific audio cue and executes a voice command, Then the confirmation audio cue matches the user's selected preference.

User encounters an issue with a voice command that cannot be recognized by the system.

Given the user issues a command that is not recognized, When the system fails to execute the task, Then the user should receive an auditory error notification and a visual message indicating the failure.

User successfully completes a set of tasks using voice commands and wishes to review the feedback received for each command.

Given the user has executed multiple voice commands, When the user reviews the execution history, Then all corresponding confirmation notifications for each completed task must be logged accurately with timestamps.

New users of AutoBind want to understand how task confirmation feedback works after executing their first voice command.

Given a new user executes their first voice command, When the task is processed, Then the user receives a brief tutorial prompt explaining the task confirmation feedback feature alongside auditory and visual confirmations.

User customizes their notification settings for task confirmations in the app settings.

Given the user is in the settings menu, When they change their notification preferences, Then the changes should be saved and reflect correctly during the next task execution confirmation.

Voice Command Customization

"As a user, I want to customize my voice commands so that I can use phrases that are more natural and easier for me to remember."

Description

The Voice Command Customization requirement allows users to personalize their voice commands, enabling them to set custom phrases or keywords for executing specific tasks. This feature aims to empower users by giving them flexibility and control over their interaction with AutoBind. The implementation should include an easy-to-use interface that guides users in adding, editing, or deleting voice commands. This enhancement not only makes the system more user-friendly but also caters to diverse user preferences and creates a more efficient workflow. The expected result is a significant boost in user satisfaction leading to greater productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Voice Command for Task Execution

Given a user has accessed the Voice Command Customization interface, when they input a custom phrase and assign it to a specific task, then the system should save this custom phrase and allow the user to execute the task using the voice command successfully.

User Edits Existing Voice Command

Given a user has a pre-set voice command, when they access the Voice Command Customization interface and modify the phrase associated with the command, then the updated phrase should be saved and functional for task execution.

User Deletes Voice Command

Given a user has set multiple voice commands, when they choose to delete a specific command from the Voice Command Customization interface, then the command should be removed from the system and should not execute any associated tasks upon being called by voice.

Voice Command Customization Interface Usability

Given a user is in the Voice Command Customization interface, when they are guided through adding, editing, and deleting commands, then the interface should provide clear instructions and immediate feedback on actions taken.

User Tests Customized Voice Command

Given a user has added a custom voice command, when they speak the command within a quiet environment, then the system should accurately recognize and execute the task associated with that command without error.

User Feedback on Customization Experience

Given a user has interacted with the Voice Command Customization feature, when they complete the process, then they should be prompted to provide feedback on their experience, which is recorded for further analysis.

Multi-Language Support

"As a non-English speaking user, I want to execute tasks using voice commands in my native language so that I can use AutoBind effectively without language barriers."

Description

The Multi-Language Support requirement extends the voice command feature to accommodate users who speak different languages. This involves the adaptation of speech recognition technology to understand and process commands in multiple languages, thereby removing language barriers and expanding the usability of AutoBind to a global audience. The functionality needs to seamlessly switch between languages based on user preference or settings, ensuring smooth operation. Implementing this feature will significantly enhance the accessibility of AutoBind, allowing small business owners from different linguistic backgrounds to automate tasks effectively, thus driving broader adoption of the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a voice command in English to execute a task and the command is recognized accurately and executed successfully.

Given the user has selected English as their preferred language, When they say 'Create a new task', Then the system should recognize the command and create the task without manual intervention.

User switches the language settings to Spanish and issues a voice command to retrieve tasks, testing the system's ability to switch languages seamlessly.

Given the user has selected Spanish as their preferred language, When they say 'Mostrar tareas', Then the system should recognize the command and display the tasks correctly in Spanish.

A user attempts to execute a voice command in a non-supported language to check the system's response.

Given the user has selected a non-supported language, When they say 'Perform task', Then the system should respond with an error message indicating that the language is not supported.

The user issues a voice command in French and expects the system to respond with help instructions in French.

Given the user has selected French as their preferred language, When they say 'Aide', Then the system should respond with help instructions in French without any errors.

Users can switch languages during a voice command session without restarting the application, testing real-time language switching.

Given the user starts issuing commands in English, When they switch to Spanish during the command, Then the system should accept subsequent commands in Spanish without failing.

The system logs successful and failed voice command attempts in different languages for user review.

Given the user has executed multiple voice commands in various languages, When they check the log, Then it should display all commands with their respective statuses (success/failure) and languages used.

Context-Aware Voice Commands

"As a user, I want the voice command system to understand the context of my work so that I can execute tasks more intuitively without needing to recall exact commands."

Description

The Context-Aware Voice Commands requirement allows the voice execution feature to adapt based on the current context or task the user is engaged in. By integrating contextual awareness, the system can provide more relevant command interpretations and suggestions based on the ongoing activities or previously executed tasks. This feature's implementation will involve the development of algorithms that recognize user context, enhancing the accuracy and efficiency of voice command recognition. The expected outcome is that users will find the tool more intuitive and useful, effectively reducing the cognitive load of memorizing specific commands and increasing productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

User executes a task using voice command while working on a project in a focused environment.

Given the user is working on a task, when they issue a voice command related to that task, then the system should accurately recognize and execute the command without requiring any additional input from the user.

User attempts to issue a voice command that is not relevant to the current task context.

Given the user is engaged in a specific task, when they issue an unrelated voice command, then the system should provide a suggestion for commands relevant to the current context instead of executing the unrelated command.

User requests an overview of previously executed commands while working on a task.

Given the user is engaged in a task, when they ask for a summary of previous commands, then the system should accurately list the commands executed in the last session, contextualizing the information to enhance user understanding.

User is in a noisy environment and issues a voice command.

Given the user is in a noisy environment, when they issue a voice command, then the system should maintain a high accuracy rate of command recognition despite background noise, including a fallback option to repeat confirmation verbally or via visual indicators.

User interacts with the system on a mobile device while multitasking.

Given the user is using the system on a mobile device while engaged in another task, when they issue a voice command, then the system should process the command and provide visual feedback on the successful execution or request for clarification if the command is ambiguous.

Voice Command Analytics

"As a product manager, I want to analyze the voice command usage data so that I can make informed decisions for enhancing the voice functionality based on user behavior."

Description

The Voice Command Analytics requirement collects and analyzes data on the usage of voice commands across the AutoBind platform. This analytics feature aims to provide insights into user behavior, preferred commands, and recognition success rates, enabling ongoing improvements and adjustments to the voice recognition functionality. The implementation will involve data tracking methods, visualization tools, and user reporting capabilities. This analytical capability is crucial for continuous improvement of the user experience, as it allows the team to identify trends and address shortcomings in the voice command recognition technology. Consequently, it can inform further development and refinement of voice-related features.

Acceptance Criteria

Voice command analytics captures user interactions with the voice command feature across various scenarios, including task execution and reporting.

Given that a user executes a voice command, when a voice command is spoken, then the system should log the command, timestamp, user ID, and success/failure status in the database.

Users must be able to view their voice command usage statistics over time to assess their interaction with the voice command feature.

Given that a user accesses the analytics dashboard, when the user selects the voice command usage report, then the dashboard should display a visual representation of command usage trends, including the number of commands per week, most used commands, and success rates.

The system should provide insights regarding the most common voice commands and their success rates to inform ongoing development improvements.

Given that the analytics feature processes voice command data, when the analysis is complete, then the system should generate a report highlighting the top 10 voice commands used and their corresponding success rates.

Users need to report their experiences related to unsuccessful voice command recognitions for improvement purposes.

Given that a user encounters an unsuccessful voice command recognition, when the user submits feedback regarding the command misrecognition, then the system should record the feedback including command used, expected action, and actual response.

The system must analyze voice command data to identify patterns in errors or failures that occur during command recognition.

Given that a predefined period has elapsed, when the analysis of voice command logs is completed, then the system should flag any commands with a success rate lower than 70% for further investigation.

The analytics feature must ensure user privacy and data security while tracking voice command usage.

Given that voice command data is collected, when data is processed for analytics, then personal identifiable information (PII) should be anonymized or encrypted to ensure compliance with data privacy regulations.

Custom Commands Integration

Users can personalize their voice commands to trigger specific workflows or actions. This flexibility grants users autonomy in how they interact with the automation system, enhancing user satisfaction and making the tool feel even more tailored to their unique business needs.

Requirements

Custom Commands Setup

"As a solopreneur, I want to customize my voice commands so that I can automate tasks quickly and efficiently without having to navigate through menus or interfaces."

Description

This requirement involves creating a user-friendly interface that allows users to set up and customize their own voice commands to trigger specific workflows or actions in AutoBind. The setup process should be intuitive, guiding users through the steps needed to record and assign commands easily. The functionality should ensure that users can define parameters for various tasks and actions, ensuring flexibility and personalization in workflow automation. By enabling users to tailor voice commands to their specific needs, this feature enhances user satisfaction and streamlines interactions with the automation system, making it feel more impactful and directly relevant to individual business processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User initializes the setup process for creating custom voice commands in AutoBind.

Given the user is on the 'Custom Commands Setup' page, when they click the 'Create New Command' button, then a guided setup wizard should appear prompting the user to record their voice command and define parameters for the associated action.

User records a voice command and assigns it to a specific workflow in AutoBind.

Given the user has successfully accessed the setup wizard, when they record their voice command and select a workflow from the dropdown list, then the system should save the command and display a confirmation message indicating successful assignment.

User attempts to input an invalid voice command during the setup process.

Given the user is recording their voice command, when they say a command that does not meet the predefined criteria (e.g., too short, contains unsupported characters), then the system should provide an error message indicating the issue and prompt the user to re-record their command.

User views their saved voice commands and associated workflows in the Custom Commands section.

Given the user has successfully created several custom voice commands, when they navigate to the 'My Commands' section, then they should see a list of all saved commands along with their corresponding workflows displayed in an organized format.

User edits an existing voice command in AutoBind.

Given the user is on the 'My Commands' page, when they select a voice command and click the 'Edit' button, then the system should allow them to modify the command or workflow associated with it, saving changes upon confirmation.

User deletes a voice command from their setup in AutoBind.

Given the user is on the 'My Commands' page, when they select a voice command and click the 'Delete' button, then the system should prompt for confirmation and, upon acceptance, remove the command from the list with a success message displayed.

User tests a custom voice command to ensure it activates the correct workflow.

Given the user has set up a voice command, when they speak the command clearly, then the system should trigger the associated workflow and confirm the action through a notification indicating successful execution.

Voice Command Library

"As a user, I want access to a library of predefined voice commands so that I can easily set up automation without starting from scratch."

Description

This requirement involves creating a repository of predefined voice commands that users can choose from or modify to streamline their setup process. The library should organize commands by categories of workflows, allowing users to quickly find and implement commonly used automation tasks. This feature should also include examples and suggested use cases to inspire users in utilizing voice commands effectively. By providing a voice command library, the product empowers users to take advantage of best practices and reduces the learning curve associated with setting up their personalized commands, fostering a more effective use of the tool's capabilities.

Acceptance Criteria

Users need to access the voice command library to view predefined commands before personalizing their own commands.

Given that a user accesses the voice command library, when they browse through the categories, then they should see a list of predefined commands organized by workflow categories.

Users want to successfully modify a predefined voice command to better suit their unique business needs.

Given that a user selects a predefined command in the library, when they choose to modify it, then they should be able to change the command text and save it without errors.

Users are looking for examples of voice commands to inspire their own custom commands.

Given that a user opens the voice command library, when they view the examples section, then they should find at least five distinct use cases demonstrating the application of different commands.

Users want to search for specific commands within the voice command library to streamline their setup process.

Given that a user utilizes the search functionality in the voice command library, when they input a keyword related to commands, then they should receive relevant results that match their query.

Users require a user-friendly interface to navigate the voice command library seamlessly.

Given that a user interacts with the voice command library, when they attempt to navigate through categories and commands, then they should find the interface intuitive and responsive with no more than two clicks needed to reach desired commands.

Users need to integrate newly created or modified commands into existing workflows effectively.

Given that a user has modified a voice command, when they attempt to integrate it into a workflow, then there should be an option available to seamlessly add it to any selected automation process without conflicts.

Real-time Feedback on Commands

"As a user, I want immediate feedback on my voice commands so that I can quickly adjust if the command is not recognized and ensure my automation workflows are functioning smoothly."

Description

This requirement focuses on implementing a system that provides users with real-time feedback when they use voice commands. The system should validate commands as they are spoken and provide immediate confirmation or suggestions for corrections if the command is not recognized. This feedback mechanism is crucial for improving user experience, as it allows users to make adjustments on the fly and understand how their commands are being interpreted by the system. By reinforcing successful command recognition and providing constructive suggestions, this feature enhances the reliability and usability of the voice command interactions.

Acceptance Criteria

User provides a voice command to initiate a workflow at the beginning of their workday.

Given the user has a custom voice command set up, when the user speaks the command, then the system should acknowledge the command within 2 seconds and provide a visual confirmation on the screen.

User mistakenly provides a voice command that is not recognized by the system while working.

Given the user speaks an unrecognized command, when the command is not understood, then the system should respond with a suggestion for correction or an alternative command within 3 seconds.

User successfully completes a task through a voice command and wants to receive feedback for confirmation.

Given the user issues a command to complete a task, when the task is successfully completed, then the system should provide a confirmation message indicating the task completion and any next steps required within 2 seconds.

User tests the voice command function in a quiet environment and in a noisy environment.

Given the user speaks the command in both environments, when the command is recognized successfully in both scenarios, then the system should display confirmation in both cases without a significant difference in response time (within 3 seconds).

User wants to understand how the system is interpreting their voice command while issuing it.

Given the user speaks a command, when the command is processed, then the system should display the interpreted command text within 2 seconds, allowing the user to see the system's understanding in real-time.

Integration with External APIs

"As a tech-savvy user, I want to integrate my voice commands with external APIs so that I can create comprehensive, cross-platform automation that aligns with my business processes."

Description

This requirement outlines the need to allow users to integrate their custom voice commands with external APIs and services. Users should be able to specify commands that not only trigger AutoBind workflows but also interact with other third-party applications seamlessly. This feature is vital for users who rely on a multi-app workflow, as it enables them to create complex automation routines across different platforms. The successful integration will significantly enhance the flexibility and power of the voice command system, allowing users to optimize their operational efficiency across various tools they use daily.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up a custom voice command to trigger a specific workflow that interacts with a third-party application such as a CRM or email service.

Given the user has configured their custom voice command, When the user speaks the command, Then the appropriate workflow is triggered, and the third-party application receives the intended request or action seamlessly.

User attempts to integrate multiple external APIs into a single custom command for combined action across platforms.

Given the user has set up multiple API integrations, When the custom command is executed, Then all specified APIs respond correctly according to their defined interactions in the workflow without errors.

User wants to test the reliability of integrations by executing the same custom command multiple times in succession.

Given the user has trained the system to recognize their custom command, When the user speaks the command consecutively five times, Then the system successfully executes the workflow each time without failures or significant delays.

User modifies an existing voice command to alter its interaction with a third-party application by changing the trigger parameters.

Given the user has access to their voice command settings, When the user saves the changes to the command, Then the modified command triggers the workflow according to the new parameters as intended.

User wants to see a log of commands executed and their outcomes for analysis and adjustments.

Given the user has triggered several commands using the system, When the user accesses the command log, Then they see a comprehensive log of executed commands along with their outcomes and timestamps.

Voice Command Analytics Dashboard

"As a user, I want to see analytics on my voice command usage so that I can optimize my workflows based on real performance data."

Description

This requirement involves developing an analytics dashboard that tracks the usage of custom voice commands over time. The dashboard should present data on how often each command is used, success rates, and any errors encountered. This information will help users understand which commands are most effective and where adjustments may be needed. By offering insights into how voice commands are functioning, users can iterate on their command setups, refining their automations for better performance. This feature enhances user engagement and efficiency by providing data-driven insights into the effectiveness of their voice automation.

Acceptance Criteria

As a solopreneur using AutoBind, I want to access the Voice Command Analytics Dashboard after I have set up my custom commands, so that I can evaluate the usage and performance of my voice interactions effectively.

Given I am a logged-in user of AutoBind, when I navigate to the Analytics Dashboard, then I should see a complete list of my custom voice commands along with their usage statistics, including total counts, success rates, and error rates.

As a small business owner, I want to filter command usage data by date range on the Voice Command Analytics Dashboard, so that I can analyze specific periods for better insights into my voice command effectiveness.

Given I am on the Voice Command Analytics Dashboard, when I select a start and end date from the date filter options, then the displayed command usage data should update accordingly to reflect the usage only within the specified date range.

As a user of AutoBind, I want to see visual representations of my voice command analytics, such as graphs or charts, to make data interpretation easier and quicker when reviewing my command performance.

Given I am viewing the Voice Command Analytics Dashboard, when the data loads, then I should see visual representations such as bar charts or line graphs alongside the numerical data for easy comparison of command effectiveness.

As a solopreneur, I want the analytics dashboard to display error messages corresponding to failed voice commands, so that I can identify issues and improve my command setups.

Given I have used voice commands, when I view the Voice Command Analytics Dashboard, then I should see a section detailing error messages for any commands that did not execute successfully, along with potential troubleshooting tips.

As a user, I want to export my voice command analytics data as a CSV file, so that I can further manipulate the data in external tools for detailed analysis.

Given I am on the Voice Command Analytics Dashboard, when I click the 'Export' button for my analytics data, then a CSV file should be downloaded containing all relevant details of my custom voice command usage.

As a user of AutoBind, I want to receive recommendations based on my command performance data, so that I can refine my custom automation commands for better efficiency.

Given I have viewed my command performance data on the Voice Command Analytics Dashboard, then I should see a section that provides actionable recommendations based on the usage statistics and error rates of my commands.

Voice-Activated Reminders

Set reminders or deadlines through voice commands, ensuring users stay on track and organized. This feature helps prevent forgotten tasks and deadlines, providing peace of mind and support for everyday operations without the need for manual tracking.

Requirements

Voice Command Input

"As a solopreneur, I want to set reminders using voice commands so that I can stay organized and focused on my tasks without having to manually enter information into my apps."

Description

The Voice Command Input requirement allows users to set reminders or deadlines using voice commands, providing a hands-free and efficient way to manage tasks. This feature supports various languages and accents to ensure inclusivity and ease of use for all users. Integration with existing task management and calendar applications enables seamless operations, allowing users to create reminders that sync across devices and platforms. The benefit of this requirement lies in enhancing user experience by reducing the friction of manual input, ensuring users can stay organized without interrupting their workflow while empowering even non-technical users to leverage advanced automation for task management.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a reminder for a meeting using a voice command while cooking dinner.

Given the user is in a noisy kitchen and wants to set a reminder for a meeting, when the user says 'Remind me about my meeting with the client at 3 PM', then the reminder must be created in the user's task management app and synced to their calendar.

User attempts to set a reminder in a different language using voice commands.

Given the user selects Spanish as their language preference, when the user says 'Recuerda que tengo una cita a las 2 PM', then the system must recognize the command and create the reminder accordingly.

User sets multiple reminders through various voice commands during a work session.

Given the user is actively working and sets reminders for multiple tasks sequentially, when the user says 'Remind me to submit the project at 5 PM' and then 'Remind me to check emails at 4 PM', then both reminders must be created and displayed in the user's task list without errors.

User demands confirmation after setting a reminder through voice command.

Given the user sets a reminder using the phrase 'Set a reminder for the team meeting tomorrow at 10 AM', when the reminder is created, then the system should respond with a confirmation prompt stating, 'Your reminder for the team meeting tomorrow at 10 AM has been set.', and the reminder should appear in the task list.

User tests the voice command system in a quiet environment for accuracy.

Given the user is in a quiet office space, when the user clearly says 'Set a reminder for my doctor's appointment at 6 PM', then the system must accurately interpret the voice command and create the reminder without any noise interference.

User combines a voice command with a task management phrase to optimize organization.

Given the user wants to set reminders and categorize them, when the user says 'Remind me to prepare the quarterly report in the Work category on Friday at 1 PM', then the reminder must not only be created but also tagged correctly under the 'Work' category within the task management app.

User attempts to set a reminder with a slight accent or variation in pronunciation.

Given the user speaks English with a slight French accent, when they say 'Remaind me to call the client at noon', then the system must recognize the command accurately and create the reminder as requested.

Reminders Dashboard Integration

"As a user, I want to see all my reminders in a single dashboard so that I can easily manage my tasks and deadlines without switching between different apps."

Description

The Reminders Dashboard Integration requirement focuses on the seamless connection between the voice-activated reminders and the existing insights dashboard in AutoBind. This integration allows users to view and manage their voice-created reminders alongside other tasks and deadlines within an intuitive interface. Users can easily edit, delete or prioritize reminders, gaining a comprehensive overview of their schedule. This feature enhances productivity by delivering all task-related information in one centralized location, facilitating decision-making and time management while improving the overall user experience by making it easier to keep track of tasks across multiple platforms.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully sets a voice-activated reminder for a specific task via the AutoBind app and later accesses the Reminders Dashboard to view this reminder alongside other tasks.

Given the user has activated the voice-activated reminders feature, when the user says 'Set a reminder for my meeting at 3 PM', then the reminder should be displayed on the Reminders Dashboard with the correct time and description.

User edits a previously set voice-activated reminder from the Reminders Dashboard to change the time or details of the task.

Given the user has a reminder set for 'Complete report by 5 PM', when the user selects the reminder and chooses to edit it to 'Complete report by 6 PM', then the reminder displayed on the Reminders Dashboard should reflect the updated time and retain the original description.

User deletes a voice-activated reminder from the Reminders Dashboard that is no longer needed.

Given the user views the Reminders Dashboard with multiple reminders listed, when the user selects a reminder and chooses to delete it, then that reminder should be removed from the dashboard and should no longer trigger notifications.

User prioritizes reminders within the Reminders Dashboard to manage their schedule effectively.

Given the user has multiple voice-activated reminders set, when the user drags and drops a reminder to a higher priority section on the dashboard, then the reminder order should be updated accordingly, reflecting the new priority status in the dashboard layout.

User integrates their voice-activated reminders with external productivity applications through the Reminders Dashboard.

Given the user has set up integration with an external productivity app, when the user creates a voice-activated reminder, then the reminder should automatically sync and appear in the external app within 5 minutes, ensuring cross-platform accessibility.

User views all reminders in the Reminders Dashboard along with insights such as due dates and task priorities.

Given the user accesses the Reminders Dashboard, when they view their list of reminders, then each reminder should display critical information such as due date, time, and priority level in a clear and organized manner.

AI Learning for Contextual Reminders

"As a user, I want the system to suggest reminders based on my past behavior so that I don't have to remember to set them manually."

Description

The AI Learning for Contextual Reminders requirement employs machine learning algorithms to analyze user behavior and preferences over time, enabling the system to suggest reminders based on patterns and context. For instance, if a user frequently sets reminders for weekly meetings or deadlines, the system will learn this pattern and prompt the user to set the reminder before the event occurs. This proactive approach enhances productivity by reducing the cognitive load on the user and ensuring that routine tasks are not overlooked. The benefits include an improved user experience as the system becomes more aligned with individual needs, thus fitting seamlessly into users' workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

User regularly sets reminders for weekly meetings and wants the system to proactively prompt them to set reminders a day before the meeting.

Given the user has set reminders for weekly meetings in the past, When the system analyzes reminder history, Then the system prompts the user with a notification to set a reminder 24 hours before the next scheduled meeting.

User expresses the need for reminders for deadlines of tasks they often overlook due to their busy schedule.

Given the user frequently sets reminders for deadlines, When the system identifies a deadline approaching based on the user's task history, Then the system will send an alert to the user 48 hours prior to the deadline.

User has specified preferences for when they want to be reminded about tasks, such as morning reminders for daily tasks.

Given the user has inputted specific reminder preferences, When the system is learning the user's behavior, Then it adjusts the timing of reminders according to the user’s specified preferences, ensuring notifications are sent at optimal times.

User frequently requests reminders for tasks related to project milestones, wanting to avoid any missed deadlines.

Given the user regularly creates tasks linked to project milestones, When the system detects a milestone approaching based on past data, Then it sends an automatic reminder 3 days in advance.

User wants to ensure that they receive reminders while they are in meetings, to not be disrupted during their work but still get notified.

Given the user has marked certain time slots as 'busy', When the system identifies a conflicting reminder during those busy slots, Then it reschedules the reminder to notify the user after the busy period.

User prefers reminders to be based on their location, such as reminders to pick up groceries when they are near the store.

Given the user has location-based reminders activated, When the system detects the user is near the grocery store, Then it triggers a reminder notification for the user to pick up groceries.

User values feedback from previously set reminders to refine their future reminder preferences.

Given the system has previously logged reminders set by the user, When the user reviews reminders, Then the system provides insights on missed and successfully completed reminders to enhance future task setting.

Multi-Platform Synchronization

"As a user, I want my reminders to sync across all my devices so that I can be reminded of my tasks no matter where I am or what device I'm using."

Description

The Multi-Platform Synchronization requirement ensures that reminders set through voice commands are synchronized across all devices and platforms. This includes mobile devices, desktop applications, and any integrated third-party services. Users can set reminders on one device and receive notifications on another, allowing for flexibility and convenience in their task management workflow. This feature enhances usability by ensuring that users are always informed of their upcoming tasks, regardless of the device they are using, thus fostering a more integrated and cohesive user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

Voice-Activated Reminder Set and Synchronization Across Devices

Given a user sets a reminder using voice command on a mobile device, when they check their desktop application, then the reminder should be visible and the notification should be triggered at the correct time across all devices.

Updating Reminders Through Voice Commands

Given a user has a reminder set on their mobile device, when the user updates the reminder through voice command, then the updated reminder should reflect accurately across all synced devices immediately.

Rescheduling Reminders via Voice Command

Given a user has scheduled a reminder for a specific date and time, when the user changes the date or time through a voice command, then the change should synchronize across all linked platforms in real-time.

Cross-Platform Notification Delivery

Given a user has set reminders on multiple devices, when the time for the reminder arrives, then notifications should be sent out to all devices without failure.

Synchronization with Third-Party Services

Given a user sets a reminder through voice command that integrates with a third-party calendar app, when checked on that app, then the reminder should be correctly synchronized and displayed within the third-party service.

Confirmation of Reminders through Voice Feedback

Given a user sets a reminder using voice command, when the reminder is successfully created, then the system should provide audible confirmation of the reminder details back to the user.

Real-Time Voice Feedback

Users receive verbal confirmations and updates about their commands, creating a responsive and interactive experience. This feature enhances user confidence in the system, ensuring they know their commands have been executed and workflows are actively being managed.

Requirements

Voice Command Confirmation

"As a user of AutoBind, I want to hear verbal confirmations of my commands so that I can be confident that my workflows are running smoothly and that my tasks have been successfully executed."

Description

This requirement entails the integration of a real-time voice feedback system within AutoBind, allowing users to receive verbal acknowledgments for their executed commands. The function will enhance user trust and satisfaction by ensuring they are aware when their tasks are processed, improving overall interaction with the system. This feedback mechanism not only confirms command execution but also updates users on workflow status, ensuring they are engaged and informed throughout their automation processes. By incorporating this feature, AutoBind aims to reduce user errors and enhance the efficiency of task management, encouraging more users to utilize the platform effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

Voice Command Acknowledgment during Task Execution

Given a user issues a voice command to initiate a task, when the command is executed, then the user should receive an audible confirmation of the command being received and processed within 2 seconds.

Real-Time Workflow Status Updates

Given a user has ongoing automated tasks, when a task reaches a significant milestone or is completed, then the system must provide a verbal update on the status of that task within 3 seconds of the change.

User Confirmation for Task Modifications

Given a user modifies an existing task via voice command, when the modification is successfully made, then the system must deliver a verbal confirmation of the changes within 2 seconds.

Error Notification for Failed Commands

Given a user issues a voice command that cannot be executed due to an error, when the command fails, then the system must provide an audible error message explaining the failure reasons within 3 seconds.

Multi-Command Execution Feedback

Given a user issues multiple voice commands in sequence, when all commands are executed, then the user should receive a summary of the executed commands along with individual confirmations of their status within 5 seconds after the last command.

Customization of Voice Feedback Settings

Given a user accesses the settings for voice feedback, when the user adjusts the feedback preferences, then the system must provide an audible confirmation that the changes have been saved successfully within 2 seconds of confirmation.

Adaptive Voice Tone

"As a proactive solopreneur, I want AutoBind to use an adaptive voice tone so that I can enjoy a more personalized and engaging experience every time I issue a command."

Description

The adaptive voice tone feature will allow AutoBind to provide feedback in varying modulations and emotions, making interactions feel more personalized and engaging. Depending on the context of commands, the system will adjust its tone—using enthusiastic tones for successfully completed tasks and calming tones for error notifications. This nuanced feedback approach is aimed at improving user experience by creating a friendly and less mechanical interaction environment, which is critical for solopreneurs who benefit from a more human-like interaction with their automation tools. This feature also encourages routine use of the platform as users engage better with a system that understands their needs.

Acceptance Criteria

Successful Task Completion Confirmation

Given a user has executed a command for task completion, when the task is completed, then the system should provide verbal feedback in an enthusiastic tone acknowledging the successful completion of the task.

Error Notification with Adaptive Tone

Given a user has executed a command that fails, when the error occurs, then the system should provide verbal feedback in a calming tone explaining the nature of the error.

User Command Input Feedback

Given a user speaks a command, when the command is recognized by the system, then the system should respond with verbal confirmation in a friendly tone indicating that the command has been received and is being processed.

Tone Adjustment Based on Context

Given a user schedules a task for the first time using voice command, when the task is set successfully, then the system should provide feedback in an enthusiastic tone; otherwise, it should provide calming feedback in case of any issues.

Regular User Engagement with the System

Given a user utilizes the system repeatedly over a week, when evaluating user satisfaction through feedback, then at least 80% of users should express that the adaptive voice tone enhances their interaction experience.

Handling Non-Recognized Commands

Given a user issues a command that is not recognized, when the command fails, then the system should provide feedback in a neutral tone indicating that the command was not understood and suggest rephrasing.

Multi-Language Support

"As a non-native English speaker, I want AutoBind to provide voice feedback in my preferred language so that I can understand and interact with the system more effectively during workflow automation."

Description

To cater to a diverse user base, this requirement focuses on implementing multi-language support for the real-time voice feedback system. Users will be able to select their preferred language from a list of supported languages, allowing them to interact with AutoBind in a language they are comfortable with. This feature not only broadens the accessibility of the product but also enhances user satisfaction by ensuring that non-native speakers can fully engage with the system. By providing voice feedback in multiple languages, AutoBind aims to support global solopreneurs and small businesses, ensuring everyone can benefit from automation regardless of their linguistic background.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a preferred language for voice feedback during the initial setup of AutoBind.

Given the user is in the initial setup, when they select a language from the language dropdown, then the system must confirm the selection and provide voice feedback in the selected language.

User interacts with the system after selecting their preferred language.

Given the user has selected their preferred language, when they execute a command, then they should receive verbal confirmation of that command in the selected language.

An existing user changes their preferred language in the settings.

Given the user is in the language settings menu, when they select a new language from the list and save changes, then the system must provide voice feedback in the newly selected language without requiring a restart of the application.

User attempts to use a command in a language not supported by the system.

Given the user is using a non-supported language, when they issue a command, then the system should provide a polite error message in the user's currently selected language indicating the language is not supported.

User tests the voice feedback system to confirm it operates correctly in multiple languages.

Given the user has selected multiple supported languages, when they issue commands consecutively in different languages, then the system must provide correct voice feedback in the corresponding selected language each time.

Teams collaboratively set up and use the real-time voice feedback feature in different languages.

Given that multiple users in a team are using the system in different preferred languages, when they issue commands, then the system must provide individual voice feedback in each user's selected language without errors.

User accesses help or support in their preferred language for voice feedback.

Given the user is seeking help, when they activate the help feature, then the system must provide voice instructions and responses in the user's selected language.

Customizable Voice Options

"As a user of AutoBind, I want to customize my voice feedback options so that I can personalize the interaction according to my preferences, making it more comfortable and enjoyable."

Description

This requirement involves allowing users to customize their voice feedback preferences, such as choosing different voice profiles (male, female, robotic, etc.) and adjusting the feedback volume and speed. Providing such customization options ensures users feel a sense of ownership over their experience while using AutoBind. Personalization increases user satisfaction and reduces the feeling of detachment when engaging with automated systems. The customization feature will cater to varying user preferences and needs, making the product more inviting and user-friendly, particularly for solopreneurs looking for a tailored automation solution that fits their style.

Acceptance Criteria

User chooses a preferred voice profile for feedback during initial setup.

Given the user accesses the customization settings, when they select a voice profile from the options (male, female, robotic), then the chosen voice should provide feedback based on the selected profile during task execution.

User adjusts the volume settings for voice feedback.

Given the user is on the volume adjustment slider, when they increase or decrease the volume and save the settings, then the voice feedback should respond at the adjusted volume level as confirmed by immediate feedback after the change.

User modifies the speed of the voice feedback during a workflow.

Given the user is on the speed adjustment section, when they select a speed (slow, normal, fast) and confirm changes, then the voice feedback should articulate commands at the new speed during regular interactions.

User reverts back to default voice settings after customizing.

Given the user has made voice customizations, when they click the 'Reset to Defaults' button, then all voice feedback settings should return to the default profile, volume, and speed without requiring a system restart.

User receives confirmation of changed voice settings after making adjustments.

Given the user has successfully changed voice settings, when the changes are saved, then an audio confirmation should play to verify that the new preferences are now active.

User utilizes voice feedback while executing a series of automated tasks.

Given the user has chosen their voice options, when they initiate a multi-step task via voice command, then each step should be accompanied by voice feedback that reflects the selected preferences without delay.

Feedback Contextualization

"As a user of AutoBind, I want contextual information accompanying my voice feedback so that I can have a more comprehensive understanding of my workflows and related tasks, optimizing my productivity."

Description

This requirement will involve enhancing the voice feedback system to provide contextual information related to the user's command and workflow status. Instead of merely confirming command execution, the system will offer brief summaries or suggestions based on previous tasks. For example, if a command is executed to schedule a meeting, the feedback may also include a reminder about related follow-up tasks or possible conflicts. This feature aims to add value to the user experience by making interactions more informative and proactive, helping users optimize their workflows and avoid potential issues.

Acceptance Criteria

User schedules a meeting using the voice command feature.

Given the user issues a command to schedule a meeting, when the voice feedback is provided, then it should include a confirmation of the scheduled time, a summary of related follow-up tasks, and potential scheduling conflicts.

User updates a task status through a voice command.

Given the user commands the system to update a task's status, when the voice feedback is generated, then the feedback should confirm the update and provide context on upcoming deadlines or associated tasks needing attention.

User inquires about the status of open tasks via voice command.

Given the user asks for the status of open tasks, when the voice feedback responds, then it should detail the count of open tasks, their priority levels, and deadlines, assisting the user in prioritizing their workflow.

User commands the system to delete a task.

Given the user issues a command to delete a task, when the voice feedback is provided, then it should confirm the deletion and remind the user of any affiliated tasks that may be affected by this action.

User postpones a scheduled event using voice command.

Given the user commands the system to postpone a scheduled event, when the voice feedback is delivered, then it should confirm the new date and time and notify the user of any related tasks or events that may also need rescheduling.

Error Handling Voice Alerts

"As a user of AutoBind, I want to receive clear voice alerts for any errors that occur in my workflows so that I can quickly address issues and maintain productivity without disruption."

Description

This requirement focuses on implementing specific voice alerts for error handling during task automation. Such alerts will notify users of issues in real-time, detailing the nature of the error and possible corrective actions. Providing clear verbal notifications helps minimize confusion and provides a proactive approach to issue resolution. This feature not only assures users that they are informed but also enhances their ability to troubleshoot effectively, thereby improving user experience and trust in the automation system.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a task automation request that meets the criteria for execution but encounters an error due to a configuration issue.

Given the user has submitted a task that encounters an error, When the error occurs, Then the user receives a verbal alert that specifies the error type and corrective actions in real-time.

A user attempts to initiate a task that is incorrectly formatted, which should trigger an error alert.

Given the user attempts to start a task with incorrect formatting, When the task is submitted, Then the user hears a voice notification detailing the formatting error and steps to correct it.

A system update temporarily disrupts task automation, and users must be alerted about this error via voice feedback.

Given the system is undergoing maintenance that affects task automation, When a user attempts to use the system during this time, Then they receive a voice alert explaining the system status and advising them to try again later.

A user manually stops a task that was previously scheduled to run, prompting the system to notify them of the cancellation.

Given the user has stopped a scheduled task, When the task cancellation is successful, Then the user receives a verbal confirmation of the cancellation and any subsequent actions needed.

An unexpected error occurs during a task execution, and a user needs to be informed immediately.

Given that the task execution faces an unexpected issue, When the issue arises, Then a verbal notification is triggered that explains the problem and guides the user on potential next steps.

A user encounters a network error that prevents a task from being completed, requiring a voice alert about the issue.

Given that a network issue prevents a task from completing, When the error is detected, Then the system provides a voice notification that identifies the network issue and suggests connectivity checks.

A user needs to cancel a task after it has already started, and the system must confirm the cancellation verbally.

Given the user initiates a cancellation of a running task, When the cancellation is executed, Then the user receives a voice alert confirming the task has been successfully canceled.

Voice Command History

This feature provides users with a log of all voice commands issued, allowing them to review and repeat past commands easily. By offering insights into their interaction patterns, users can refine how they use voice commands for maximum efficiency and productivity.

Requirements

Voice Command Log

"As a solopreneur, I want to view my history of voice commands so that I can easily repeat or refine my interactions for increased productivity."

Description

The Voice Command Log feature tracks and saves all voice commands issued by the user, presenting them in an accessible format for review. This log will serve as a history that users can navigate to repeat any previous command or analyze their usage patterns over time. By providing visibility into past interactions, the feature empowers users to optimize their use of voice commands, improving overall efficiency and productivity. This integration is vital as it transforms voice command utilization into a more strategic and informed process, enhancing user satisfaction and productivity, ultimately leading to better use of the AutoBind workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Voice Command Log feature after issuing multiple voice commands throughout the day, seeking to review and repeat certain commands for efficiency.

Given the user has issued voice commands, when they access the Voice Command Log, then all commands should be displayed in chronological order with timestamps, and the user should be able to click on a command to repeat it instantly.

A user wants to analyze their interaction patterns to improve their use of voice commands, requiring a breakdown of their command history.

Given that the user has accessed the Voice Command Log, when they request an analysis, then the system should provide statistics on the frequency of use for each command, as well as the total number of commands issued.

A user has issued various voice commands over time and wants to ensure that they can access their complete history without missing any entries.

Given the user has issued multiple commands, when they view the Voice Command Log, then the log should display all commands issued up to the maximum storage capacity of the log, without any omissions or duplications.

The user issues multiple voice commands and wishes to see if any errors occurred during command execution, necessitating a review of their voice command history.

Given there are historical voice commands in the log, when the user checks the command outcomes, then the log should clearly indicate which commands were successfully executed and which ones failed, with error messages if applicable.

A user is testing the Voice Command Log feature for the first time and wants to see how to access it and utilize the repeat function.

Given the user is new to the Voice Command Log feature, when they first access it, then the system should display a brief tutorial guiding them on how to navigate the log and use the repeat function.

A solopreneur integrates the Voice Command Log with their daily workflow and wants to verify if the log can be accessed across different devices seamlessly.

Given the user has issued voice commands on one device, when they access the Voice Command Log from another device logged into the same account, then the log should show the same command history consistently and accurately as on the original device.

Command Repetition Functionality

"As a user of AutoBind, I want the ability to quickly repeat my past voice commands so that I can save time and streamline my workflow."

Description

The Command Repetition Functionality enhances the Voice Command History by allowing users to easily repeat any previously issued command with a single click or voice prompt. This feature will minimize the time spent rephrasing or remembering commands, enabling users to quickly execute common tasks and increasing their efficiency. It integrates seamlessly with the existing voice command system in AutoBind, ensuring a lightweight and user-friendly experience during task automation.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses their Voice Command History to find a previously issued command and chooses to repeat it using the Command Repetition functionality.

Given the user is on the Voice Command History page, when they select a command from the history, then they should be able to repeat the command with a single click or voice prompt without errors.

User issues a voice command to view their Command History and requests to repeat a command they previously issued.

Given the user issues a voice command to view their history, when they specify a command, then the system should accurately repeat that command as intended without lag.

User edits an existing command in their Voice Command History and wants to repeat the edited command.

Given the user edits a command in the Voice Command History, when they choose to repeat the edited command, then the system should execute the updated command correctly.

User engages the Command Repetition functionality while utilizing another feature within AutoBind.

Given the user has initiated another feature within AutoBind, when they choose to repeat a command, then the Command Repetition functionality should operate seamlessly without interrupting the other feature's functionality.

User opens the Command Repetition function and seeks to access the most frequently used command from the Voice Command History.

Given the user accesses the Command Repetition function, when they check the recommendations for frequently used commands, then the system should display a clear list of the top three commands used.

Usage Analytics Dashboard

"As a business owner, I want access to analytics on my voice command usage so that I can optimize my interactions and maximize productivity."

Description

The Usage Analytics Dashboard will provide users with insights into their voice command utilization patterns. By analyzing data such as frequency of commands, success rates, and common phrases, users can identify areas for improvement in their interaction style. This feature will display key metrics and trends in an easy-to-understand format, facilitating the optimization of voice command interactions. It is designed to integrate deeply with the AutoBind system to offer a personalized experience based on the user's history and preferences, empowering them with actionable insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User reviews their voice command usage over the past month to identify patterns and improve efficiency.

Given the user is on the Usage Analytics Dashboard, When they select 'View Last Month', Then the dashboard displays a summary of voice command usage with frequency, success rates, and common phrases for that month.

User wants to see trends in their voice command usage to determine which commands are most effective.

Given the user is on the Usage Analytics Dashboard, When they view the trends section, Then the dashboard shows a graphical representation of command effectiveness over time, including frequency and success rates for each command.

User is interested in comparing their voice command usage to previous periods to measure improvement.

Given the user is on the Usage Analytics Dashboard, When they select 'Compare with Previous Period', Then the dashboard provides a comparison of command usage metrics (frequency and success rates) between the current and previous periods.

User accesses the analytics dashboard multiple times to ensure it retains their custom settings and preferences between sessions.

Given the user has configured their analytics dashboard preferences, When they log out and log back in, Then the dashboard preserves the user's settings and displays the last viewed metrics.

User wants to filter their voice command analytics to focus on specific types of commands.

Given the user is viewing the analytics dashboard, When they apply a filter for command type (e.g., 'Task Commands' or 'Reminder Commands'), Then the dashboard updates to only show analytics relevant to the selected command type.

User seeks detailed insights into their most commonly used voice commands.

Given the user is on the Usage Analytics Dashboard, When they navigate to the 'Common Commands' section, Then the dashboard lists the top 10 most frequently used commands along with their success rates.

Error Feedback Mechanism

"As a user, I want to receive notifications for failed voice commands so that I can understand what went wrong and improve my usage."

Description

The Error Feedback Mechanism will enable the system to provide users with feedback on any failed voice command attempts. This feature will notify users of issues such as unrecognized commands or system errors, helping them adjust their communication techniques. It contributes to an enriched user experience by fostering improvement and minimizing frustration during use of the voice command feature. This integration will ensure that users feel supported in their interactions and understand how to use voice commands more effectively, increasing their confidence in the system.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives feedback when a voice command is unrecognized due to pronunciation issues.

Given a user issues a voice command with unclear pronunciation, when the command is not recognized, then the system must provide feedback, stating that the command was not understood along with suggestions for clearer enunciation.

User receives feedback on the failure of a recognized voice command due to a system error.

Given a user issues a valid voice command that the system should recognize, when there is an internal error preventing execution, then the system must inform the user of the error and suggest that they try again later.

User can view a log of their last 10 voice commands and any associated errors or feedback.

Given a user accesses the voice command history section of the application, when they request to view the log, then the system must display the last 10 voice commands issued by the user, including any errors or feedback that resulted from those commands.

User receives suggestions for voice command refinement after multiple failed attempts.

Given a user has failed to execute the same voice command three times consecutively, when this threshold is reached, then the system must provide tailored suggestions on how to phrase the command differently to improve recognition.

User initiates a voice command but encounters a connectivity issue.

Given a user issues a voice command when the internet connection is unstable, when the command fails, then the system must notify the user that connectivity issues are present and suggest checking their connection.

Voice Command Customization Options

"As a solopreneur, I want to customize my voice commands so that I can use phrases that feel natural to me and improve efficiency."

Description

The Voice Command Customization Options will allow users to personalize their voice command experience by defining specific commands or phrases that trigger certain tasks or workflows. This feature enhances user control and ensures that commands resonate with their natural speech patterns, leading to a more intuitive interaction with the AutoBind system. By offering customization, users can easily optimize their workflows and enhance their overall productivity, contributing to a more tailored experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes a voice command to automate the task of sending a weekly report to their email.

Given that the user has defined a voice command 'Send my weekly report', When the user speaks the command, Then the command triggers the action of sending the report to the user's specified email address.

User wants to review their previously set voice commands to make adjustments for efficiency.

Given that the user has accessed the Voice Command History, When the user selects the 'View History' option, Then the system displays a list of all previously issued voice commands along with timestamps.

User is able to create a new voice command using a phrase that is not pre-defined in the system.

Given that the user is in the customization settings, When the user inputs a new voice command 'Generate my task list' and saves it, Then the new command is successfully stored and ready to be triggered via voice.

User attempts to apply a voice command with a phrase that is too similar to an existing command.

Given that the user inputs a new voice command 'Send my weekly report' that already exists, When the user attempts to save the new command, Then the system prompts a warning that the command already exists.

User tests a previously customized voice command to ensure it performs as expected.

Given that the user has defined a voice command 'Archive completed tasks', When the user speaks the command, Then the system archives all completed tasks successfully without errors.

User wants to delete a previously created voice command.

Given that the user is viewing their list of customized voice commands, When the user selects the command 'Remove my monthly summary' and confirms the deletion, Then the command is successfully removed from their list.

User checks the effectiveness of voice commands through usage statistics.

Given that the user accesses the Insights Dashboard, When the user views the statistics for their voice commands, Then the system displays data on the frequency of each command used over a given period.

Multi-Language Support

"As a non-English speaking user, I want to issue my voice commands in my preferred language so that I can use AutoBind comfortably and effectively."

Description

The Multi-Language Support feature will enable users to issue voice commands in multiple languages. This will significantly expand the usability of the AutoBind platform for non-English speaking users or those who operate in multiple languages. The system will recognize commands across the defined languages, ensuring that users feel comfortable and effective communicating with the automation features. This inclusivity enhances the product's appeal and user satisfaction by making it more accessible to a broader audience.

Acceptance Criteria

A user issues a voice command in Spanish to create a new task in AutoBind, verifying if the system correctly recognizes and executes the command without errors.

Given the user has selected Spanish as the preferred language, when they say 'Crear una nueva tarea', then the system should successfully create a new task without errors and confirm the action in Spanish.

An English-speaking user issues multiple voice commands in quick succession in both English and French, and reviews the command history to ensure all commands are logged correctly.

Given the user issues three commands in English followed by two commands in French, when the user accesses the voice command history, then they should see all five commands accurately logged with timestamps and language indications.

A user who previously set their language preference to Italian issues a voice command to list all tasks, confirming that the command is recognized and the response is given in Italian.

Given the user's language preference is set to Italian, when they say 'Mostra tutte le attività', then the system should recognize the command and provide a list of all tasks in Italian.

A user switches their language settings from German to English and issues a voice command to validate that the system recognizes commands in the new language without any onboarding steps.

Given the user has changed the language setting to English, when they say 'Show my tasks', then the system should execute the command without requiring re-configuration or onboarding steps.

A user engages the help feature using a voice command in Portuguese, confirming the feature's multilingual support and ease of use for non-English speakers.

Given the user wants assistance in Portuguese, when they say 'Ajuda', then the system should respond appropriately and provide help in Portuguese.

The system tests the recognition accuracy of voice commands across various languages by inputting a pre-defined list of commands in multiple languages.

Given a set of predefined voice commands in English, Spanish, and French, when the commands are inputted, then the system should correctly recognize and execute at least 95% of the commands across all languages.

Multi-Language Support

Enable users to interact with the voice command interface in multiple languages, catering to a diverse user base. This feature broadens accessibility, making it easier for non-English speakers to take advantage of voice automation and streamline their workflows.

Requirements

Language Detection Automation

"As a non-English speaker, I want the voice command interface to automatically recognize my preferred language so that I can interact with AutoBind more easily and efficiently without having to adjust settings manually."

Description

Implement a system that automatically detects the user's preferred language upon interaction with the voice command interface. This feature will enhance user experience by streamlining the interaction process and reducing the need for manual language selection. By utilizing natural language processing algorithms, the system will ensure accurate and real-time identification of the language, leading to a smoother and more intuitive experience for users across different linguistic backgrounds. An effective implementation of this feature will lead to higher user satisfaction and increased accessibility, allowing a broader audience to engage with the platform without language barriers.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a voice command in Spanish for task automation.

Given a user speaks in Spanish, when they provide a voice command, then the system should automatically detect Spanish and respond appropriately in Spanish.

User initiates a voice command in Mandarin for task automation.

Given a user speaks in Mandarin, when they provide a voice command, then the system should automatically detect Mandarin and respond appropriately in Mandarin.

User speaks in French to the voice command interface during peak hours.

Given a user speaks in French during peak usage times, when they provide a command, then the system should accurately detect French and execute the command without delay.

User changes their preferred language by speaking in Italian.

Given a user has previously interacted in a different language, when they switch to Italian via voice command, then the system should detect this change and respond in Italian immediately.

User interacts with the voice command interface in multiple languages consecutively.

Given a user alternates between Spanish, English, and German in multiple commands, when they provide these commands, then the system should correctly identify and execute tasks in the respective languages each time.

User seeks help using the voice interface in Portuguese.

Given a user asks for help in Portuguese, when they issue the command, then the system should detect Portuguese and provide assistance in the same language accurately.

User provides a long command in Russian for a complex task.

Given a user provides a detailed command in Russian, when they speak the command, then the system should accurately detect the language and execute the command as expected without errors.

Multi-Language Command Library

"As a user who speaks Spanish, I want to access voice commands in my language so that I can effectively automate my tasks and workflows without any language barriers."

Description

Develop a comprehensive library of voice commands that are available in multiple languages. This library should cover all essential functionalities of the AutoBind platform, allowing users from various linguistic backgrounds to utilize voice automation seamlessly. By providing a rich set of translations for every command, we can ensure that users can take full advantage of the platform's capabilities regardless of their primary language. This feature not only improves usability but also enhances the overall effectiveness of the product by empowering users to maximize their productivity through voice commands.

Acceptance Criteria

Non-English speaking user uses voice commands to create a new task in Spanish.

Given a user selects Spanish as the preferred language, when they issue the command 'Crear nueva tarea', then the task should be created successfully in AutoBind.

User interacts with the voice command interface in French to check the status of automated tasks.

Given a user selects French as the preferred language, when they say 'Vérifier le statut des tâches automatisées', then the system should respond accurately with the current status.

A user switches from English to German while using the voice command interface.

Given a user is currently using the voice interface in English, when they change the language preference to German, then all subsequent voice commands should recognize and respond in German without errors.

User seeks help in Italian regarding voice command functionalities.

Given a user selects Italian as the preferred language, when they ask 'Come posso usare i comandi vocali?', then the system should provide appropriate guidance in Italian.

An advanced command is issued in Mandarin to delete a specific automated workflow.

Given a user selects Mandarin as the preferred language, when they issue the command '删除自动化工作流', then the specified workflow should be deleted from the platform successfully.

A visually impaired user interacts with the voice command library in Portuguese to read available commands.

Given a visually impaired user selects Portuguese, when they request 'Mostre-me os comandos disponíveis', then the system should audibly read back the list of available voice commands in Portuguese.

Multilingual AI Insights

"As a French-speaking business owner, I want to see my insights dashboard in French so that I can understand the data and make informed decisions based on accurate analytics."

Description

Integrate multilingual capabilities into the AI-driven insights dashboard, enabling users to receive and interpret analytical data in their preferred language. This feature is crucial for user engagement and decision-making, as it allows all users to access and understand critical insights without the need for translation. By ensuring that the AI system can process and present information in various languages, we will enhance the product's accessibility, ensuring all users can leverage the insights generated to make informed business decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

User requests insights in Spanish through the AI-driven insights dashboard.

Given a user who has set their preferred language to Spanish, when they request insights, then the AI-driven insights dashboard should display all analytical data in Spanish without errors or omissions.

User receives multilingual insights based on their language preference set in the app.

Given a user has chosen French as their preferred language in the app settings, when they access the insights dashboard, then all data displayed should be in French, including graphs, charts, and text descriptions.

A non-English speaker utilizes voice commands to request insights in their native language.

Given a user who speaks Mandarin asks for insights using voice command, when they use the voice interface, then the AI-powered insights should be verbalized and displayed in Mandarin seamlessly.

User wants to switch languages in the insights dashboard after already interacting with it.

Given a user is currently viewing insights in German, when they switch their language preference to English, then the insights dashboard should instantly update and display all information in English without needing to reload the page.

AI insights need to be interpreted in real-time during a team meeting involving multilingual participants.

Given a user is presenting insights during a meeting with participants who speak different languages, when the user shares the insights dashboard, then all participants should see the data in their respective preferred languages simultaneously with no lag.

User checks historical data and insights in their preferred language.

Given a user has set their language preference to Italian, when they access historical data on the insights dashboard, then all past analytical reports should be displayed in Italian accurately and completely.

Cross-Language Support in Collaboration Tools

"As a team lead working with multilingual teams, I want our collaboration tools to provide translation features so that all team members can communicate clearly and collaborate without language barriers."

Description

Enhance the collaboration suite by providing cross-language support, allowing team members who speak different languages to communicate effectively within the platform. This feature will enable real-time translation of messages and documents amongst team members, effectively breaking down language barriers and fostering more inclusive teamwork. Implementing this feature will ensure that all team members can participate fully, regardless of their language proficiency, thus promoting collaboration and productivity across diverse teams.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time translation of messages during team meetings.

Given a team meeting is taking place, when a user sends a message in Spanish, then all other users in the meeting should see the translated message in their selected language in real-time.

Document sharing with automatic language translation.

Given a team member shares a document in French, when another team member opens the document, then they should see the document content translated into their preferred language automatically.

User selection of preferred display language for the collaboration tool.

Given a user accesses the collaboration tool for the first time, when they are prompted to select their preferred language, then their choice should be saved and all interface elements should be displayed in that language on subsequent logins.

Language settings adjustment by team members.

Given a team member wants to change their preferred language settings, when they navigate to the settings menu and select a new language, then the changes should be immediately reflected in their user interface without requiring a page refresh.

Feedback collection from users on translation accuracy.

Given users are utilizing the translation feature during their collaboration, when they provide feedback on a translated message, then the system should log that feedback for future improvements to translation accuracy.

Performance evaluation of the translation feature under different languages.

Given a team of diverse language speakers is using the collaboration tool, when they communicate frequently in different languages, then the system should maintain 95% accuracy in translations with no noticeable delays.

User Language Preference Settings

"As a user, I want to easily set my language preferences in the AutoBind settings so that I can have a tailored interaction experience that suits my language needs."

Description

Create a user-friendly interface that allows users to select and save their preferred language settings for voice commands and interface interactions. This will enable users to customize their experience according to their needs, ensuring that they can interact with AutoBind in a way that feels comfortable and natural to them. The feature will include a simple toggle or dropdown menu within the settings, facilitating quick access and modification of language choices. By enhancing personalization, this feature will significantly improve user satisfaction and retention.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a preferred language from the settings menu during the initial setup process of AutoBind.

Given the user is in the language preference settings page, When the user selects a language from the dropdown menu and clicks 'Save', Then the system should display a confirmation message, and the selected language should be applied to the user interface immediately.

User changes their language preference in the settings at any point during regular usage of AutoBind.

Given the user is already logged in and is on the language preference settings page, When the user selects a different language and clicks 'Apply', Then the interface should immediately refresh and display the content in the newly selected language without requiring a reload.

User interacts with the voice command interface to ensure it recognizes commands in the selected language.

Given the user has set a preferred language for voice commands, When the user speaks a command in that language, Then the system must correctly interpret and execute the command without errors, confirming support for the selected language.

User attempts to set their language preference to a non-supported language.

Given the user is on the language preference settings page, When the user selects a non-supported language and clicks 'Save', Then the system should display an error message indicating the language is not supported and revert to the previous selection.

User wants to reset their language preferences back to default settings.

Given the user is in the language preference settings, When the user clicks 'Reset to Default', Then the system should revert to the original default language and display a confirmation message indicating the reset was successful.

User wants to view a tutorial explaining how to set their language preferences.

Given the user is on the language preference settings page, When the user clicks on the 'Help' icon, Then a tutorial should open that provides step-by-step guidance on how to select and save language preferences.

Smart Invoice Generator

Automatically creates customized invoices based on user-defined workflows and task completion. This feature saves time, reduces human error, and ensures timely billing, allowing small businesses to stay organized and enhance cash flow.

Requirements

Customizable Invoice Templates

"As a small business owner, I want to customize my invoice templates so that I can present my branding consistently and professionally to my clients."

Description

This requirement allows users to create and modify invoice templates according to their branding and business needs. Users can customize layout, colors, fonts, and fields, ensuring that invoices not only meet legal standards but also support their brand identity. This integration with existing AutoBind workflows will provide a seamless invoicing experience and enhance overall user satisfaction, empowering users to present a professional image in their financial transactions.

Acceptance Criteria

Customizing an invoice template for branding purposes.

Given that the user has access to the Smart Invoice Generator, when they navigate to the invoice template settings and make changes to layout, colors, and fonts, then the customized invoice template must be saved correctly and reflect these changes when generating a new invoice.

Validating the legal compliance of customized invoice templates.

Given that the user defines mandatory fields in the invoice template, when they create an invoice with the customized template, then all required legal fields must be included and correctly displayed in the generated invoice.

Integrating the new invoice templates into existing AutoBind workflows.

Given that the user has custom invoice templates, when they set up an automation workflow that includes invoice generation, then the workflow should pull in the correct custom invoice template automatically when triggered.

Ensuring consistent branding across multiple invoice types.

Given that the user has created multiple customized invoice templates, when they generate invoices for different services, then all invoices must maintain the same layout, colors, and font styles as defined in their respective templates.

Testing user-friendliness of the template customization interface.

Given that the user is on the invoice template customization page, when they attempt to change layout, colors, or fonts, then the interface must be intuitive, providing necessary help tips and must not exceed three clicks for any customization action.

Enabling users to preview customized invoice templates before finalizing.

Given that the user has made changes to an invoice template, when they select the preview option, then they must see a fully rendered preview of the invoice reflecting all recent changes before saving or generating the invoice.

Collecting user feedback on the customizable features of the invoice templates.

Given that the user has used the customizable invoice templates feature, when they complete a new invoice generation, then they should be prompted to provide feedback on their experience, and this feedback should be collected for future enhancements.

Automated Recurring Billing

"As a freelancer, I want to automate my recurring billing so that I can ensure timely payments without adding extra administrative tasks."

Description

This feature automates the generation and sending of invoices at defined intervals (e.g., weekly, monthly) for recurring services or subscriptions. Users can set up their billing cycles, ensuring that they do not miss revenue opportunities while maintaining a steady cash flow. This requires clear integration with the workflow automation to manage tasks linked to clients who have recurring transactions, simplifying revenue management for small businesses.

Acceptance Criteria

User configures a recurring billing cycle for a monthly subscription service via the AutoBind dashboard.

Given the user is on the billing configuration page, When the user sets up a monthly billing cycle and confirms, Then an invoice should be automatically generated and scheduled for sending on the specified date each month.

User needs to update the billing amount for recurring invoices after changing their service pricing.

Given that the user updates the billing amount in the recurring billing settings, When the change is saved, Then all future invoices should reflect the new amount without requiring further action from the user.

A user wants to ensure that their clients receive invoices on time without delays.

Given the user has set up a recurring invoice schedule, When the scheduled time arrives, Then the invoice must be automatically sent to the client via their selected communication method without any errors.

Users wish to review and verify generated invoices before they are sent to clients.

Given the user has scheduled invoices, When the invoices are generated, Then they should be available in a review section for the user to approve or edit before sending.

Users need to be notified of successful invoice deliveries to clients.

Given an invoice has been sent successfully, When the invoice is dispatched, Then the user should receive a notification confirming the invoice delivery is complete.

User desires to pause or cancel a recurring billing cycle for a client.

Given that the user is on the billing management page, When the user selects to pause or cancel the recurring billing cycle, Then the system should stop further invoices from being generated and notify the user accordingly.

Users want to access historical invoice data for reporting purposes.

Given that invoices have been created and sent, When the user navigates to the reporting section, Then they should be able to view all past invoices for revenue tracking and analysis.

Integration with Payment Gateways

"As a solopreneur, I want my invoices to have direct payment links so that my clients can conveniently pay online without additional steps."

Description

This requirement ensures that generated invoices can be integrated with popular payment gateways (like PayPal, Stripe, etc.), enabling users to accept payments online directly from the invoices. This not only streamlines the payment process for clients but also reduces the time between billing and payment, thereby enhancing cash flow for businesses. Timely payments can significantly improve the financial health of small businesses.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of Smart Invoice Generator with PayPal payment gateway for seamless transactions.

Given an invoice generated by AutoBind, when the user selects PayPal as the payment option, then the invoice should automatically provide a secure payment link that directs the client to PayPal for payment processing.

Integration of Smart Invoice Generator with Stripe for direct payments.

Given an invoice generated by AutoBind, when the user selects Stripe as the payment method, then the invoice should include a secure payment button that enables clients to complete the payment directly on the invoice.

Testing the payment confirmation process after client payment.

Given a client has successfully paid the invoice via the integrated payment gateway, when the payment is processed, then the Smart Invoice Generator should automatically update the invoice status to 'Paid' and send a confirmation email to the user and client.

Handling payment errors during the transaction process.

Given a client attempts to pay an invoice, when there is a failure in the payment gateway, then the system should display an error message to the client and notify the user of the payment failure via email or dashboard notification.

Ensuring invoice data remains secure during payment transactions.

Given an invoice generated by AutoBind, when a client accesses the invoice, then the payment gateway integration must use SSL encryption to protect sensitive client payment information.

Summarizing payment insights in the AI-driven dashboard.

Given multiple invoices sent out through AutoBind with payment integrations, when the user accesses the insights dashboard, then the dashboard must display a summary of total invoices sent, total payments received, and outstanding payments.

Invoice Progress Tracking

"As a small business owner, I want to track the status of my invoices so that I can follow up effectively with clients and manage my cash flow."

Description

The invoice progress tracking feature allows users to monitor the status of their invoices (sent, viewed, paid, overdue) in real time. This provides insights into cash flow and helps manage accounts receivable efficiently. By visually presenting this information in the AI-driven insights dashboard, users can make informed decisions regarding follow-ups and cash flow management.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the invoice progress tracking feature on the dashboard to assess the status of all invoices they have sent out.

Given the user is logged into their account, when they navigate to the invoice progress tracking dashboard, then they should see a list of all invoices with their statuses (sent, viewed, paid, overdue) clearly displayed.

A user wants to check if the tracking feature accurately reflects the status of an invoice after it has been sent.

Given an invoice has been sent, when the recipient views the invoice, then the status of that invoice should change from 'sent' to 'viewed' automatically in the invoice progress tracking.

A small business owner needs to follow up on overdue invoices to manage cash flow effectively.

Given that an invoice is overdue, when the user checks the dashboard, then they should receive a notification or visual alert indicating that the invoice is overdue.

Users require a report on cash flow based on the status of their invoices.

Given the user is on the invoice progress tracking feature, when they select the option to generate a cash flow report, then the report should accurately reflect the total amounts of sent, viewed, paid, and overdue invoices.

Users need to customize the display of their invoice status in the dashboard to focus only on overdue invoices.

Given the user has a selection option in the invoice progress tracking dashboard, when they filter for 'overdue' invoices, then only overdue invoices should be displayed in the dashboard view.

Users want to receive automated email reminders for invoices that are nearing their due date.

Given an invoice is nearing its due date, when the system checks the statuses of invoices, then an email reminder should be sent to the user about the upcoming due date for that invoice.

Multi-Currency Support

"As an entrepreneur working with clients abroad, I want to generate invoices in different currencies so that I can simplify the billing process for my international clients."

Description

This requirement enables users to create and send invoices in multiple currencies, catering to international clients or businesses. Users can define their preferred currency for each client or project, automatically converting amounts using real-time exchange rates. This functionality demonstrates an understanding of global markets and improves the accounting accuracy for businesses dealing with foreign clients.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up multi-currency invoicing for a client based in Europe, selecting Euros as the preferred currency.

Given that the user selects a client from the database, When the user specifies Euros as the currency for the invoice, Then the invoice should display all amounts converted to Euros using the current exchange rate.

User creates and sends an invoice in multiple currencies for a project with international components.

Given that the user specifies different currencies for various parts of an invoice, When the user generates the invoice, Then the invoice should correctly calculate and display amounts in the specified currencies with real-time conversion rates applied.

User views historical invoices to track payments received in different currencies.

Given that the user accesses the invoice history, When the user filters invoices by currency, Then the system should accurately display all invoices and their corresponding amounts in the selected currency.

User updates the preferred currency for a specific client after an initial invoice was created.

Given that the user selects a client and changes the preferred currency, When the user generates a new invoice for that client, Then the new invoice should reflect the updated currency preference without any errors.

User needs to analyze cash flow based on invoices created in different currencies.

Given that the user accesses the cash flow report, When the user selects a date range, Then the report should accurately reflect the total revenue from invoices in all currencies, converted to the user's base currency using appropriate exchange rates.

User generates an invoice that includes both product and service line items in different currencies.

Given that the user creates an invoice with line items that have different currencies, When the user finalizes the invoice, Then the invoice should display totals correctly converted to the selected currency for the invoice.

Instant Payment Notifications

Sends real-time notifications to users upon receiving payments, thus keeping them immediately updated on their financial transactions. This feature ensures timely awareness of incoming revenue, fostering better cash flow management for small businesses.

Requirements

Real-time Payment Tracking

"As a small business owner, I want to receive instant notifications when payments are made so that I can manage my cash flow effectively and make timely decisions."

Description

This requirement involves implementing functionality that enables users to track incoming payments in real-time. The feature will send notifications immediately upon the successful processing of payments, ensuring users have the latest information on their financial transactions. This will promote better cash flow management, allowing businesses to make informed decisions based on current revenue status. It will involve integration with payment gateways to facilitate instant updates and utilize a user-friendly interface to display incoming transactions, thereby enhancing user experience and operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a real-time notification upon the successful processing of a payment through the integrated payment gateway.

Given that I am a user and have connected my payment gateway, when a payment is successfully processed, then I should receive a notification within 5 seconds of the transaction.

User can view a detailed summary of incoming payments in the user interface immediately after receiving a notification.

Given that I received a payment notification, when I navigate to the payment tracking section, then I should see a detailed summary of the transaction including amount, payer details, and time of payment.

User can customize the notification settings to choose preferred methods of receiving payment alerts (e.g., email, mobile app push notifications).

Given that I am a user on the notification settings page, when I select my preferred notification methods, then I should be able to successfully save these preferences and receive notifications accordingly.

User can test the payment notification functionality with dummy payments during the setup process.

Given that I am a user testing the setup of real-time payment tracking, when I initiate a dummy payment, then I should receive a test notification confirming the payment was successful within the designated timeframe.

User can disable real-time payment notifications at any time through the settings interface.

Given that I am a user in the notification settings, when I choose to disable notifications and save the changes, then I should no longer receive any payment notifications.

User receives a comprehensive report of all payment notifications received over the past month.

Given that I am a user in the reporting section, when I request a report of payment notifications for the last month, then I should receive a full report detailing each transaction, including dates and amounts.

User can set specific times to receive alerts for payment notifications to avoid disturbances during certain hours.

Given that I am a user on the notification settings page, when I set a 'Do Not Disturb' period and save the settings, then I should not receive any notifications during that specified time.

Custom Notification Settings

"As a solopreneur, I want to customize how I receive payment notifications so that I can prioritize my alerts based on my business needs and avoid being overwhelmed by unnecessary notifications."

Description

This requirement entails allowing users to customize their payment notification settings according to their preferences. Users can select the type of notifications they wish to receive (e.g., email, SMS, app notifications) and can set thresholds for notifications (e.g., only for payments above a certain amount). This customization will cater to different user needs and improve the overall usability of the feature, ensuring that users are only alerted for transactions that matter to them. This would also aid in preventing notification fatigue and enhance user engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

User customization of payment notification settings in the AutoBind application.

Given that a user is logged into the AutoBind application, when they navigate to the 'Notification Settings' section, then they should be able to see options to select notification types (Email, SMS, App Notifications) and set threshold amounts for notifications.

User selects preferred notification types for payment notifications.

Given that a user is in the 'Notification Settings' section, when they select their preferred notification methods (e.g., Email and SMS) and save their settings, then the system should reflect these settings and provide an acknowledgment of the successful save action.

User sets a threshold amount for notifications.

Given that a user is in the 'Notification Settings' section, when they set a threshold amount of $100 for payment notifications, then the system should save this threshold and ensure that notifications are only sent for payments above this amount.

User receives notifications based on their custom settings.

Given that a user has set notification preferences (Email and SMS) and a threshold of $100, when a payment of $150 is received, then the user should receive both an Email and SMS notification about the payment.

User does not receive notifications for payments below set threshold.

Given that a user has set a threshold of $100 for notifications, when a payment of $50 is received, then the user should receive no notifications regarding this transaction.

User updates existing notification settings.

Given that a user is in the 'Notification Settings' section, when they change their notification preference from SMS to App Notifications and save the settings, then the system should reflect the updated preferences without errors.

User is notified of successful customization actions.

Given that a user customizes their notification settings, when the settings are saved, then the user should see a confirmation message indicating that their preferences have been successfully updated.

Integration with Accounting Software

"As a small business accountant, I want payment notifications to integrate with our accounting software so that I can keep financial records up-to-date automatically and ensure compliance without extra manual effort."

Description

This requirement involves developing functionality to integrate payment notifications with popular accounting software used by small businesses. By automating the entry of incoming payments into accounting systems, users can streamline their financial management processes and reduce manual work. This integration will ensure real-time updates in financial records, aid in accurate bookkeeping, and provide users with a comprehensive view of their financial status. This is essential for users who rely on detailed financial reporting and for compliance with financial regulations.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a payment notification when a customer completes a purchase through their online store, leading to an automatic entry of the transaction into their accounting software.

Given that a user has integrated their AutoBind account with their chosen accounting software, When a payment is received, Then the user should receive a real-time notification, and the payment details should be automatically logged in the accounting software within 5 minutes.

User wants to verify the accuracy of the payment notification synchronization with their accounting software after receiving a payment.

Given that a payment notification is sent to the user, When the user checks their accounting software for the recorded transaction, Then the details in the accounting software should match the payment notification including amount, payer identity, and timestamp.

User needs to understand the failure cases for payment notifications when there is an issue with the accounting software integration.

Given that the user receives a payment notification, When there is an error in the accounting software integration, Then the user should receive an error notification indicating the failure and possible steps to resolve the issue.

User wants to receive notifications for multiple payment types (e.g., credit card, PayPal) and verify they are all integrated accurately.

Given that the user has multiple payment gateways set up, When a payment is received through any of these gateways, Then the user should receive a notification for each payment and see them registered in the accounting software accurately.

User desires to see historical payment notifications and their reflection in accounting records for better financial reporting.

Given that the user has received multiple payments, When the user reviews their transaction history in both AutoBind and their accounting software, Then all past payment notifications should be present and corresponding entries should exist in the accounting software.

User requires the ability to customize notification preferences for different payment types in AutoBind.

Given that the user is in the notification settings of AutoBind, When the user selects different preferences for payment notifications, Then the settings should be saved, and notifications should be sent according to these customized preferences after the next transaction.

User requires secure handling of their financial information during payment notifications to ensure data privacy.

Given that the user has completed the integration with their accounting software, When payment notifications are sent, Then all sensitive information must be encrypted and comply with data protection regulations such as GDPR or CCPA.

Multi-currency Support

"As a business owner dealing with international customers, I want to receive payment notifications in multiple currencies so that I can understand my revenue in my preferred currency and manage my finances accurately."

Description

This requirement focuses on enabling users to receive notifications for payments in multiple currencies. Given that many small businesses operate globally, offering support for various currencies will allow users to have a clear understanding of incoming payments regardless of the currency. This feature will auto-convert amounts to the user’s default currency for convenience and provide the necessary exchange rates with transactions to keep users informed about their finances. This is crucial for businesses that deal with international clients and want to maintain accurate financial records.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a real-time notification in their default currency when a payment is received in a foreign currency.

Given the user has configured their default currency, when a payment is received in a foreign currency, then the user should receive a notification that displays the converted amount in their default currency and the original amount in the foreign currency with the applicable exchange rate.

User receives notifications for multiple payments received in different currencies within a set timeframe.

Given the user is monitoring their incoming payments, when multiple payments are received in different currencies within a one-hour timeframe, then the user should receive individual notifications for each payment with the respective converted amounts in their default currency along with the original amounts and exchange rates.

User views a summary of recent payments with multiple currencies on their dashboard.

Given the user accesses their dashboard, when they check the recent payments section, then they should see a summary list of the last five payments received, showing the amounts in both original and converted forms, along with the corresponding exchange rates for each currency.

User successfully sets their default currency in their account settings.

Given the user navigates to their account settings, when they select a default currency from the provided list and save changes, then the system should reflect the selected default currency in all financial notifications and summaries.

User receives a notification when a payment fails due to currency conversion issues.

Given a payment was attempted in a foreign currency that could not be converted, when the transaction fails, then the user should receive a notification detailing the failure and the reason relating to currency conversion, including the foreign currency involved.

User checks the historical exchange rate data for their last transactions.

Given the user accesses the historical transaction details, when they request to view exchange rate data, then they should see a detailed log of exchange rates used for previous multiple currency transactions along with dates and transaction amounts.

Historical Transaction Logging

"As a small business owner, I want to access historical payment notifications so that I can analyze my revenue trends and plan my budget effectively based on past performance."

Description

This requirement pertains to creating a system that logs historical payment notifications for users. Users will be able to view a detailed history of all payment transactions received, including dates, amounts, and payment methods. This historical log will empower users to track revenue trends over time, analyze performance, and generate reports for financial forecasting. This is particularly beneficial for budgeting and strategic planning, allowing businesses to draw insights from their past transactions and make data-driven decisions moving forward.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can access the historical transaction logging feature from their dashboard to view past payment notifications.

Given the user is logged in, when they navigate to the 'Transaction History' section, then they should see a detailed list of all historical payment notifications with dates, amounts, and payment methods.

Users can filter historical transaction logs by date range and payment method within the system.

Given the user is on the 'Transaction History' page, when they select a date range and a payment method from the filter options, then only the relevant transactions should be displayed based on the selected criteria.

Users can export the historical transaction data to a CSV file for further analysis or reporting.

Given the user is on the 'Transaction History' page, when they click on the 'Export to CSV' button, then a CSV file containing all displayed transaction logs should be downloaded to their device.

Users receive a notification when their transactions are logged in the historical transaction log.

Given the user has just received a payment, when the payment notification is logged, then the user should receive a real-time notification confirming the transaction has been added to the historical logs.

Users can view a visual representation of their transaction history trends over time.

Given the user is on the 'Transaction History' page, when they select the 'View Trends' option, then a graph displaying revenue trends over a selected period should be presented on the screen.

Users can access detailed information about each historical transaction by clicking on it.

Given the user is on the 'Transaction History' page, when they click on a specific transaction, then a modal or new page should open displaying detailed information about that transaction including transaction ID, status, and additional notes.

Users can sort their historical transactions by date, amount, and payment method.

Given the user is on the 'Transaction History' page, when they click on the column headers for date, amount, or payment method, then the transactions should be sorted accordingly in ascending or descending order.

Recurring Billing Automation

Enables users to set up automated billing cycles for repeat clients or subscriptions, streamlining the invoicing process. This feature saves users time and hassle, ensuring consistent revenue without additional effort on their part.

Requirements

Automated Billing Setup

"As a solopreneur, I want to set up recurring billing for my subscription services, so that I can generate consistent revenue without having to manually invoice my clients each month."

Description

The Automated Billing Setup requirement allows users to easily configure billing cycles for their repeat clients or subscription services, simplifying the invoicing process significantly. This feature should enable users to specify billing intervals (weekly, monthly, quarterly, etc.), create invoices that can be automatically sent out at these intervals, and manage various payment methods, ensuring a seamless payment experience for clients. By automating these tasks, users can save time and minimize the risk of human error while ensuring that they consistently receive payments without additional effort. Integration with existing payment processors is essential for smooth payment collection and reporting functionalities to provide clarity on revenue streams and billing history.

Acceptance Criteria

Setup a weekly billing cycle for a subscription service.

Given a user has access to the Automated Billing Setup, when they select a client and choose a weekly billing cycle, then the system should create and save the billing cycle correctly with the specified interval.

User creates an invoice template that will be automatically sent out after a monthly billing cycle.

Given the user has created an invoice template, when they configure it for a monthly billing cycle, then the system should send the invoice automatically at the end of each month without manual intervention.

Integrating various payment processors for automated billing.

Given the user wants to set up automated billing, when they add multiple payment methods, then the system should allow selection of any of these methods for billing and ensure successful transactions through them.

Generate and view a report of all automated billing transactions for the past quarter.

Given the user accesses the reporting feature, when they select the date range for the last quarter, then the system should generate a report displaying all automated billing transactions, including amounts and status.

Changing the billing interval from monthly to quarterly for a client.

Given a user has an active monthly billing cycle for a client, when they update the billing interval to quarterly, then the system should correctly adjust the billing cycle and notify the client of the change.

Managing failed payment attempts for automated billing.

Given that a payment attempt fails during an automated billing cycle, when the system detects the failure, then it should notify the user and provide options to retry or cancel the billing cycle.

Payment Reminder Notifications

"As a business owner, I want to automatically send reminder notifications to my clients before payment due dates, so that I can reduce the number of late payments and ensure a smooth cash flow."

Description

This requirement facilitates the automatic sending of reminder notifications to clients before their payment due date, ensuring timely payments and reducing late payment instances. The feature should allow users to customize the frequency and content of reminder notifications (e.g., one week, three days, and one day before the due date). By leveraging this reminder system, users can enhance cash flow management, reduce the time spent on payment follow-ups, and bolster client relationships through proactive communication regarding payment timelines. Integration with email and SMS gateways is essential for flexible notification delivery to suit client preferences.

Acceptance Criteria

Payment Reminder Notification Setup for Subscription-Based Client

Given a user has set up a recurring billing cycle for a subscription client, when the user specifies the notification settings (frequency and content), then the system should save these settings and apply them for upcoming invoices accordingly.

Multiple Notification Delivery Options for Different Clients

Given a user has different clients with varying communication preferences, when the user configures reminder notifications for a specific client via email or SMS, then the system should correctly send the notifications based on the selected preference for each client.

Timely Delivery of Payment Reminders

Given a user has configured payment reminder notifications to be sent one week, three days, and one day before the due date, when the due date approaches, then the system should send reminders at each specified interval without failure.

Customizable Reminder Notification Content

Given a user wants to customize the message content of their reminders, when the user edits the template for payment notifications, then the system should successfully update and use the new content format for subsequent reminders.

Tracking and Reporting Reminder Notification Effectiveness

Given the user has activated payment reminders, when reminders are sent out, then the system should log their delivery status and provide reporting metrics on client responses to the reminders, such as payment follow-through rates.

Integration Verification with Email and SMS Gateways

Given the user wishes to utilize email and SMS gateways for notifications, when the user tests integration with those gateways, then the system should confirm successful connection and ability to send notifications through both channels.

User Access Control for Notification Settings

Given multiple team members in a business, when the user manages access controls for notification settings, then only authorized users should be able to modify reminder configurations, ensuring security and accountability.

Flexible Billing Customization

"As a freelancer, I want to customize my invoices so they reflect my brand and convey professionalism to my clients, so that I improve my visibility and create a lasting impression."

Description

The Flexible Billing Customization requirement allows users to customize invoices according to their branding and business needs. This feature should enable users to alter elements such as the invoice format, logo, color scheme, and the information included (e.g., payment terms, detailed line items). Providing users with the ability to create uniquely branded invoices enhances professionalism and reinforces brand identity. This requirement should also support multiple languages and currencies to cater to a global client base, broadening the appeal of the product for international transactions.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes the invoice format to match their company's branding before sending an invoice to a repeat client.

Given a user is logged in, when they access the invoice customization section and select a template, then they should be able to modify the invoice format including layout, fonts, and alignment, and the modified invoice should appear as intended in the preview.

User adds their company logo to an invoice and sends it to a client via email.

Given a user is creating an invoice, when they upload their company logo and save changes, then the logo should be displayed on the invoice preview and included in the email sent to the client without any distortion or missing elements.

User changes the color scheme of the invoice to align with their brand colors when customizing the invoice.

Given a user is customizing their invoice, when they select a new color scheme from the available options, then the invoice preview should update to reflect the selected colors for different sections of the invoice.

User includes multiple line items and adjusts the details for an invoice sent to a client in a different currency.

Given a user is creating an invoice, when they add multiple line items with different descriptions and prices, and select a currency, then the invoice should show the correct currency symbol and conversion for each item based on the selected currency.

User enables multi-language support for their invoice to cater to international clients.

Given a user has selected a different language option in the invoice customization, when they generate an invoice, then the invoice should display all text fields correctly translated into the selected language without errors.

User sets specific payment terms within the invoice customization settings for recurring billing purposes.

Given a user is in the invoice customization interface, when they input payment terms such as 'Net 30' or 'Due on Receipt', then those terms should be included on the invoice and comply with standard invoice layout guidelines.

Detailed Revenue Reports

"As a business owner, I want to generate detailed reports on my revenue and billing activities, so that I can understand my financial performance and plan my business growth strategies accordingly."

Description

The Detailed Revenue Reports requirement provides users with comprehensive insights into their billing activities, generating reports that highlight total earnings, recurring revenue streams, and payment statuses of clients. This feature should allow users to filter reports by date ranges, clients, or subscription services, enabling them to analyze their financial health effectively. By offering clear visuals and summaries of revenue data, users can make informed decisions regarding pricing strategies and resource allocation, ultimately enhancing business performance and growth. Integration with business analytics tools may also be beneficial for more complex analysis.

Acceptance Criteria

User requests a detailed revenue report for the last quarter to analyze their subscription revenue and identify trends.

Given the user is logged into their AutoBind account, when they select the 'Detailed Revenue Reports' option and filter by date range (last quarter), then the system should generate a report that includes total earnings, recurring revenue streams, and the payment statuses of clients for that period.

A user wants to filter the detailed revenue report by specific clients to evaluate individual performance.

Given the user is viewing the detailed revenue report, when they apply a filter for a specific client, then the report should refresh to display only the revenue data associated with that client, including total earnings and payment statuses.

A user analyzes their revenue through visual graphs and summaries displayed in the detailed revenue report feature.

Given the user has generated a detailed revenue report, when they view the report, then it should display clear visuals (charts and graphs) showing key metrics, including total monthly earnings and trends over the selected period.

User is seeking to integrate the detailed revenue report with third-party business analytics tools for further analysis.

Given the user has generated their detailed revenue report, when they select the 'Export' option, then the report should be available in common formats (CSV, PDF) suitable for integration with business analytics tools.

A user requires the ability to view payment statuses for different subscription services in their detailed revenue report.

Given the user is viewing the detailed revenue report, when they select to see payment statuses, then the report should clearly indicate which payments are completed, pending, or failed for each subscription service listed.

A solopreneur wants to access detailed revenue data from both subscriptions and one-time payments within the same report.

Given the user is in the detailed revenue report section, when they request a combined view of subscription and one-time payment data, then the report should generate a comprehensive overview that includes both revenue types with clear categorization.

Client Portal Access

"As a client, I want to access a portal to view my invoices and payment statuses, so that I can manage my subscriptions and payments conveniently."

Description

This requirement enables clients to access a dedicated portal where they can view their billing history, invoices, and payment statuses. The portal should also provide options for clients to update their payment information and download invoices for their records. By providing this self-service capability, users can reduce the number of inquiries regarding payment statuses, enhance client satisfaction, and create a more efficient billing experience. The portal should be user-friendly and secure, ensuring that clients feel confident in their transactions and personal data management.

Acceptance Criteria

Client accesses the portal to view their billing history after receiving notification of a new invoice.

Given that the client has received a notification of a new invoice, when they log into the client portal, then they should see the latest invoice listed under their billing history and the details should be correct.

Client updates their payment information in the portal and submits the changes.

Given that the client is logged into the portal, when they navigate to the payment information section, update their credit card details, and submit the changes, then the system should confirm that the payment information has been successfully updated.

Client downloads an invoice from their billing history.

Given that the client has accessed their billing history, when they click on the download button for an invoice, then the invoice should be downloaded in PDF format without errors.

Client checks their payment status for a specific recurring invoice.

Given that the client is logged into the portal, when they navigate to the payment status section and select a specific recurring invoice, then they should see the current status as 'Paid' or 'Pending' with the corresponding payment date.

Client attempts to access the client portal using an incorrect password.

Given that the client is trying to log into the portal with an incorrect password, when they input their credentials and submit, then an error message should be displayed indicating that the credentials are incorrect without compromising any user data.

Client views the FAQs section regarding billing and payment issues.

Given that the client is logged in, when they navigate to the FAQs section of the portal, then they should be able to see questions and answers related to common billing and payment issues clearly listed.

Multi-Currency Support

Allows users to accept payments in various currencies, expanding their customer reach globally. This feature enhances international transaction convenience, improving user satisfaction and potentially increasing sales.

Requirements

Currency Conversion Engine

"As a small business owner, I want to accept payments in various currencies so that I can expand my customer base globally and improve sales."

Description

The Currency Conversion Engine requirement involves implementing a robust system that calculates real-time exchange rates and automatically converts payments made in various currencies into the user's preferred currency. This functionality is essential for enhancing the user experience by allowing international customers to pay in their local currencies while ensuring that solopreneurs and small businesses can manage their finances efficiently. The conversion mechanism needs to integrate seamlessly with existing payment gateways, ensuring consistency and accuracy in transactions. Additionally, the engine should be designed to update exchange rates regularly to reflect market changes, thereby providing users with transparent and reliable financial information during transactions.

Acceptance Criteria

User can successfully convert a payment made in a foreign currency into their preferred local currency during checkout.

Given a user selects a product priced in a foreign currency, when they proceed to checkout and select their preferred local currency, then the payment amount should automatically update to reflect the current exchange rate and display clearly before the user finalizes the payment.

The Currency Conversion Engine retrieves updated exchange rates from a reliable source at regular intervals.

Given the system is operational, when the time interval for updating exchange rates elapses, then the Currency Conversion Engine should query the designated exchange rate API and successfully update the internal exchange rate database with the new rates.

An international customer can see the converted price in their local currency on the product page.

Given a product is listed for sale in multiple currencies, when an international customer visits the product page, then the customer should see the price converted into their local currency based on real-time exchange rates with the option to switch between available currencies at any time.

A user receives a detailed transaction summary after a successful payment in a foreign currency.

Given a payment is completed successfully in a foreign currency, when the user reviews their transaction summary, then the summary should display the original amount, the converted amount in their local currency, the applicable exchange rate, and any conversion fees, if applicable.

The Currency Conversion Engine maintains accurate records of past exchange rates for user reference.

Given the user requests historical exchange rate data, when they access the Currency Conversion Engine's reporting feature, then the system should provide a clear report showing exchange rate fluctuations over a specified period, including the ability to export this data in multiple formats.

User Currency Preference Settings

"As a user, I want to set my preferred currency for transactions so that I can view prices in a currency I am familiar with and make payment more easily."

Description

The User Currency Preference Settings requirement allows users to specify their preferred currency for transactions within the AutoBind platform. This feature enhances user experience by personalizing payment options according to individual preferences and regional norms. Users should be able to set, change, and save their currency preferences easily through the settings menu. The integration with the Multi-Currency Support feature will ensure that all transactions automatically reflect the user's chosen currency, providing clarity and convenience during purchase decisions. This capability is crucial for maintaining customer satisfaction and trust when dealing with international transactions.

Acceptance Criteria

User is navigating to the settings menu on the AutoBind platform to customize their preferred currency for transactions, ensuring that all future transactions will reflect their choice.

Given the user is logged into their AutoBind account, when they navigate to the settings menu and select 'Currency Preference', then they should see an option to choose their preferred currency from a dropdown list of available currencies.

User selects their preferred currency from the dropdown menu, saves the settings, and then initiates a test transaction to verify that the selected currency is properly reflected.

Given the user has selected a preferred currency and saved the settings, when they proceed to make a test transaction, then the transaction amount should display in the chosen currency and not default to another currency.

User wants to change their previously set currency preference while ensuring that the new selection is properly saved and affects all future transactions.

Given the user is in the 'Currency Preference' section of settings, when they select a new currency and click 'Save', then the new preference should be confirmed with a success message and should persist if the user navigates away and returns to the settings.

User interacts with the platform in a session where they check what their current currency preference is set to, to ensure clarity in transaction understanding.

Given the user is viewing the 'Currency Preference' in the settings menu, when they click on the section, then they should see their currently selected currency displayed prominently.

User is unsure about the consequences of changing their currency preference on past transactions and seeks clarification.

Given the user is considering changing their currency preference, when they click on 'Help' or 'Info' in the 'Currency Preference' section, then a tooltip should explain that changing currency preference will not affect past transactions but will apply to all future transactions.

User accesses the AutoBind help documentation to understand how to set and manage their currency preferences within the platform.

Given the user is seeking assistance, when they search for 'Set Currency Preference' in the help documentation, then relevant guides or FAQs should appear, providing clear instructions on the task.

Multi-Currency Reporting Dashboard

"As a solopreneur, I want to access reports showing my sales in different currencies so that I can analyze my performance globally and adjust my strategy based on data."

Description

The Multi-Currency Reporting Dashboard requirement entails developing a feature that allows users to view their sales and transactions across different currencies within a comprehensive reporting interface. This dashboard will provide insights and analytics on transaction volumes, revenue generated in various currencies, and trends over time, enabling users to make informed business decisions based on their global operations. The reporting tools must be intuitive and customizable, allowing users to filter and segment data according to their needs. Integrating this feature with the Currency Conversion Engine will provide a holistic overview of financial performance across different markets, supporting the strategic growth of users' businesses.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can access the Multi-Currency Reporting Dashboard from the main dashboard menu.

Given that the user is logged in, when they navigate to the main dashboard menu, then they should see the 'Multi-Currency Reporting Dashboard' option available.

Users can filter transaction data by currency type in the Multi-Currency Reporting Dashboard.

Given that the user is on the Multi-Currency Reporting Dashboard, when they select a currency from the filter dropdown, then the displayed transaction data should update to show only transactions in the selected currency.

Users can view total revenue generated in various currencies on the Multi-Currency Reporting Dashboard.

Given that the user is on the Multi-Currency Reporting Dashboard, when they check the revenue summary section, then it should display total revenue amounts for each currency processed within the selected time frame.

Users can customize the date range for transactions displayed on the Multi-Currency Reporting Dashboard.

Given that the user is on the Multi-Currency Reporting Dashboard, when they choose a custom date range and apply it, then the displayed transaction data should reflect only the transactions within that specified date range.

Users receive insights on trends over time in the Multi-Currency Reporting Dashboard.

Given that the user is on the Multi-Currency Reporting Dashboard, when they view the trend analysis section, then it should display a graph illustrating revenue trends across selected currencies over the past months.

Users can export the data from the Multi-Currency Reporting Dashboard.

Given that the user is on the Multi-Currency Reporting Dashboard, when they click on the 'Export' button, then they should be able to download the transaction data in CSV format successfully.

The Multi-Currency Reporting Dashboard integrates seamlessly with the Currency Conversion Engine.

Given that a transaction is viewed in one currency, when the user selects to view the transaction in a different currency, then the dashboard should display the correct converted amount based on the current conversion rates.

Enhanced Payment Gateway Integration

"As a business user, I want to integrate with multiple payment gateways that support various currencies so that I can streamline payment processing for my international customers."

Description

The Enhanced Payment Gateway Integration requirement focuses on optimizing the current integration of AutoBind with various payment gateways to support multi-currency transactions. This involves identifying and connecting with additional payment service providers well-known for their robust international transaction capabilities. Enhancing the integration will ensure that users can accept payments effortlessly in multiple currencies while maintaining compliance with regional regulations and standards. The feature should offer seamless transitions between different currencies during the payment process and ensure security and reliability in transactions, thereby boosting user confidence in the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Multi-Currency Payment Processing by Users

Given a user has configured multiple currencies in their AutoBind account, When the user initiates a payment transaction, Then the system should display the relevant currency options for the customer to choose from.

Currency Conversion Rates Display

Given a user is about to make a payment in a currency different from their account's default currency, When the user views the payment screen, Then the system should display the current conversion rate and any applicable fees clearly.

Successfully Completing a Multi-Currency Transaction

Given a user selects a non-default currency for payment, When the customer completes the transaction, Then the system should process the payment successfully and update the user's revenue reports in the chosen currency.

Compliance with Regional Regulations

Given that a payment is initiated in a specific currency, When the payment is processed, Then the system must ensure that it complies with the regional regulations applicable to that currency.

Seamless Currency Transition During Checkout

Given a user is checking out with items priced in different currencies, When the user views the checkout summary, Then the system should seamlessly convert all item prices to the selected payment currency and display totals accurately.

Customer Support for Currency Issues

"As a user, I want reliable customer support to address any currency-related issues I encounter so that I can resolve problems quickly and continue using AutoBind without disruption."

Description

The Customer Support for Currency Issues requirement aims to establish a dedicated support system for assisting users experiencing problems or inquiries related to multi-currency transactions. This feature will include interactive FAQ, live chat options, and support ticket functionality specifically addressing currency conversion, payment processing errors, and international transaction queries. Providing accessible support is crucial for enhancing user satisfaction and trust, especially for those navigating complex financial elements. Ensuring that users have quick access to knowledgeable support staff fosters a positive experience and builds loyalty.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a support chat regarding a payment processing error in a multi-currency transaction during a busy transaction period.

Given the user is on the Multi-Currency Support page, when they click on the live chat button, then a chat window should open allowing the user to communicate with a support representative within 30 seconds.

User accesses the FAQ section to find information on currency conversion rates prior to completing a purchase.

Given the user navigates to the FAQ section, when they search for 'currency conversion', then a relevant list of FAQs should display providing clear answers and links for further assistance.

User submits a support ticket due to an incorrect payment amount displayed in a different currency after checkout.

Given the user fills out the support ticket form and submits it, when the ticket is received by the support staff, then an automated confirmation email should be sent to the user within 5 minutes with the ticket number.

A user is navigating through multiple currency options while seeking assistance but cannot find the information they need in the FAQ.

Given the user has explored the FAQ section and is still unclear, when they utilize the live chat option, then they should be connected to a support agent capable of resolving the query within 1 minute of initiating the chat.

User receives feedback regarding the resolution of their currency-related issue from the support team.

Given the issue has been resolved, when the support team updates the ticket status to 'Resolved', then the user should receive a follow-up email requesting feedback on the support they received within 24 hours.

User conducts a transaction involving currency conversion and faces difficulty understanding the exchange rates applied.

Given the user has initiated a transaction, when they click on the 'How is this calculated?' link, then a detailed explanation of the exchange rate, including any fees, should be displayed clearly within the interface.

A user requires assistance with fees associated with international transactions made in a different currency.

Given the user is on the support page, when they ask about international transaction fees via the live chat, then the support agent should provide detailed information regarding standard fees within the chat session.

Expense Tracking Integration

Automatically tracks and categorizes expenses linked to specific tasks or projects within AutoBind. This feature helps users maintain a clear overview of their finances, aiding in budgeting and strategic decision-making.

Requirements

Automated Expense Categorization

"As a solopreneur, I want my expenses to be automatically categorized by project or task so that I can maintain an accurate budget without manually sorting through receipts and invoices."

Description

This requirement enables the feature to automatically categorize expenses linked to specific tasks or projects within AutoBind. By leveraging machine learning algorithms, the system will analyze transaction data from connected accounts and assign predefined categories, providing users with a structured overview of their spending. This function not only saves time but also ensuresgreater accuracy in expense reporting. It will seamlessly integrate with existing task and project management workflows, allowing users to track and manage their finances directly within AutoBind, ultimately enabling better budgeting and enhanced financial insights.

Acceptance Criteria

Expense categorization for new transactions

Given a user has linked their bank account to AutoBind, when a new transaction occurs, then the system categorizes the transaction correctly based on its patterns and assigns it to the appropriate project or task category within 5 seconds.

Manual category adjustment

Given a user sees a listed expense categorized incorrectly, when the user selects a different category from the dropdown menu and confirms the change, then the system updates the category of the expense immediately, displaying the revised data without errors.

Daily categorization report

Given an end-of-day view, when the user accesses the daily report, then the system presents a summary of categorized expenses by project or task, ensuring the total matches the actual reported expenses, with a variance of less than 5%.

Integration with budgeting tools

Given an expense categorization completed, when the user accesses the budgeting tool, then all categorized expenses for the specified time frame populate seamlessly into the budgeting view without discrepancies.

Machine learning accuracy improvement

Given that the system has categorized over 100 transactions, when a new expense is added, then the system's accuracy in categorizing expenses improves based on historical data trends, aiming for a minimum accuracy rate of 90%.

User notification for errors in categorization

Given a user has enabled notifications, when the system fails to categorize a transaction after three attempts, then the user receives a notification alerting them to manually categorize the transaction, prompting further action within 30 minutes.

Real-time Expense Tracking

"As a small business owner, I want to see my expenses in real-time so that I can adjust my budget and spending immediately, preventing overspending."

Description

The requirement entails implementing a real-time expense tracking functionality that syncs with users' bank accounts and credit cards. By providing users with live updates on their spending as it occurs, this feature helps users avoid overspending and enables immediate adjustments to their budgets. It integrates with existing financial management tools, ensuring that users have a comprehensive view of their financial situation in conjunction with their task management. This feature empowers users to make informed financial decisions on the go, improving overall financial health.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a bank connection through AutoBind to enable real-time expense tracking.

Given the user has an active bank account, When the user connects their bank to AutoBind, Then the system should successfully establish the connection and display a confirmation message.

User receives notifications for expenses categorized by specific tasks or projects.

Given the user has ongoing tasks, When an expense transaction occurs related to a task, Then the user should receive a real-time notification detailing the expense amount and category.

User views an aggregated dashboard that displays real-time expenses linked to projects.

Given the user is on the dashboard page, When they select the 'Expense Tracking' option, Then the dashboard should display a clear summary of all real-time expenses categorized by project and task.

User updates their budget based on real-time expense insights.

Given that real-time expenses are being tracked, When the user reviews their expenditure on the dashboard, Then they should be able to adjust their budget parameters effectively.

User syncs their expense tracking with a financial management tool.

Given that the user has linked their financial management tool, When the user requests a sync, Then the tool should update with the latest real-time expenses without errors.

User disables the expense tracking feature at any time.

Given the user is on the settings page, When they choose to disable the expense tracking feature, Then the system should confirm the action and stop all expense tracking and notifications.

User accesses historical expense data alongside real-time tracking.

Given that the user has a history of past transactions, When they view the expense dashboard, Then they should have the option to compare real-time expenses with past spending trends.

Expense Report Generation

"As a freelancer, I want to generate custom expense reports for my clients so that I can easily provide detailed financial overviews when submitting invoices."

Description

This requirement focuses on enabling users to generate detailed expense reports that can be customized based on specific time periods, projects, or categories. The reports will offer insights into spending habits, highlighting areas where costs can be cut or managed more effectively. This capability will be particularly beneficial for users who need to present their financial data for tax purposes or client reimbursements. The reports can be exported in various formats (PDF, Excel) for easy sharing and integration with other financial tools, enhancing the overall utility of AutoBind for financial management.

Acceptance Criteria

Generate a detailed expense report for the last quarter for a particular project.

Given the user selects the 'Last Quarter' option and the specific project, when they click 'Generate Report', then the system should generate a report containing expenses categorized by type, with total amounts clearly displayed.

Customize an expense report to include only expenses related to travel for the current month.

Given the user selects 'Current Month' and checks the 'Travel' category filter, when they click 'Generate Report', then the report should display only travel-related expenses with the correct totals for the specified period.

Export the generated expense report to PDF format for sharing with clients.

Given the user has generated an expense report, when they select 'Export as PDF' and confirm the action, then the system should successfully generate a PDF file that can be downloaded and shared.

View insights into spending habits from the generated expense report.

Given the user generates an expense report, when they view the insights section, then the dashboard should highlight spending trends, including the highest expense categories, over the specified period.

Check if the expense report can be generated without any categories selected.

Given the user attempts to generate a report without selecting any expense categories, when they click 'Generate Report', then the system should prompt an error message stating that at least one category must be selected.

Custom Category Creation

"As a user, I want to create custom expense categories so that I can align my expense tracking with my specific business needs and practices."

Description

This requirement allows users to create custom expense categories tailored to their specific needs and workflows. By enabling the flexibility to define categories relevant to their business or personal finances, users can maintain clarity in their expense tracking. This feature will ensure that users can better align their financial overview with their unique tracking requirements, facilitating improved budgeting and financial planning. It will integrate seamlessly into the existing categorization system, giving users autonomy without compromising the overall structure of expense reporting.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a custom expense category while setting up their budget for the month.

Given the user is on the expense categorization screen, when they enter a name for a new category and click 'Create', then the new category should appear in the list of available categories and be selectable for expense tracking.

User edits an existing custom category to better fit their current expense tracking needs.

Given the user has an existing custom expense category, when they select the category and click 'Edit', then they should be able to change the name of the category and save the changes, reflecting the updated name in the category list immediately.

User deletes a custom category that is no longer relevant.

Given the user has a custom category they wish to remove, when they select the category and click 'Delete', then a confirmation prompt should appear, and upon confirming, the category should be removed from the list and no longer available for expense categorization.

User assigns an expense to a newly created custom category.

Given the user has created a custom category and has an expense to record, when they log the expense, they should have the option to select the custom category from a dropdown menu, and upon saving, the expense should be categorized accurately.

User views a summary report of expenses categorized under custom categories.

Given the user has assigned expenses to custom categories, when they navigate to the financial summary report, then the report should display a breakdown of expenses by each custom category along with the total amount for each category.

User attempts to create a custom category with a name that already exists.

Given the user is on the custom category creation screen, when they enter a name that is identical to an existing category and attempt to create it, then an error message should be displayed indicating that the category name must be unique.

User can revert to default categories after creating custom categories if needed.

Given the user has created custom categories, when they choose to revert to default categories, then all custom categories should be removed from the list, and only the default categories should remain available for selection.

Budget Setting and Alerts

"As a business owner, I want to set budgets for my projects and get alerts when I’m close to exceeding them, so that I can stay financially responsible and avoid overspending."

Description

This requirement facilitates the ability for users to set budgets for different projects or categories of expenses and receive alerts when they approach or exceed their budgets. This proactive approach to expense management will help users maintain financial discipline and encourage better spending habits. The alerts can be configured based on user preferences, whether through email notifications, in-app messages, or both. Integrating this feature with the expense tracking system will provide a comprehensive financial management solution that keeps users informed and accountable.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a budget for a specific project within AutoBind.

Given the user is on the budget setting page, when they input a budget amount and select a project, then the budget should be saved and displayed correctly in the budget overview.

User receives an alert when their expenses approach the budget limit.

Given the user has set a budget and linked expenses are recorded, when the total expenses reach 75% of the budget, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of approaching the budget limit.

User receives an alert when their expenses exceed the budget limit.

Given the user has set a budget, when the total expenses exceed the specified budget amount, then the user should receive an alert via their preferred notification method (email or in-app message).

User configures their notification preferences for budget alerts.

Given the user is on the notification settings page, when they select their preferred method of receiving budget alerts, then those preferences should be saved and used for future alerts.

User views a summary of all budgets and their current status.

Given the user navigates to the financial overview page, when they view the budgets section, then all budget limits, current expenditures, and alert statuses should be displayed clearly and accurately.

User can edit an existing budget for a project or category.

Given the user is on the budget management page, when they select a budget to edit and change the budget amount, then the updated budget should be saved and reflected in the financial overview immediately.

Custom Payment Links

Generates personalized payment links that users can share with clients for easy transactions. This feature simplifies the payment process for both businesses and clients, enhancing the customer experience and reducing friction.

Requirements

Dynamic Payment Link Generation

"As a solopreneur, I want to create personalized payment links so that my clients can easily make payments for my services without any hassle."

Description

The dynamic payment link generation requirement allows users of AutoBind to create personalized payment links that can be customized according to specific transactions or services. This functionality not only enhances the ease of payment transactions for clients but also allows businesses to attach relevant information such as service descriptions, amounts, and unique identifiers to each link. By integrating this feature with existing workflows and user interfaces, AutoBind ensures that users can generate, track, and manage payment links effortlessly, thereby improving user experience and reducing transaction friction.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a personalized payment link for a service consultation and shares it with a client via email.

Given the user is logged into AutoBind, When the user selects the service consultation option and enters the transaction amount, Then a unique payment link is generated and displayed for sharing.

User customizes the payment link with specific service details before sharing it with the client.

Given a dynamic payment link is generated, When the user inputs service description and unique identifiers for the transaction, Then the customized payment link incorporates these details and remains accessible for sharing.

User tracks the usage and status of previously shared payment links to monitor transactions.

Given the user has shared multiple payment links, When the user accesses the payment link management dashboard, Then the user can see the status (pending, completed, failed) and the transaction details for each link shared.

User shares a payment link through social media platforms directly from AutoBind.

Given the user has generated a payment link, When the user selects the 'Share on Social Media' option, Then the payment link should be posted on the selected social media platform with a customizable caption.

User receives notifications when a payment is completed via the shared payment link.

Given the payment link is shared and a payment transaction occurs, When the payment is successfully completed, Then the user receives an instant notification indicating the completion and relevant transaction details.

User tries to generate a duplicate payment link with the same details and receives a notification.

Given the user attempts to create a payment link with identical details to an existing one, When the user clicks the generate button, Then the system should display an error message informing the user that a duplicate link cannot be created.

Link Sharing Capabilities

"As a small business owner, I want to share payment links easily through email and social media so that my clients can access and pay for my services quickly."

Description

This requirement involves enabling users to seamlessly share generated payment links via various communication channels such as email, text, or social media. The integration of sharing capabilities ensures that users can reach clients through their preferred method, increasing the likelihood of prompt payments. This functionality should include tracking features that allow businesses to monitor which links have been shared and clicked, thus providing valuable insights into client engagement and payment behavior.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares a generated payment link via email to a client for a scheduled service.

Given the user has generated a payment link, when they select the email sharing option and input the client's email address, then the client receives the payment link in their email inbox within 1 minute.

User shares a payment link via SMS to a client to expedite payment for an urgent task.

Given the user has generated a payment link, when they select the SMS sharing option and input the client's phone number, then the client receives the payment link via SMS within 30 seconds.

User shares a payment link on social media to promote a service or product.

Given the user has generated a payment link, when they choose a social media platform and post the link, then the payment link is successfully shared on the user's social media feed and is clickable by clients.

User checks the status of shared payment links to analyze client engagement.

Given the user has shared multiple payment links, when they navigate to the tracking dashboard, then the user can see a list of links with corresponding click counts and share dates.

User tries to share a payment link, but there is no internet connection.

Given the user has no internet connectivity, when they attempt to share a payment link, then the system displays an error message indicating that sharing cannot be completed until connectivity is restored.

User creates multiple payment links for different services and shares them simultaneously.

Given the user has multiple payment links generated, when they select multiple links and choose to share them via email, then all selected payment links are included in a single email sent to the specified client.

User wants to track shared payment links after they’ve been sent to clients.

Given the user has shared payment links, when they access the link tracking feature, then they can view which links have been shared, the clients they were sent to, and the current payment status for each link.

Payment Tracking Dashboard

"As a user of AutoBind, I want a dashboard that tracks my payment links so that I can easily monitor my transactions and follow up on outstanding payments."

Description

This requirement consists of developing a payment tracking dashboard that provides users with real-time insights into the status of payments associated with generated links. Users will be able to see pending payments, completed transactions, and any failed attempts. This dashboard will incorporate visual analytics and reports, allowing business owners to analyze payment trends, client behavior, and identify potential areas for follow-up or improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Payment Tracking Dashboard to view payment statuses for links shared with clients over the past month.

Given a user has logged into the AutoBind platform, when they navigate to the Payment Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a list of all links generated in the past month along with their statuses (pending, completed, failed).

User clicks on a specific link in the Payment Tracking Dashboard to get detailed insights about payments.

Given the user is on the Payment Tracking Dashboard, when they click on a specific payment link, then they should be taken to a detailed view showing the transaction history related to that link including timestamps and payer details.

User wants to analyze payment trends over a selected date range using visual analytics.

Given the user selects a date range in the Payment Tracking Dashboard, when they apply the date filter, then visual analytics should update to reflect payment trends such as total payments received, number of failed transactions, and average transaction value within the selected timeframe.

User receives an alert for a failed payment attempt associated with a client link.

Given a failed payment attempt occurs for a payment link, when the user checks their Payment Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a notification indicating the failure and suggesting next steps to resolve the issue.

User needs to export payment reports for their financial records.

Given the user is on the Payment Tracking Dashboard, when they choose to export the payment report, then a downloadable CSV file should be generated containing all relevant payment data within a specified date range.

User wants to filter payment statuses to view only completed transactions.

Given the user is on the Payment Tracking Dashboard, when they select the filter option for 'Completed Transactions', then only entries of completed payments should be displayed.

Integration with Payment Gateways

"As a solopreneur, I want to integrate AutoBind with my preferred payment processor so that my clients can pay easily through a trusted platform."

Description

This requirement focuses on integrating AutoBind with popular payment gateways such as PayPal, Stripe, and Square. By providing seamless connections to these platforms, users can execute secure transactions directly through their generated links. This not only enhances user convenience but also ensures compliance with industry standards for online payments, thus improving trust and reliability in the payment process.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a personalized payment link via AutoBind and shares it with a client for a service fee of $100.

Given the user has connected their payment gateway, when they create a payment link for $100 and share it with the client, then the client should receive a secure link to complete their payment, and the user should receive a notification of the transaction.

A user wants to change an existing payment link to adjust the amount for payment after sharing it with the client.

Given that the user has an active payment link, when they update the payment amount in AutoBind, then the client should receive an updated link reflecting the new amount without any error messages and have the option to complete the payment.

Clients using different payment methods complete their transactions through the generated payment links successfully.

Given the payment links generated for the user, when clients attempt to pay using PayPal, Stripe, or Square, then the transactions should process without errors, and the funds should reflect in the user's account within the specified timeframe.

A user wants to view a summary of all transactions processed through their payment links in AutoBind.

Given that there are completed transactions, when the user accesses the transaction summary dashboard, then they should see a clear list of all transactions, including date, amount, client name, and payment method used.

User requirements compliance with industry standards ensuring secure transaction processes.

Given the payment gateway integration is established, when a payment is processed, then it must comply with PCI DSS standards, requiring encryption and secure transmission for all client payment data.

Testing system response when payment gateway is unavailable during a transaction.

Given the user attempts to process a payment while the payment gateway is down, when the client tries to complete the payment, then an error message should be displayed, informing them of the temporary unavailability and suggesting they try again later.

User creates multiple personalized payment links for different services and wants to track their statuses.

Given that multiple payment links have been generated, when the user requests the status of each link, then they should see the current status (active, paid, or expired) for each link in an organized list format.

Custom Branding for Payment Links

"As a business owner, I want to brand my payment links so that my clients recognize my company and feel confident making a payment."

Description

This requirement allows users to customize the appearance of their payment links, including adding their company logo, colors, and brand messaging. Custom branding enhances the professional look of the payment process and instills trust in clients. By providing these options, AutoBind helps businesses maintain brand consistency and improve customer recognition, further enhancing the overall user experience associated with transactions.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes a payment link for a client transaction by uploading their company logo and selecting brand colors before sharing the link.

Given a user is on the payment link customization page, when they upload a logo and select a color scheme, then the logo and colors should be reflected in the generated payment link preview.

User creates a payment link with custom branding and shares it via email to a client for a transaction.

Given the user has created a branded payment link, when the link is shared via email, then the recipient should see the custom branding upon clicking the link.

User wants to ensure that their custom payment link complies with company branding standards before finalizing it.

Given a user is viewing the custom payment link, when they open the branding options, then they should see guidelines that specify the acceptable logo size, color codes, and messaging restrictions

User edits an existing branded payment link to change the logo and update the color scheme.

Given a user is on the management page for their existing payment links, when they select a link to edit and make changes to the branding, then those changes should be saved and reflected in the payment link immediately.

User reviews the analytics for a branded payment link to assess customer interactions with the link.

Given the user accesses the analytics section for payment links, when they view the data for a specific payment link, then they should see metrics such as click-through rate and conversion rate with respect to the branded payment link.

User encounters an error while attempting to upload a logo that exceeds the size limit for the payment link branding.

Given the user uploads a logo that exceeds the specified size limit, when they attempt to submit the branding changes, then a relevant error message should be displayed informing them of the size restriction.

User tests the mobile responsiveness of the branded payment link shared with clients.

Given a user shares the payment link with clients, when clients access the link on a mobile device, then the link should display correctly with all branding elements intact and functional.

Secure Payment Portal

Provides a secure and encrypted environment for transactions, ensuring user confidence when handling sensitive financial information. This feature guarantees safety and compliance, critical for maintaining trust with customers.

Requirements

User Authentication and Authorization

"As a user, I want to securely log in to the payment portal with multi-factor authentication so that I can ensure my financial information is protected from unauthorized access."

Description

This requirement ensures that users can securely log in to the Secure Payment Portal using multi-factor authentication (MFA) and robust password policies. It will involve integration with existing user databases and systems to verify the identity of users before allowing access to financial transactions. By implementing stringent authentication processes, the requirement aims to protect user accounts from unauthorized access and maintain compliance with financial regulations, fostering user confidence in the system's security.

Acceptance Criteria

User logs in to the Secure Payment Portal with valid credentials and successfully accesses their account.

Given a registered user with valid login credentials, when they enter their credentials and complete multi-factor authentication, then they should gain access to the Secure Payment Portal without any errors.

User attempts to log in using incorrect credentials.

Given a registered user with invalid login credentials, when they attempt to log in, then they should receive an error message indicating that the credentials are incorrect and remain on the login page.

User receives a prompt for multi-factor authentication after entering valid credentials.

Given a registered user with valid login credentials, when they submit their username and password, then they should be prompted for a multi-factor authentication code sent to their registered device before accessing the Secure Payment Portal.

User logs in with a password that does not meet the security policy requirements.

Given a registered user attempting to log in with a password that does not meet the established security policy (e.g., length, complexity), when they attempt to log in, then they should receive a notification that their password does not meet required criteria.

User completes the password recovery process successfully.

Given a registered user who has forgotten their password, when they initiate the password recovery process and follow the verification steps, then they should be able to set a new password and log in successfully.

User account is locked after multiple failed login attempts.

Given a registered user who has entered incorrect credentials multiple times, when they exceed the allowed number of failed login attempts, then their account should be temporarily locked, and they should receive a notification about the lockout.

User requests support for unauthorized access attempts on their account.

Given a registered user who notices unauthorized access attempts, when they contact support, then they should be able to report the attempts and receive confirmation of the issue along with the necessary next steps.

Transaction Encryption

"As a user, I want all my payment information to be encrypted during transactions so that I can confidently trust that my sensitive data is safe from hackers."

Description

This requirement mandates that all transactions within the Secure Payment Portal be encrypted using industry-standard protocols to protect sensitive financial information during transmission. This includes the use of SSL/TLS for secure connections and end-to-end encryption for data integrity. By ensuring that all transaction data is encrypted, the requirement reinforces data confidentiality and protects against intercepts by malicious actors during data exchange, thereby enhancing user trust in the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a payment transaction through the Secure Payment Portal while accessing from a secure internet connection.

Given that the user is connected to a secure network, when they complete a transaction in the Secure Payment Portal, then the transaction data must be encrypted using SSL/TLS before being transmitted over the internet.

User attempts to complete a payment transaction while utilizing a public Wi-Fi connection.

Given that the user is connected to a public Wi-Fi network, when they make a payment through the Secure Payment Portal, then the payment gateway must still encrypt the transaction using end-to-end encryption protocols to protect user data.

Admin reviews transaction logs for encryption compliance after several transactions have been processed.

Given that transactions have been completed, when the admin accesses the transaction logs, then all transaction entries must show that SSL/TLS encryption was applied during transmission and that the data integrity is verified.

User attempts to access the Secure Payment Portal from a device with outdated security software.

Given that the user’s device has outdated security software, when they attempt to perform a transaction, then the Secure Payment Portal must display a warning message about the potential security risks and deny the transaction until the device is updated.

User checks their transaction receipt post-payment to ensure data security measures are communicated.

Given that a payment has been completed, when the user views their transaction receipt, then it must clearly indicate that the transaction was secured with industry-standard encryption protocols.

Security Compliance Checks

"As a compliance officer, I want the payment portal to automatically check for regulatory compliance so that I can ensure that we are following all required financial regulations without manual intervention."

Description

This requirement involves implementing automated security compliance checks that continuously monitor the Secure Payment Portal for adherence to relevant financial data protection regulations and best practices. The compliance checks will include regular audits of transaction logs, user access reports, and vulnerability assessments. By ensuring ongoing compliance with standards such as PCI-DSS, this requirement aims to mitigate legal risks and enhance the overall security posture of the platform, thereby reinforcing customer trust.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Security Compliance Checks for All Transactions

Given a transaction occurs in the Secure Payment Portal, when an automated compliance check is initiated, then the transaction must pass all relevant PCI-DSS criteria to be logged as compliant.

Regular Audit Reports Generation

Given that the automated compliance checks are running, when the system generates audit reports, then these reports must include detailed logs of all transactions and their compliance status based on the defined criteria for the last 30 days.

User Access Reports Verification

Given that user access logs are available, when a user access report is generated, then it must accurately reflect all access attempts, documented within the past week, categorized by successful and failed attempts.

Vulnerability Assessment Scheduling

Given the requirement for continuous monitoring, when a vulnerability assessment is scheduled, then it should be conducted at least once a month and provide a summary report of identified vulnerabilities and remediation steps.

Compliance Alerts Notification

Given that compliance checks are automated, when a non-compliance incident is detected, then an alert must be sent to the compliance team within 5 minutes of detection, detailing the nature of the breach.

Data Encryption Verification

Given that sensitive financial data is transmitted, when data is sent through the Secure Payment Portal, then it must be encrypted using AES-256 encryption standards without exceptions.

User Confidence in Payment Security

Given the implementation of security measures, when a user accesses the Secure Payment Portal, then they must be able to view a compliance badge indicating adherence to PCI-DSS standards to ensure their confidence in financial transactions.

Fraud Detection Mechanism

"As a user, I want to be alerted of any suspicious activity on my account so that I can take immediate action to secure my funds."

Description

This requirement outlines the creation of a fraud detection mechanism that utilizes machine learning algorithms to analyze transaction patterns and detect potentially fraudulent activities in real-time. This includes monitoring transactions for anomalies such as unusual locations or amounts and triggering alerts for further verification. By implementing a proactive fraud detection system, this requirement aims to protect users from fraud and reduce the financial impact of fraudulent transactions on both the users and the business.

Acceptance Criteria

Transaction Monitoring for Anomalies

Given a user initiates a transaction, when the system analyzes the transaction, then it should flag the transaction as potentially fraudulent if it detects anomalies such as unusual locations or amounts exceeding typical spending behaviors, triggering an alert for verification.

Real-time Alerts for Fraudulent Transactions

Given a potentially fraudulent transaction is detected, when the system identifies the anomaly, then it should send a real-time alert to both the user and the administrative team for further investigation within 5 minutes.

User Experience During Fraud Alert

Given a user receives an alert regarding a potentially fraudulent transaction, when the user interacts with the alert, then the system should provide clear options to confirm the transaction or report it as fraudulent within a user-friendly interface.

Adaptive Learning of Fraud Patterns

Given the fraud detection system has recorded multiple transactions, when it analyzes transaction data over time, then it should improve its detection accuracy by adapting to users’ spending habits and identifying new fraud patterns effectively, with a documented increase in detection rates.

Comprehensive Reporting of Fraud Activity

Given the fraud detection mechanism is operational, when the reporting feature is accessed, then it should provide detailed logs of flagged transactions, including timestamps, amounts, and reasons for alerts, ensuring compliance and aiding in audits.

User Feedback Mechanism for Fraud Detection

Given a user has interacted with the fraud detection alerts, when the user provides feedback on the alert accuracy, then the system should capture this feedback and incorporate it into future machine learning updates for ongoing improvement.

User-Friendly Payment Interface

"As a user, I want to have a simple and intuitive payment interface so that I can complete my transactions quickly and easily without confusion."

Description

This requirement focuses on designing a user-friendly payment interface that simplifies the transaction process for users. It includes features such as auto-fill for payment information, clear instructions, and visual indicators of security features during checkout. By enhancing the user experience with an intuitive design, this requirement aims to reduce transaction errors and increase user satisfaction, encouraging more customers to complete their purchases confidently.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a payment on the AutoBind platform using a credit card.

Given the user is on the payment interface, when they enter valid payment information and click 'Submit', then the user is redirected to a confirmation page without any errors and a transaction success message is displayed.

User attempts to make a payment but enters invalid credit card information.

Given the user is on the payment interface, when they enter invalid credit card details and click 'Submit', then an error message is displayed indicating the specific error (e.g., 'Invalid card number') and the user remains on the payment page.

User is provided with an option for auto-filling payment information during checkout.

Given the user has previously saved payment information, when they log in to the payment interface, then the system automatically suggests the saved payment details, and the user has the option to edit or confirm those details before submission.

User completes a transaction and wants to view transaction security features.

Given the user is on the payment confirmation page, when they view the transaction details, then clear visual indicators of security features (e.g., SSL certificate badges, security seals) are displayed, ensuring user confidence in the transaction security.

User using a mobile device to access the payment interface.

Given the user is accessing the payment portal on a mobile device, when they navigate to the payment interface, then the interface is fully responsive, easy to read, and allows seamless entry of payment information.

User seeks assistance during the payment process.

Given the user is on the payment interface, when they click on the 'Help' option, then they are provided with clear instructions, FAQs, or a chat option for immediate support during the transaction.

User checks out with multiple items in their cart.

Given the user has multiple items in their cart, when they proceed to checkout, then the payment interface displays a summary of the items along with the total price, ensuring the user can review their order before confirming payment.

Dynamic Widgets

This feature enables users to add, remove, and rearrange widgets on their dashboard, allowing for completely personalized views of their KPIs and statistics. Users can tailor their dashboards to focus on the metrics that matter most to them, providing a clearer insight into performance and operational health.

Requirements

Add Widget Functionality

"As a solopreneur, I want to add new widgets to my dashboard so that I can monitor the metrics that matter most to my business without unnecessary clutter."

Description

This requirement allows users to easily add new widgets to their dashboard through a simple and intuitive interface. The process should be straightforward, enabling users to choose from a range of available widgets tailored to their KPIs. By incorporating this feature, users are empowered to customize their dashboard effectively, ensuring that they have immediate access to the most pertinent data for their operations. This enhances user engagement and boosts productivity by providing users with a tailored experience that meets their specific needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to add a new widget to their dashboard to track daily sales performance.

Given the user is on their dashboard, when they click on the 'Add Widget' button, then they should see a list of available widgets including 'Sales Performance'.

User selects a 'Sales Performance' widget from the available options.

Given the user has accessed the widget list, when they select the 'Sales Performance' widget, then the widget should be added to the dashboard and display default data.

User wants to customize the settings of the 'Sales Performance' widget after adding it to their dashboard.

Given the user has added the 'Sales Performance' widget, when they click on the settings icon of the widget, then they should be able to modify parameters like date range, metrics, and visualization type.

User tries to add more than three widgets to their dashboard.

Given the user has already added three widgets, when they attempt to add a fourth one, then a message should appear indicating that the maximum widget limit has been reached.

User successfully removes a widget from their dashboard.

Given the user wants to remove a widget, when they click on the 'Remove' button of the specific widget, then the widget should disappear from the dashboard.

User wants to rearrange the existing widgets on their dashboard.

Given the user is on their dashboard, when they drag and drop a widget to a different position, then the widget should update its position accordingly on the dashboard without refreshing the page.

User wants to revert their dashboard to the default widget settings.

Given the user has made multiple customizations to their dashboard, when they click on the 'Reset to Default' button, then all widgets should return to the default settings and arrangement.

Remove Widget Functionality

"As a small business owner, I want to remove widgets from my dashboard so that I can streamline my focus on only the essential metrics and avoid distractions."

Description

This requirement enables users to remove widgets from their dashboard at any time, ensuring a dynamic dashboard that can adapt to changing priorities. Users should have the ability to easily delete widgets that are no longer relevant or needed. This functionality not only declutters the user interface but also gives users complete control over their workspace, allowing them to focus solely on the information that drives their decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User Accessing the Dashboard to Remove a Widget

Given that the user is logged into their AutoBind account and has widgets displayed on their dashboard, when they select the remove option on a specific widget, then the widget should be permanently deleted from the dashboard without affecting other widgets.

Confirmation Prompt on Widget Removal

Given that the user has selected a widget to remove, when the removal option is confirmed, then a confirmation prompt must appear asking the user to confirm their action before the widget is deleted.

Undo Removal of a Widget

Given that the user has just removed a widget, when they view a notification that the widget was removed, then they must have the option to undo the removal action for 5 seconds after the deletion.

Impact of Widget Removal on Dashboard Layout

Given that the user has removed one or more widgets from their dashboard, when they view the dashboard, then the remaining widgets should automatically rearrange to fill the space left by the removed widget(s).

Performance After Multiple Widget Removals

Given that a user consistently removes widgets from their dashboard, when the user attempts to perform other dashboard actions (like adding new widgets), then the dashboard should remain responsive and performant without lag.

Saving Dashboard State Post Widget Removal

Given that the user has removed a widget, when they log out and log back in, then their dashboard should reflect the updated state without the removed widget.

User Feedback After Widget Removal

Given that a user has removed a widget, when the user completes the action, then a feedback message should be displayed confirming the successful removal of the widget.

Rearrange Widgets

"As a busy entrepreneur, I want to rearrange the widgets on my dashboard so that I can prioritize the information I need to see first based on my tasks for the day."

Description

This requirement allows users to rearrange widgets on their dashboard by dragging and dropping them as per their preference. This feature is crucial for users who need to prioritize certain data sets; by organizing widgets to fit their workflow, users can create a personalized dashboard layout that enhances efficiency and visibility of critical insights. Simplifying this process ensures that users feel in control and can adapt their dashboards to suit their current business needs at any time.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user of AutoBind, I want to rearrange the widgets on my dashboard so that I can prioritize my key performance indicators, allowing me to easily access critical information related to my business operations.

Given that the user is on the dashboard with multiple widgets displayed, when the user clicks and drags a widget to a new position, then the widget should successfully move to the desired location without altering the functionality of the other widgets.

As a user who prefers an organized workspace, I want to ensure that my rearranged widgets stay in the new positions even after refreshing the page, so I don't lose my customized setup every time I revisit the dashboard.

Given that the user has rearranged their widgets, when the user refreshes the dashboard page, then the widgets should appear in their last saved positions without requiring any additional action from the user.

As a non-technical user of AutoBind, I would like the drag-and-drop functionality to be intuitive and straightforward so that I can make changes to my dashboard without needing technical support.

Given that the user is interacting with the dashboard, when the user attempts to drag a widget, then the system should provide visual feedback (such as a shadow or outline) to indicate that the widget is being moved, ensuring the user knows their action is being recognized.

As a user managing multiple teams, I want to be able to quickly rearrange my widgets to accommodate the shifting priorities of my various projects throughout the day.

Given that the user has a variety of widgets on their dashboard, when the user drags and drops a widget, then the transition should be completed within 1 second, ensuring that users can efficiently reorganize their workspace without long delays.

As a user interested in tracking performance data, I want to ensure that my rearranged widgets efficiently reflect real-time data updates even after I make position changes.

Given that the user rearranged widgets on the dashboard, when new data is available for those widgets, then the updates should reflect in real-time, maintaining the integrity of the displayed data regardless of the widget's position.

Save Dashboard Layout

"As a frequent user of AutoBind, I want to save my dashboard layout so that I don’t have to rearrange my widgets every time I log in; I want it to be consistent and ready for immediate use."

Description

This requirement allows users to save their customized dashboard layouts so that they can maintain their preferred settings across sessions. Once a layout is established, users should be able to easily recall their changes whenever they log back into the system. This functionality is vital for improving user experience, as it minimizes the need to constantly rearrange or reconfigure the dashboard after each login, thus saving valuable time and effort.

Acceptance Criteria

User saves their customized dashboard layout after adding various widgets and rearranging them to fit their preferences.

Given a user is on the dashboard, when they customize the layout by adding, removing, and rearranging widgets, and then click on the 'Save Layout' button, then their layout should be saved successfully.

User logs out and logs back into the system to verify that their saved dashboard layout is retained.

Given that the user has previously saved a dashboard layout, when they log out and log back in, then the dashboard should display the saved layout with all widgets in their respective places.

User attempts to save their dashboard layout without making any changes.

Given the user has not made any changes, when they click on the 'Save Layout' button, then a message should be displayed indicating that there are no changes to save.

User edits their layout after saving it previously and wants to overwrite the existing layout.

Given the user has saved a dashboard layout, when they customize their dashboard again and click on the 'Save Layout' button, then they should receive a confirmation prompt asking if they want to overwrite the existing layout, and upon confirmation, the new layout should replace the old one.

User can view a list of previous saved dashboard layouts and select one to use.

Given the user has multiple saved dashboard layouts, when they access the 'Dashboard Layouts' options menu, then they should see a list of their previously saved layouts and be able to select any of them to load into their dashboard.

User encounters an error while trying to save their dashboard layout.

Given there is a system error when attempting to save a layout, when the user clicks on the 'Save Layout' button, then an error message should be displayed indicating that the save operation has failed and suggesting they try again later.

Widget Personalization Options

"As a business owner, I want to personalize the color and layout of my dashboard widgets so that it reflects my brand and makes data interpretation easier for me."

Description

This requirement allows users to personalize the appearance and data source of each widget on their dashboard. Users should be able to change colors, sizes, and data representation formats to fit their branding and personal preferences. Offering various personalization options enhances user satisfaction and ensures that the dashboards are not only functional but also visually appealing, which is essential for user adoption and long-term engagement with the AutoBind platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to personalize the appearance of the widget by changing its color and size to match their branding.

Given a user has access to the dashboard, when they select a widget to personalize, then they should be able to change the color and size of the widget successfully.

User is looking to customize the data representation format displayed in their widget to better view their key performance indicators.

Given a user is on the widget personalization settings, when they select a data representation format from the available options, then the widget should reflect this new format in real time.

User wants to add a new widget to their dashboard to track additional metrics relevant to their business.

Given a user is on their dashboard, when they choose to add a new widget, then they should be able to select from a list of widget options and add it to their dashboard successfully.

User wants to remove a widget from their dashboard that they no longer find useful.

Given a user is on their dashboard, when they select the option to remove a widget, then that widget should be removed from the dashboard immediately without any errors.

User wants to rearrange the order of their widgets on their dashboard for easier access and visibility of important metrics.

Given a user is on their dashboard, when they drag and drop widgets to reorder them, then the widgets should maintain their new positions after reloading the page or navigating away.

User needs to ensure that their personalized widget settings are saved for future sessions.

Given a user has customized a widget's appearance and settings, when they log out and log back in, then the previously set widget customizations should be retained and visible on their dashboard.

Widget Data Refresh Rates

"As a solopreneur managing multiple tasks, I want to set the refresh rates for my dashboard widgets so that I am always updated with the latest data and can respond promptly to changes."

Description

This requirement establishes the capability for users to set custom refresh rates for widgets, allowing real-time or predefined intervals at which data updates. This is crucial for users who need to stay informed of sudden changes in metrics. By providing this feature, the user experience is enhanced because it keeps users in the loop with the most recent data, thus enabling timely decision-making and efficient task management.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a refresh rate of 5 minutes for a sales metric widget on their dashboard.

Given the user has selected a sales metric widget, when they set the refresh rate to 5 minutes, then the widget should update its data every 5 minutes accurately without manual intervention.

User removes a widget from their dashboard that displays customer engagement statistics.

Given the user is viewing their dashboard, when they click on the 'remove' option for the customer engagement widget, then the widget should be completely removed from the dashboard and not displayed in future sessions.

User rearranges widgets on their dashboard to prioritize key performance indicators (KPIs).

Given the user has multiple widgets displayed, when they drag and drop the widgets to rearrange them in a preferred order, then the dashboard layout should persist in this new arrangement for future logins.

User sets a refresh rate to 'real-time' for a financial performance widget.

Given the user configures the financial performance widget to update in real-time, when a change occurs in the data, then the widget should automatically refresh to display the latest information without requiring a page reload.

User sets multiple widgets with different refresh rates on the same dashboard.

Given the user has set one widget to refresh every minute and another widget to refresh every 10 minutes, when those time intervals are reached, then each widget should update its data independently according to its specified refresh rate.

User attempts to set a refresh rate that exceeds the maximum limit defined by the system.

Given the user is trying to set a refresh rate of 1 second for a widget, when they attempt to save this setting, then the system should display an error message indicating that the maximum refresh rate is 5 minutes.

User saves their dashboard configuration after setting custom refresh rates on multiple widgets.

Given the user has set various refresh rates for different widgets, when they click on 'save dashboard configuration', then the system should successfully save all settings and automatically apply them when the dashboard is next loaded.

Smart Analytics Overviews

With Smart Analytics Overviews, the dashboard offers users visual representations of their most critical data—like graphs and charts—tailored to highlight trends and insights. This feature helps users quickly grasp complex information, making it easier to identify opportunities and areas for improvement at a glance.

Requirements

Data Visualization Tools

"As a solopreneur, I want to see visual representations of my data on the dashboard so that I can quickly identify trends and opportunities for growth without having to sift through spreadsheets."

Description

The Data Visualization Tools requirement involves implementing comprehensive graphical representations of user data. This includes interactive graphs, charts, and visual analytics that allow users to easily understand trends, patterns, and key performance indicators at a glance. Integrating this functionality into the Smart Analytics Overviews feature enhances user engagement, decision-making processes, and ultimately drives data-driven strategies. It addresses the common challenge of deciphering complex data, making it accessible and actionable for users, thereby improving their operational efficiency and strategic foresight.

Acceptance Criteria

User views data over time to analyze performance trends in their business.

Given that the user has accessed the Smart Analytics Overviews dashboard, when they select a time period (e.g., last week, last month), then the dashboard should display updated graphs and charts reflecting the selected time frame, allowing the user to see performance trends accurately.

User customizes the display settings for data visualizations to suit their preferences.

Given that the user is on the Smart Analytics Overviews page, when they click on the settings icon, then they should be able to customize display options (e.g., chart type, color scheme) and save changes, ensuring the visualizations reflect their preferences in real-time.

User drills down into specific data points to gain deeper insights.

Given that the user is viewing a graph on the Smart Analytics Overviews dashboard, when they hover over a specific data point, then a tooltip should appear providing detailed information about that point, including the exact value and any relevant context information, enhancing their understanding of the data.

User interacts with visualizations to filter data based on specific metrics.

Given that the user is on the Smart Analytics Overviews page, when they click on a filter option (e.g., revenue, customer acquisition), then the corresponding visualizations should update to reflect only data related to the selected metric, allowing users to focus on the most relevant insights.

User exports visualization data for offline analysis.

Given that the user has successfully generated charts and graphs in the Smart Analytics Overviews, when they click on the export button, then the tool should allow them to download the visualizations in multiple formats (e.g., PDF, PNG), enabling them to perform offline analysis.

Custom Report Generation

"As a small business owner, I want to generate custom reports on my performance metrics so that I can focus on the areas that need improvement and better inform my strategy."

Description

The Custom Report Generation requirement enables users to create tailored reports that focus on specific metrics and periods that matter most to their business. This feature should allow users to select data points, customize layouts, and set time frames for reporting, resulting in comprehensive analytics that are relevant to their unique needs. By integrating this feature, AutoBind empowers users to transform their analytics into actionable insights, facilitating a deeper understanding of performance and guiding strategic planning.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Custom Report Generation feature to create a new report based on specific metrics and a date range.

Given that the user selects metrics and date range, when they click 'Generate Report', then a new report should be created displaying the selected data only.

User wants to customize the layout of their generated report to highlight specific data points more effectively.

Given a report has been generated, when the user selects different layout options and clicks 'Apply', then the existing report layout should update to reflect the new customization choices made by the user.

User needs to download their customized report for offline review and sharing with stakeholders.

Given a report has been successfully generated, when the user clicks the 'Download' button, then the report should be available for download in PDF format.

User wants to save their customized report settings to reuse them for future reports.

Given that a user has customized a report, when they click 'Save Settings', then the report settings should be stored and available for future use under 'Saved Reports'.

User wishes to share their customized report via email directly from the application.

Given that a report has been generated, when the user selects the 'Share' option and enters an email address, then the report should be sent successfully to the provided email address.

User wants to apply filters to their report for deeper insights into specific data segments.

Given the user is in the report generation section, when they apply filters and click 'Update Report', then the report should refresh, displaying only data within the applied filters.

Automated Insights Notifications

"As an online business manager, I want to receive notifications about significant changes in my performance metrics so that I can act quickly when opportunities arise or issues emerge."

Description

The Automated Insights Notifications requirement entails implementing a system that automatically alerts users when significant trends or anomalies in their data occur. This real-time notification system enables users to respond swiftly to emerging opportunities or challenges, enhancing proactive management of their operations. The feature should allow users to set preferences for specific alerts related to metrics they are monitoring, ensuring that they remain informed without overwhelming them with unnecessary information.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a real-time notification when a significant trend in their performance metrics exceeds a predefined threshold.

Given the user has set a threshold for a specific metric, when the metric exceeds this threshold, then the user receives an immediate notification via their preferred communication channel.

User has customized their alerts to receive notifications only for certain metrics they are monitoring.

Given the user selects specific metrics for which they wish to receive alerts, when any of these metrics produces a significant trend or anomaly, then a notification is sent only for those selected metrics.

User can review the alerts received in a notification history section within the dashboard.

Given the user has received notifications, when they access the notification history, then they can view a chronological log of all alerts received, including the time and nature of each alert.

User can modify their alert preferences at any time to adapt to changing needs.

Given the user accesses their alert settings, when they change the thresholds or metrics for notifications, then the system updates the preferences accordingly and does not send notifications for the old criteria.

User receives an alert for an anomaly in data trends that signifies a potential issue needing attention.

Given the user is monitoring a specific metric, when the system detects an anomaly indicating a potential issue, then the user receives a detailed alert including potential causes and suggested actions.

User can disable notifications temporarily if they need a break from alerts.

Given the user chooses to mute notifications, when they set their notification preferences to 'quiet mode', then no notifications are sent until the user re-enables them.

User can see a graphical representation of alert trends over time in the analytics dashboard.

Given the user views their analytics dashboard, when they check the section for alerts, then they can see a visual representation showing the frequency and types of alerts received over a selected period.

Interactive Dashboard Customization

"As a user, I want to customize my dashboard layout so that I can highlight the metrics that are most important to my business and work more efficiently."

Description

The Interactive Dashboard Customization requirement allows users to modify their dashboard layout by dragging, dropping, or resizing visual elements according to their preferences. This feature provides users with the flexibility to prioritize the information that matters most to them and improve their overall user experience. Empowering users to create a personalized interface fosters greater engagement and ensures that critical data is readily accessible, thereby optimizing workflow and productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes their dashboard layout to prioritize the charts that show their sales performance and campaign metrics for the current month.

Given that the user is on the Smart Analytics Overviews dashboard, when they drag and drop the sales performance chart to the top right corner, and resize the campaign metrics chart, then the dashboard should save this layout and display the updated arrangement on the next login.

User wants to remove a chart they no longer need from their dashboard.

Given that the user is on the Smart Analytics Overviews dashboard, when they click on the 'remove' icon on a specific chart, then the chart should be removed from the dashboard, and a confirmation message should be displayed indicating successful removal.

User attempts to reset their dashboard to the default layout after customizing it.

Given that the user has modified their dashboard layout, when they click the 'reset to default' button, then the dashboard should revert to the original layout with all default charts displayed in their standard positions.

User is interested in adjusting the data range for the charts displayed on their dashboard.

Given that the user is on the Smart Analytics Overviews dashboard, when they select a different date range from the filter options, then all relevant charts should update to reflect data for the newly selected date range without any errors or delays.

User wants to save their customized dashboard layout for future use.

Given that the user has customized their dashboard layout, when they click the 'save layout' button, then the dashboard should save the current layout and display a success message, ensuring this layout is loaded automatically on future visits.

User Feedback Integration

"As a product user, I want to provide feedback on the analytics tools so that the features can improve based on my experiences and needs."

Description

The User Feedback Integration requirement involves creating a system where users can provide feedback on the analytics features and functionalities directly within the dashboard. This two-way feedback mechanism enables continuous improvement of the Smart Analytics Overviews by allowing the development team to gather insights from actual users about their needs and experiences. By implementing this feature, AutoBind can adapt its offerings more effectively, ensuring that the product evolves based on user input and remains relevant in a fast-changing environment.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of User Feedback Functionality in Smart Analytics Overviews Dashboard

Given a user is on the Smart Analytics Overviews dashboard, when they click on the feedback button, then a feedback form should appear allowing them to submit their insights or suggestions regarding the analytics features.

Real-time User Feedback Submission Confirmation

Given a user has submitted feedback through the feedback form, when the submission is successful, then a confirmation message should be displayed on the dashboard indicating that their feedback has been received.

User Feedback Visibility for Development Team

Given a user submits feedback, when the feedback is recorded, then it should be logged in a centralized database accessible to the development team for review and analysis.

Prioritization of User Feedback for Feature Improvement

Given multiple pieces of feedback have been submitted, when analyzed, then the development team should be able to categorize feedback by urgency and relevance in a report for prioritized feature improvements.

User Experience with Feedback Loop

Given a user has submitted feedback, when the development team implements relevant changes based on that feedback, then the user should receive a notification regarding the changes made in response to their feedback.

Report Generation of Feedback Trends

Given ongoing user feedback submissions, when the feedback data is analyzed at set intervals, then a report should be generated summarizing trends and insights derived from user feedback.

Accessibility and Usability of Feedback Feature

Given diverse user profiles, when users access the feedback feature, then it should be designed to be intuitive and accessible for all users, including those with disabilities following WCAG guidelines.

Custom Alert Settings

This feature allows users to set personalized alerts based on specific KPI thresholds or changes in workflow statistics. By receiving timely notifications, users can take proactive actions and make informed decisions swiftly, preventing issues before they arise.

Requirements

Threshold-Based Alerts

"As a solopreneur, I want to set personalized alerts for my key performance indicators so that I can take immediate action when my metrics change and ensure my business stays on track."

Description

The Threshold-Based Alerts requirement enables users to establish customized alert parameters tied to key performance indicators (KPIs) and specific workflow metrics. Users can set thresholds that, when breached, will trigger notifications through various channels such as email, SMS, or app notifications. This functionality empowers users to monitor their processes actively and respond promptly to significant changes, thereby enhancing timely decision-making and minimizing the chances of operational disruptions caused by unnoticed fluctuations in metrics. Integration with existing KPI tracking systems within AutoBind ensures a seamless user experience, providing valuable interoperability with users' preferred productivity apps. The expected outcome of this feature is a more proactive approach to workflow management and a notable reduction in response time to critical operational signals.

Acceptance Criteria

User configures a threshold for a key performance indicator (KPI) related to sales growth, setting it to notify them if sales drop below a defined percentage threshold.

Given the user has set a KPI threshold for sales, When sales data is processed and falls below the set percentage, Then the user receives an email notification within 5 minutes.

A user adjusts existing threshold parameters for a customer support response time KPI, updating the alert settings to ensure timely notifications.

Given the user has modified the threshold for customer support response time, When the adjustment is saved, Then the updated threshold must be reflected in the user settings and the system should trigger alerts based on the new threshold.

The user wants to ensure that alerts are received through SMS for urgent operational metrics related to inventory levels.

Given the user has selected SMS as the notification method for inventory level alerts, When inventory levels trigger the threshold alert, Then the user receives an SMS notification immediately after the threshold breach occurs.

A user tests the alert system by setting a threshold and observing the notifications triggered by various KPI changes.

Given the user sets a test threshold for a KPI, When the KPI data meets the breach condition, Then the system should record the notification event and the user should receive alerts via email and app notification within 5 minutes.

The user wants to disable alerts for a specific KPI without losing previous settings for future use.

Given the user navigates to the alert settings for a specific KPI, When the user opts to disable the alerts, Then the system should disable alerts while retaining all previous settings for reactivation at a later date.

Users require a summary report of all triggered alerts over the past month to evaluate their operational performance.

Given the user requests a summary report of triggered alerts, When the report is generated, Then the report must include all relevant metrics, timestamps, and notification methods for each alert triggered over the past month.

User wants to receive alerts based on multiple KPI thresholds simultaneously without configuration conflicts.

Given the user has set multiple thresholds for different KPIs, When the KPI data is processed, Then alerts should be triggered independently for each KPI that breaches its respective threshold, ensuring no conflicts in notifications.

Notification Customization Options

"As a small business owner, I want to customize how I receive alerts so that I can manage my focus and avoid distractions while staying informed about important changes."

Description

The Notification Customization Options requirement allows users to personalize their alert notifications, determining how they will receive and manage their alerts. Users can choose the notification channel (email, SMS, push notifications), set quiet hours to avoid disturbances, and opt for summary notifications versus real-time updates. This feature is vital for users who wish to tailor their alert experience to their working style, ensuring that they remain focused without unnecessary interruptions. Implementation involves creating user-friendly settings within the AutoBind interface, enhancing user satisfaction and feedback on the alert system. Ultimately, this functionality aims to improve user engagement with the alert feature and increase effectiveness in managing notifications related to their workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up personalized alert settings through the AutoBind interface to receive notifications during specific hours only.

Given the user selects the notification channel as email, When the user sets the quiet hours from 10 PM to 7 AM, Then no email notifications should be received during those hours.

User opts for summary notifications instead of real-time alerts for KPI changes.

Given the user has chosen summary notifications, When a KPI threshold is reached, Then the user should receive a consolidated summary notification at the end of the specified time period instead of individual alerts.

User customizes alert notifications for different types of KPIs based on priority levels.

Given the user defines priority levels for their KPIs, When a high-priority KPI exceeds its defined threshold, Then the user should receive an immediate push notification, whereas for low-priority, they should receive a summary notification at the end of the day.

User enables SMS alerts for urgent tasks while being in a meeting.

Given the user has set SMS as a notification channel, When a critical task alert is triggered during their defined meeting time, Then the user must receive an SMS notification of the task immediately.

User interacts with the alert management interface to make changes to their notification preferences.

Given the user accesses the alert management settings, When the user saves changes to their notification preferences, Then the system should showcase a confirmation message indicating that the preferences have been updated successfully.

User tests the alert system to ensure notifications are received as configured.

Given the user has set various alert parameters, When the user runs a simulation of KPI changes, Then the user should receive notifications according to the settings specified, validating system functionality.

User reviews their alert notification history within the AutoBind dashboard.

Given the user accesses the notification history section, When they navigate through past notifications, Then the system should display all notifications received along with timestamps and types, ensuring transparency and tracking.

Historical Alert Analysis

"As a solopreneur, I want to analyze past alerts related to my KPIs so that I can understand trends and make better-informed decisions for my business."

Description

The Historical Alert Analysis requirement provides users with insights into past alerts triggered by their KPIs and workflows. Users will be able to view a timeline of alerts, including how often thresholds were breached and the circumstances surrounding these events. This feature allows users to reflect on their operational performance over time, enabling them to identify patterns or recurring issues that may need proactive adjustments. Integrating this analysis tool within the AutoBind dashboard promotes a comprehensive view that facilitates data-backed decision-making. Ultimately, it fosters a deeper understanding for users on their performance trends, leading to more strategic adjustments and enhanced operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Historical Alert Analysis feature from the AutoBind dashboard to review past alerts triggered by their KPIs and workflows.

Given the user navigates to the Historical Alert Analysis section, when they input a date range, then the system displays all alerts triggered within that range, including specific details like threshold breaches and timestamps.

User wants to identify patterns in historical alerts to proactively adjust their KPIs and workflows.

Given the user reviews the displayed alerts, when they filter alerts based on a specific KPI, then the system shows a visual representation (e.g., graph or chart) indicating frequency of breaches over time for that KPI.

User seeks to understand the context of historical alerts more deeply by accessing individual alert details.

Given the user clicks on an individual alert, when they view the alert details, then the system provides comprehensive information including the reason for the alert, related workflows, and suggested actions to take.

User analyzes historical alerts to inform decision-making for upcoming strategic initiatives.

Given the user has reviewed the historical alert timeline, when they export the alert data, then the system generates a downloadable report summarizing key alert metrics and insights.

User wants to ensure alerts are functioning correctly by testing the alert triggers based on specific KPI inputs.

Given the user sets a temporary threshold for a KPI, when the KPI data inputs exceed this threshold, then the system triggers a notification alert that the user can verify in the alert history.

User checks the integration functionality of the Historical Alert Analysis with other productivity apps.

Given the user configures integrations with external apps, when they receive an alert from another app, then the system mirrors this alert in the Historical Alert Analysis section.

Group Alert Settings

"As a manager of multiple projects, I want to group related alerts together so that I can manage them more easily without missing critical notifications."

Description

The Group Alert Settings requirement will enable users to create alert profiles for multiple KPIs or workflows collectively, allowing for streamlined management of alerts across various metrics. Users can group related alerts together and set shared thresholds for these groups, which simplifies the monitoring process and minimizes the distinct actions users must take when managing their various metrics. Ideal for users managing multiple projects or teams, this functionality enhances overall productivity and ensures no essential alerts are overlooked. Integrating group settings will require a robust framework that supports easy creation, editing, and deleting of alert groups in the AutoBind interface, ultimately allowing for a more organized approach to workflow management.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user managing multiple projects, I want to create a group alert profile for relevant KPIs to avoid missing critical notifications.

Given that I am on the Group Alert Settings page, when I select multiple KPIs and create a group alert profile, then the system should save the new group with the selected KPIs and allow me to define shared thresholds.

As a user, I need to edit an existing group alert profile to adjust thresholds for sensitivity after reviewing performance analytics.

Given that I have an existing group alert profile, when I edit the thresholds and save the changes, then the system should update the profile with the new thresholds and notify me of the successful update.

As a user, I want to delete a group alert profile that I no longer require to keep my alert system organized.

Given that I have selected a group alert profile that I wish to delete, when I confirm the deletion, then the system should remove the profile from my settings and confirm the deletion with a notification.

As a user, I want to receive alerts when any KPI in my group exceeds the defined threshold, allowing me to take necessary actions.

Given that a group alert profile is active and a KPI threshold is exceeded, when the alert is triggered, then I should receive a timely notification via my chosen alert method (email, app notification, etc.).

As a user, I want to view my existing alert groups to ensure I am monitoring the right KPIs efficiently.

Given that I access the Group Alert Settings page, when I view the section for existing alert groups, then I should see a list of all created alert groups along with their associated KPIs and thresholds.

As a user, I want to ensure that alerts are customizable per user preferences for frequency and method of notification.

Given that I am setting up a group alert profile, when I specify the notification frequency (immediate, daily summary, etc.) and method (email, SMS, etc.), then the system should store these preferences accurately and apply them to all alerts within the group.

As a user, I want to understand the history of alerts received for a group profile to analyze past trends and performance issues.

Given that I access the alert history for a specific group profile, when I view the history, then the system should display a timeline of all alerts triggered, including timestamps, KPIs involved, and whether actions were taken based on the alerts.

Multi-View Capability

Users can split their dashboards into multiple views, allowing them to monitor different sets of KPIs or projects simultaneously. This feature is especially beneficial for those managing various projects or teams, providing a comprehensive overview without needing excessive navigation.

Requirements

Dynamic Dashboard Split

"As a solopreneur, I want to split my dashboard into multiple views so that I can monitor various projects at the same time without constantly switching between different screens."

Description

The dynamic dashboard split feature allows users to create customizable sections within their dashboards to display various KPIs (Key Performance Indicators) or project metrics simultaneously. This functionality enhances user experience by providing a bird’s-eye view of multiple projects or teams in real-time, reducing the need for excessive navigation between different dashboard screens. Users can adjust sizes and layouts of each view, fostering a tailored workspace that suits individual or team needs. This feature is fundamental for solopreneurs and small online businesses seeking to improve efficiency and track performance metrics effectively, leading to informed decision-making and resource allocation.

Acceptance Criteria

User splits their dashboard into multiple views to simultaneously track the performance of three different marketing campaigns, allowing them to monitor progress without switching between screens.

Given the user has access to the dashboard, when the user selects the option to split the dashboard and chooses three different KPIs, then the dashboard should display these KPIs in three separate customizable sections.

A user modifies the layout of their dashboard to prioritize certain KPIs for their sales team, ensuring that the most critical metrics are front and center.

Given that the user is on the dashboard, when the user drags and drops the KPI widgets to rearrange them, then the changes should be saved automatically without needing additional confirmation.

A user wants to save a custom view of their dashboard configuration to share with their team, ensuring that all team members have consistent access to the same metrics.

Given the user has customized their dashboard layout, when they click the 'Save View' option and name the view, then the configuration should be saved and accessible under 'Saved Views' for all users in the team.

The user needs to quickly assess their project performance and wants to resize specific KPI sections to focus on the most critical metrics of their projects.

Given that the user has minimized or expanded sections on their dashboard, when they click and drag the borders of the sections, then the dashboard should reflect the new sizes immediately without losing data integrity.

A user assesses their overall business health by viewing revenue, engagement, and customer satisfaction KPIs on a single screen for a comprehensive overview.

Given the user configures their dashboard with three different KPIs, when the user logs in, then all three selected KPIs should display live data updates in real-time without refreshing the page.

A team leader needs to share their dashboard view during a team meeting, ensuring that everyone sees the same metrics in real-time without discrepancies.

Given that the team leader has adjusted their dashboard for sharing, when they initiate a screen sharing session, then all participants should see an identical view, maintaining consistency in data presentation.

A user with limited technical skills attempts to create a split dashboard for visualizing project metrics with ease and without confusion.

Given the user is logged in and on the dashboard, when they follow the step-by-step guide provided to create split views, then they should successfully create a working dashboard without requiring assistance.

Interactive KPI Tracking

"As a small business owner, I want to click on specific KPIs to see detailed analytics, so that I can understand performance trends and make better strategic decisions."

Description

The interactive KPI tracking feature enables users to click on specific KPIs displayed within their dashboard, allowing them to drill down into detailed analytics and historical data associated with those metrics. This capability enhances user engagement by providing deeper insights directly from the dashboard interface. Users can not only track their performance but also gain actionable insights and trends over time, supporting strategic decision-making and adaptive project management. The integration of this feature greatly enhances the overall usability and intelligence of the AutoBind platform, ensuring users have all necessary data at their fingertips.

Acceptance Criteria

User clicks on a specific KPI in the dashboard to view detailed analytics.

Given a user is on the dashboard with KPIs displayed, when the user clicks on a KPI, then a detailed analytics view should appear showing historical data and trends associated with that KPI.

User interacts with the historical data of a KPI to analyze performance over a specific timeline.

Given a user is viewing the detailed analytics of a KPI, when the user selects a specific time range, then the KPI data should update to reflect performance for that selected period.

User wants to return to the main dashboard after viewing detailed KPI analytics.

Given the user is viewing detailed analytics of a KPI, when the user clicks the 'Back' button, then the user should be returned to the original dashboard view without data loss.

User expects the dashboard to load with all current KPIs displayed and ready for interaction.

Given a user accesses the dashboard, then all KPIs should display correctly and be interactable without errors or delays.

User checks if the KPI drilling-down functionality is intuitive and user-friendly.

Given the user is testing the dashboard, when the user interacts with the KPI, then the interaction should follow a clear and understandable flow with visible feedback (e.g., loading indicators).

User needs to share insights gained from the KPI with team members directly from the analytics view.

Given a user is viewing detailed KPI analytics, when the user clicks on the 'Share' button, then the user should be able to share insights via email or messaging directly through the platform.

User expects an error message when clicking on a non-interactive KPI.

Given a user clicks on a KPI that does not support drilling down, then a clear error message should be displayed indicating that the KPI is not interactive.

Customizable Notification Alerts

"As a project manager, I want to set custom alerts for important metrics so that I can be notified immediately and act quickly when things go off track."

Description

The customizable notification alerts feature allows users to set personalized notifications for specific metrics or deadlines related to their projects. Users can define trigger conditions based on their KPIs, receiving alerts through various formats (email, SMS, in-app notifications) when specific thresholds are met or exceeded. This functionality assists in proactive project management by keeping users informed and enabling timely responses to potential issues, thereby improving overall operational efficiency. The implementation of customizable notifications aligns perfectly with the AutoBind philosophy of automating routine processes to free up time for strategic actions.

Acceptance Criteria

Notification for KPI Exceedance

Given a user has set up a notification for a specific KPI, when the KPI threshold is exceeded, then the user receives an in-app notification and an email alert.

Deadline Reminders

Given a user has set deadlines for their projects, when a deadline is approaching (within 24 hours), then the user should receive an SMS notification reminding them of the impending deadline.

Multiple Notification Channels

Given a user has configured notifications for a project, when the KPI exceeds the set threshold, then the user receives alerts through all selected channels (email, SMS, in-app).

Customizable Notification Settings

Given a user is on the notification settings page, when they adjust their notification preferences (type, threshold, and delivery method), then the changes are saved and applied successfully to future alerts.

Test Alert Functionality

Given a user wishes to test their notification setup, when they click the 'Test Notification' button, then the user receives a test notification through their selected delivery method(s).

User-Friendly Interface for Alerts

Given a user accesses the notification settings interface, when they view the available options, then the interface should be intuitive and guide the user in setting up their alerts easily without confusion.

Enhanced Collaborative Reporting

"As a team leader, I want to create collaborative reports that my team can work on together, so that we can ensure everyone's input is included and increase our efficiency in generating project updates."

Description

The enhanced collaborative reporting feature provides users with the ability to create reports that can be shared and edited among team members in real time. This feature facilitates collaboration by allowing multiple users to contribute to the same report, enhancing communication and ensuring that all relevant stakeholders are on the same page. The integration of collaborative reporting serves to streamline the reporting process, reduce the time spent preparing reports, and ensure accuracy of the information being shared within teams or with clients, aligning with AutoBind’s goal of enhancing teamwork through integrated tools.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Editing of Reports by Multiple Users

Given that multiple users are accessing a shared report, when one user makes an edit, then all other users should see the changes reflected in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Role-Based Permissions for Report Access

Given that a user attempts to access a collaborative report, when they log in, then their access should be determined by their role, ensuring they can only edit or view reports as permitted by their assigned role.

Automated Notification of Changes in Reports

Given that a user has shared a report with team members, when any edits are made to the report, then all members should receive an automated notification of the changes made.

Version Control for Report Revisions

Given that a user is collaborating on a report, when changes are made, then they should have the option to view previous versions of the report and revert to a desired version if necessary.

Integration with Existing KPIs and Data Sources

Given that a user is creating a collaborative report, when they connect to external data sources, then the report should automatically pull in relevant KPIs and data, ensuring accuracy and efficiency.

User-Friendly Interface for Report Creation

Given that a user is creating a new collaborative report, when they initiate the report creation process, then the interface should provide intuitive, easy-to-follow prompts and templates to assist in report setup.

Multi-Project Management Interface

"As a solopreneur managing several projects, I want a single interface to track all my projects so that I can streamline my management efforts and maintain clarity on my workload."

Description

The multi-project management interface allows users to manage and track multiple projects from a single dashboard view, promoting efficiency and oversight. Users can categorize projects, view timelines, deadlines, and specific KPIs all in one screen, which simplifies the management process. This feature is instrumental for solopreneurs and small businesses juggling several projects concurrently, ensuring they can have a comprehensive understanding of all ongoing efforts without losing focus or becoming overwhelmed. It integrates seamlessly with existing project management tools to provide a cohesive user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User can view multiple projects and their associated KPIs on a single dashboard without excessive scrolling or navigation.

Given the user is on the multi-project management interface, when they select multiple projects, then the dashboard displays all selected projects with corresponding KPIs within one view without requiring additional clicks.

User successfully categorizes their projects into different groups for better management visibility.

Given the user is in the multi-project management interface, when they categorize projects and save the settings, then the dashboard reflects the new categorization accurately without data loss.

User can easily access timelines and deadlines of projects on a split dashboard view.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they select the timeline view, then the interface should display an overview of all project timelines and deadlines in a manner that is visually clear and easy to understand.

Users want to switch between different project views and maintain their previous settings and preferences.

Given the user has set their preferred view configuration, when they navigate away and return to the dashboard, then their previous view settings should be restored and maintained consistently.

User can integrate the multi-project management interface with existing project management tools without any disruptions.

Given the user has connected their existing project management tool, when they load the multi-project management interface, then all project data should sync automatically and be displayed without errors or delays.

User seeks insights on performance trends over time across multiple projects.

Given the user is in the multi-project management interface, when they select the insights dashboard, then it should provide analytics and visualization for KPIs trends across the selected projects over the specified time range.

User can customize the layout of their multi-project dashboard according to their preferences.

Given the user is in the dashboard settings, when they drag and drop widgets to rearrange their layout, then the new layout should be saved and displayed exactly as configured upon next login.

Integrated Feedback Channel

The Integrated Feedback Channel lets users include a section on their dashboard for team comments or suggestions regarding ongoing projects. This fosters collaboration and keeps everyone informed on team priorities, helping to align efforts more effectively.

Requirements

User-Friendly Feedback Interface

"As a project manager, I want a dedicated feedback section on my dashboard so that my team can easily share insights and suggestions on ongoing projects, helping us to stay aligned and improve our workflows."

Description

The requirement for a user-friendly feedback interface involves creating an intuitive section on the AutoBind dashboard where team members can easily provide comments or suggestions regarding ongoing projects. This feature must be designed with simplicity in mind, enabling users from various technical backgrounds to share their thoughts without any barriers. It should support text input, categorize feedback based on urgency or topics, and allow for tagging team members to ensure visibility and prompt responses. Incorporating this channel enhances collaboration and transparency among team members, ensuring everyone is aligned with project goals and priorities, ultimately promoting a culture of open communication and continuous improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members are on the AutoBind dashboard during a project meeting. They need to share feedback on ongoing tasks and want to ensure that their comments are categorized and visible to others.

Given a user is on the AutoBind dashboard, When they access the feedback interface, Then they can input comments in a text box, categorize it by urgency using a dropdown menu, and tag a team member to notify them.

A team member wishes to review past feedback on a completed project to analyze team suggestions and comments for future improvements.

Given a user is on the AutoBind dashboard, When they access the feedback history section, Then they can filter comments by project, urgency, and tagged team members, viewing a clear list of all feedback received.

During a project, a team member submits urgent feedback that needs immediate attention from their project lead.

Given a user has submitted feedback marked as urgent, When they tag the project lead in their comment, Then the project lead receives a notification immediately about the new feedback.

New users who are unfamiliar with AutoBind want to provide feedback but are unsure how to use the feedback interface.

Given a new user is accessing the feedback section for the first time, When they hover over the input fields, Then tooltips will display instructions and examples for each feature to guide them in submitting feedback.

A team wants to ensure that all feedback submitted is acknowledged and reviewed in a timely manner.

Given feedback has been submitted, When a team member accesses the feedback section, Then they will see the status of each feedback item indicating whether it is 'Acknowledged', 'In Review', or 'Resolved'.

A user wants to edit or delete a comment they recently posted in the feedback interface.

Given a user has posted feedback, When they view their past comments, Then they have the option to edit or delete their comment with a confirmation prompt for deletion.

A team member wants to submit feedback on a task but notices that they are unable to access the feedback section due to permission issues.

Given a user who is not an admin attempts to access the feedback interface, When they click on the feedback section, Then they receive a message indicating that they do not have the necessary permissions to submit feedback.

Real-Time Notification Alerts

"As a team member, I want to receive real-time notifications for new feedback so that I can respond promptly and contribute to ongoing discussions, ensuring we stay in sync."

Description

This requirement involves implementing real-time notification alerts for new feedback received in the Integrated Feedback Channel. When a team member submits a comment or suggestion, an immediate notification should be sent to all relevant users. This feature will not only ensure that feedback does not get overlooked but also encourages timely interaction and discussion around the insights provided. Notifications can be visual (through the dashboard interface) and audio (through alerts on devices), offering users flexible options to engage with their team's contributions. This functionality is critical for fostering a proactive work environment and drives engagement in collaborative efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a real-time notification on their dashboard when a new comment is submitted in the Integrated Feedback Channel.

Given a user is logged into AutoBind, when a team member submits a new comment in the feedback channel, then the user should see a visual notification on their dashboard within 5 seconds.

User receives an audio alert on their device for new feedback in the Integrated Feedback Channel.

Given a user has enabled audio notifications in their settings, when a team member submits a comment in the feedback channel, then the user should hear an audio alert within 5 seconds.

Multiple users receive notifications simultaneously when new feedback is posted in the Integrated Feedback Channel.

Given multiple users are active on the dashboard, when a comment is submitted in the feedback channel, then all relevant users should receive their notifications within 5 seconds.

Notifications are displayed correctly across different devices (desktop and mobile) when feedback is received in the Integrated Feedback Channel.

Given a user has access to all devices, when a comment is submitted in the feedback channel, then the user should receive visual notifications on both desktop and mobile devices without any discrepancies in timing or content.

User can disable notifications for the Integrated Feedback Channel through settings.

Given a user wants to adjust their notification preferences, when they navigate to the notification settings and disable alerts for the feedback channel, then no notifications should be received for new comments thereafter.

Feedback notifications can be accessed from a historical log for review.

Given a user wants to review past feedback notifications, when they access the notifications log, then they should see a complete list of all past notifications with timestamps and feedback details.

Feedback Categorization System

"As a team member, I want to categorize my feedback when submitting it so that the project manager can easily prioritize and address the most critical insights first."

Description

The feedback categorization system is designed to allow users to classify their comments or suggestions based on predefined categories such as 'Urgent,' 'Important,' and 'Low Priority.' This requirement involves developing a dropdown menu or tagging feature that simplifies the categorization process during feedback submission. By enabling users to easily categorize their feedback, the system can automatically filter and prioritize insights for better review and action. This enhancement will streamline the management of team contributions, allowing project leads to focus on high-impact suggestions and improving overall operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

Feedback Categorization by Project Leads during Weekly Check-ins

Given a project lead has access to the dashboard, when they submit feedback through the feedback channel, then they must be able to select a category from a dropdown menu which includes 'Urgent,' 'Important,' and 'Low Priority' for their comment.

Team Members Categorizing Feedback with Tags

Given a team member is submitting feedback on a current project, when they click on the feedback submission form, then they should have the option to tag their feedback with predefined categories before finalizing their submission.

Dashboard Display of Categorized Feedback

Given feedback has been submitted and categorized, when the project lead views the dashboard, then they must see each piece of feedback listed under its respective category with an easy-to-read format.

Filtering Feedback by Category

Given feedback is categorized, when the project lead uses the filter function on the dashboard, then they must be able to filter feedback submissions by category (Urgent, Important, Low Priority) to prioritize insights effectively.

User Instructions for Feedback Submission

Given the feedback categorization system is implemented, when a user accesses the feedback submission area, then they should see clear instructions or tooltips explaining how to categorize their feedback effectively.

Validation of Category Selection on Feedback Submission

Given a user is submitting feedback, when they try to submit without selecting a category, then they must receive an error message prompting them to choose a category before submission.

Follow-Up Notifications for Urgent Feedback

Given feedback is categorized as 'Urgent', when the feedback is submitted, then an automatic notification should be sent to all relevant team members to address the urgent insights promptly.

Feedback History Log

"As a project manager, I want to access a history log of all feedback provided so that I can evaluate past suggestions and learn from the team's insights over time."

Description

The feedback history log requirement entails creating a searchable archive of all past comments and suggestions submitted through the Integrated Feedback Channel. Users should be able to view previous feedback, understand changes made over time, and refer back to insightful contributions that may have been overlooked. The log must feature filters and search functionalities to permit users to easily locate specific feedback based on dates, project categories, or contributors. This feature is vital for maintaining transparency within the team and caching valuable insights that can guide future decisions, ensuring that important knowledge is not lost.

Acceptance Criteria

User can access the feedback history log from the dashboard and view all past comments and suggestions submitted through the Integrated Feedback Channel.

Given the user is logged into the AutoBind dashboard, when they navigate to the feedback history log section, then they should see a list of all past feedback entries along with their timestamps and contributors.

Users can search for specific feedback entries based on various filters.

Given the user is viewing the feedback history log, when they apply a search filter by date, project category, or contributor, then the displayed feedback entries should match the selected criteria and reflect the filtered results accurately.

Users can view the historical timeline of changes made to specific feedback entries.

Given the user has selected a specific feedback entry from the feedback history log, when they view the details of that entry, then they should see a chronological list of changes made to that entry, including edits and responses.

The feedback history log is responsive and accessible on different devices.

Given the user is accessing the feedback history log on various devices (desktop, tablet, mobile), then the layout should adjust properly for each device, ensuring all feedback entries and functionalities are still accessible and visually coherent.

Users can sort the feedback entries by date or contributor.

Given the user is viewing the feedback history log, when they choose to sort by date or contributor, then the displayed feedback entries should be rearranged accordingly to reflect the selected sorting parameter.

The feedback history log retains data even after a user logs out and logs back in.

Given a user has submitted and viewed feedback entries, when they log out and later log back in, then the feedback history log should still display all previously logged entries without data loss.

Theme and Layout Personalization

This feature allows users to customize the visual style of their dashboards, choosing from various themes, colors, and layouts. Personalizing the aesthetic experience enhances user engagement and makes the data more approachable and enjoyable to interact with.

Requirements

Custom Theme Selection

"As a solopreneur, I want to customize the theme of my dashboard so that I can create a workspace that reflects my brand and suits my aesthetic preferences."

Description

This requirement entails the ability for users to choose from a variety of pre-defined themes that alter the overall look and feel of their dashboard. Users should be able to select colors, fonts, and elements that resonate with their brand identity or personal preferences. This feature should be integrated with the user interface settings and allow for real-time previews to enhance user experience. It is essential for encouraging user engagement and making the dashboard visually appealing, which can lead to higher productivity levels.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a custom theme for their dashboard from the available pre-defined options to ensure a cohesive brand identity.

Given a list of pre-defined themes, when the user selects a theme and applies it, then the dashboard appearance should change to reflect the selected theme.

User applies a chosen color scheme to their dashboard to enhance visual appeal and match personal preference.

Given the ability to customize colors, when the user selects colors for different elements, then the dashboard should update in real-time to show these changes.

User wishes to view their dashboard in various layouts to determine which arrangement best suits their workflow.

Given multiple layout options, when the user selects a layout, then the dashboard should rearrange the components according to the chosen layout instantly.

User needs to preview changes made to theme settings before finalizing them to ensure satisfaction with their choices.

Given a selected theme and customization changes, when the user clicks on the preview button, then a preview of the dashboard should display the changes accurately without finalizing them.

User wants to revert to the default dashboard theme if dissatisfied with the customizations made.

Given that the user has applied custom themes, when the user selects the option 'Revert to Default', then the dashboard should reset to the original default theme successfully.

User explores the accessibility features of the theme customization to support color-blind users.

Given a selection of color themes, when the user enables the accessibility options, then the themes displayed should adhere to color contrast guidelines optimal for color-blind users.

Layout Customization Options

"As a small business owner, I want to rearrange the layout of my dashboard so that I can quickly access the information that matters most to my business."

Description

This requirement focuses on providing users with the flexibility to customize the layout of their dashboards. Users should be able to drag and drop widgets, resize panels, and rearrange components according to their workflow preferences. This functionality enhances the usability of the dashboard, allowing users to prioritize information that is most relevant to them for improved operational efficiency. Integration with existing layout management systems will be necessary for smooth user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to customize their dashboard by adding new widgets, resizing them, and rearranging their layout to better reflect their workflow.

Given a user is on their dashboard, when they drag a widget from the widget library to the dashboard, then the widget should be added to the dashboard and appear in the selected location. When the user resizes a widget, then the change in size should be saved and reflected accurately upon saving the layout.

A user is resetting their dashboard layout and wants to return to the default configuration.

Given a user has customized their dashboard and clicks on the 'Reset to Default' button, when the action is confirmed, then the dashboard should revert to its original state with all widgets removed, and only default settings applied.

Multiple users are collaborating and need to ensure that their dashboard layout changes are reflected in real-time for all team members.

Given multiple users are accessing the same dashboard, when one user makes layout changes, then all other users should see those changes reflected in real-time without requiring a page refresh.

A user wants to save their customized dashboard layout for future use.

Given a user has arranged their dashboard to their liking, when the user clicks the 'Save Layout' button, then the layout should be saved and recalled correctly upon the next login or refresh of the dashboard.

A user is checking the responsiveness of the dashboard after making changes, using different screen sizes.

Given a user has customized their dashboard layout, when the user accesses the dashboard from devices with different resolutions (desktop, tablet, mobile), then the dashboard should maintain usability and display without loss of functionality across all devices.

A user needs help understanding how to use the drag-and-drop functionality to rearrange dashboard components.

Given a user is on their dashboard, when the user hovers over the drag-and-drop interface, then a tooltip or help icon should appear offering guidance on how to use this feature effectively.

Color Palette Customization

"As a user, I want to select my own color palette for my dashboard so that it feels more personalized and aligns with my brand colors."

Description

This requirement allows users to customize the color palettes of their dashboards. Users should be able to choose primary and secondary colors for various elements, ensuring not only consistency with their branding but also personal comfort and preference in navigating the interface. This can directly boost user satisfaction and contribute to a more enjoyable user experience. Implementation will involve integrating color selection tools seamlessly into the settings menu.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the dashboard settings and selects the color palette customization option to change dashboard colors.

Given the user is on the dashboard settings page, when they select the color palette customization option, then they should be able to choose and apply a new primary and secondary color for the dashboard elements.

User applies a new color palette and observes the changes reflecting in real-time on the dashboard.

Given the user has selected a new color palette, when they press the 'Apply' button, then the dashboard should update immediately to reflect the selected colors without requiring a page refresh.

User reverts back to the default color palette after making changes.

Given the user has customized their color palette, when they choose the 'Revert to Default' option, then the dashboard should revert to the original default color palette.

User saves their customized color palette settings for future sessions.

Given the user has applied and is satisfied with their color palette, when they click the 'Save' button, then their color settings should be saved and persist across future logins to the application.

User receives feedback on the color palette customization feature through the help and support option.

Given the user accesses the help documentation for color palette customization, when the information loads, then it should include step-by-step instructions on how to customize colors effectively.

User checks for compatibility of the color palette with various elements on the dashboard to ensure clarity and visibility.

Given the user has applied a new color palette, when they review the dashboard, then all text and icons should be clearly visible and appropriate contrast ratios must be met to ensure accessibility standards are upheld.

User shares their custom color palette across multiple devices they use to access the dashboard.

Given the user has set their color palette on one device, when they log in from a different device, then the custom color palette should be automatically applied without needing to set it manually again.

Preview Functionality

"As a user, I want to preview my theme changes in real time so that I can be sure of how my dashboard looks before I save any updates."

Description

A critical requirement that allows users to see a real-time preview of any changes made to their theme and layout before finalizing them. This feature helps users make informed decisions about their dashboard aesthetics and ensures that their expected outcome matches actual changes made. It provides a safety net against unwanted modifications and enhances user confidence in customizing their workspace. Integration with the UI components will be essential for this requirement to function effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User modifies the theme color of their dashboard from a light theme to a dark theme to reduce eye strain during late-night work sessions. They expect to see the changes reflected in real-time as they adjust the color settings.

Given the user is on the theme customization page, when they select a new color from the palette, then the dashboard should immediately update to reflect the new color without requiring a page refresh.

User wants to change the layout of their dashboard, arranging widgets in a grid rather than a list format. They wish to see how the new layout appears before saving their changes.

Given the user is rearranging widgets on the layout customization page, when they drag and drop widgets into a new position, then the dashboard should visually represent the new positions in real-time.

A user is considering various themes for their dashboard, including changes to font styles and sizes. They want to view the changes before finalizing their selection.

Given the user is previewing font options, when they select a different font style from the dropdown, then the dashboard should refresh to display the currently selected font style and size in real-time.

Users often make multiple adjustments to their dashboard's visual settings. They want to feel confident that each modification is correct before they apply it permanently.

Given the user has made multiple theme and layout adjustments, when they choose to save their changes, then the system should confirm that all previews are accurate and reflect the settings they adjusted before saving.

A user faces a situation where they don't see the real-time preview working while making changes to their dashboard theme.

Given that a user is updating their dashboard theme, when they report the real-time preview not functioning, then the system should properly log this issue and provide assistance with troubleshooting steps.

Save Custom Settings

"As a solopreneur, I want to save different dashboard settings so that I can switch between them based on the specific needs of my projects."

Description

This requirement enables users to save their unique theme and layout settings for future sessions. Users should have the capability to create multiple profiles (e.g., for different projects or brands) and easily switch between them. This ability is vital for solopreneurs and small businesses that may have varying needs over time, thus promoting ongoing user satisfaction and engagement with the AutoBind platform. Ensuring robust saving mechanisms is critical to this feature's success.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to save their customized dashboard layout and theme settings after personalizing their workspace for the first time.

Given the user has customized their dashboard settings, when they click the 'Save Settings' button, then their theme and layout preferences should be stored in their profile successfully without errors.

User has changed their theme and layout settings during a session and wants to save these new settings as a different profile for later use.

Given the user has modified their dashboard layout and theme, when they click on 'Save As New Profile', then a prompt should appear asking them to name the new profile, and on confirmation, the settings should be saved under the specified profile without overriding existing profiles.

User needs to switch between different saved profiles and wants to ensure that the correct theme and layout settings are applied when they select a profile.

Given the user has multiple saved profiles, when they select a different profile from the dropdown menu, then the dashboard should reflect the selected profile's layout and theme settings immediately without requiring a page refresh.

User attempts to save their customized settings but encounters a system error due to a backend issue.

Given the user has customized their settings, when they attempt to save them and the system encounters an error, then an appropriate error message should be displayed indicating the problem without loss of the current settings.

User wants to delete an unused profile to declutter their settings list.

Given the user has multiple profiles saved, when they select a profile and click 'Delete Profile', then the system should prompt for confirmation and upon confirmation, the selected profile should be permanently removed from the list without affecting other profiles.

User requests to view all their saved profiles to manage settings and workflows effectively.

Given the user has multiple profiles created, when they navigate to the profiles management section, then all saved profiles should be displayed with options to edit, delete, or switch to each profile clearly presented.

Snapshot Sharing

Users can create and share snapshots of their dashboards with team members or stakeholders directly from the dashboard interface. This feature promotes transparency and collaboration by enabling others to stay informed on project status and performance metrics without additional explanation.

Requirements

Dashboard Snapshot Creation

"As a project manager, I want to capture snapshots of my team's performance dashboards so that I can easily share key metrics with stakeholders and ensure everyone is informed on our progress."

Description

The Dashboard Snapshot Creation requirement allows users to easily capture and create visual snapshots of their personalized dashboards. This functionality ensures that users can effectively document their dashboard metrics and visual data representations with a single click. It promotes usability by making complex data accessible and presentable, fostering a better understanding of ongoing projects and key performance indicators. This feature is pivotal for enhancing transparency within teams, enabling users to efficiently share crucial insights without requiring additional context or explanations.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a snapshot creation from the dashboard after customizing their view by adding key performance indicators and filtering data for a specific project.

Given a user is on their personalized dashboard, when they click the 'Create Snapshot' button, then a snapshot of the current dashboard view should be generated and saved.

A user shares the generated snapshot with their team via the sharing options provided in the dashboard interface.

Given a snapshot has been created, when the user selects the 'Share' option and enters team members' email addresses, then the snapshot should be sent successfully to all entered emails without errors.

Users require immediate access to the latest snapshot to present during a team meeting on project updates and performance metrics.

Given a user has created multiple snapshots, when they access the snapshot library, then they should be able to see all previously created snapshots with clear timestamps for each.

A user wants to ensure that the snapshot accurately reflects current metrics before sharing it with stakeholders.

Given a user is viewing a snapshot, when they click on it, then the snapshot should display the latest data and not be more than 5 minutes old from the time of creation.

After creating a snapshot, a user seeks confirmation that the snapshot has been successfully generated and saved.

Given a user has clicked 'Create Snapshot', when the process is completed, then a confirmation message should appear on the dashboard indicating successful snapshot creation.

A user attempts to create a snapshot without logging into their account to verify access controls.

Given a user is not logged in, when they try to create a snapshot, then they should receive an error message prompting them to log in first before capturing dashboard data.

Snapshot Sharing Mechanism

"As a team member, I want to share dashboard snapshots with my colleagues so that we can collaborate effectively and keep all team members updated about project status."

Description

The Snapshot Sharing Mechanism requirement facilitates the direct sharing of created dashboard snapshots with team members and stakeholders via a simple interface embedded within the dashboard. This feature enhances communication by allowing users to send snapshots through various channels, such as email or integrated messaging apps, ensuring that vital project insights are communicated swiftly and effectively. This requirement supports collaboration by enabling users to make informed decisions based on access to up-to-date project information and allows for seamless discussions among team members.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully shares dashboard snapshot via email.

Given the user is on the dashboard and has a snapshot ready to share, when they select the share option and enter a valid email address, then the snapshot should be sent to the specified email with a confirmation message displayed on the dashboard.

User shares dashboard snapshot through an integrated messaging app.

Given the user is on the dashboard and has a snapshot ready to share, when they select the share option and choose an integrated messaging app from the list, then the snapshot should be sent to the specified contact or group in that app, with a confirmation message displayed on the dashboard.

User attempts to share a snapshot without a valid email address.

Given the user is on the dashboard and has a snapshot ready to share, when they select the share option and enter an invalid email format, then an error message should be displayed prompting the user to enter a valid email address, and the snapshot should not be shared.

User shares a dashboard snapshot with multiple recipients via email.

Given the user is on the dashboard and has a snapshot ready to share, when they select the share option and enter multiple valid email addresses separated by commas, then the snapshot should be sent to all specified email addresses with a confirmation message displayed on the dashboard.

User checks the history of shared snapshots.

Given the user has shared snapshots in the past, when they navigate to the shared snapshots history section, then all previously shared snapshots along with their recipients and timestamps should be displayed correctly.

User shares a snapshot and receives feedback from a team member.

Given the user shares a dashboard snapshot with a team member through an integrated messaging app, when the team member responds with feedback, then the original sender should receive a notification of the feedback in the app, allowing for further discussion.

User navigates back to the dashboard after sharing a snapshot.

Given the user has successfully shared a dashboard snapshot, when they click on the return to dashboard button, then they should be redirected back to the main dashboard interface without loss of any current data or context.

Snapshot Viewer Permissions

"As a team lead, I want to define who can view the snapshots I share so that I can control access to sensitive project information and ensure that only authorized personnel can see the insights."

Description

The Snapshot Viewer Permissions requirement ensures that users can set custom viewing permissions for their shared dashboard snapshots. This functionality allows users to control who can view their snapshots, enhancing data security and confidentiality. By implementing viewer permissions, teams can limit access to sensitive information, fostering a trusted environment for sharing critical performance data while maintaining compliance with privacy standards. This requirement is essential for safeguarding information and promoting responsible sharing within collaborative processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User A wants to share a dashboard snapshot with Team Member B but wants to restrict access to only those who need to see it for their role in the project. User A sets custom viewing permissions before generating the snapshot link.

Given that User A has created a dashboard snapshot, When User A sets the viewing permissions to allow only Team Member B to view the snapshot, Then only Team Member B should have access to the snapshot link and no other team members should access it.

User C wishes to revoke previously granted access to a dashboard snapshot for User D. User C accesses the permission settings and updates the access rights accordingly.

Given that User C has previously shared a dashboard snapshot with User D, When User C revokes User D’s access in the permissions settings, Then User D should no longer be able to view the dashboard snapshot when attempting to access it via the provided link.

User E needs to share a dashboard snapshot with multiple team members, but some of them should not see specific sensitive data. User E tailors the permissions accordingly before sharing the snapshot.

Given that User E has identified sensitive data within a dashboard snapshot, When User E sets custom viewing permissions that restrict specific users from seeing that sensitive data, Then those users should be unable to view the restricted information in the shared snapshot while others can see it.

Team Leader F wants to ensure that all team members can view the shared dashboard snapshot without having to request access individually. Team Leader F sets permissions accordingly for all members of the project.

Given that the dashboard snapshot is created, When Team Leader F sets the permissions to allow all project team members to view it, Then all designated team members should have immediate access to the snapshot without any access request.

Project Manager G is sharing a dashboard snapshot but wants to ensure that links are not publicly accessible. Project Manager G checks the settings prior to sharing.

Given that Project Manager G is ready to share a dashboard snapshot, When they check the settings for link accessibility, Then the options should confirm that the snapshot is only viewable by users with explicit permissions, and sharing the link does not make it publicly available.

Snapshot Annotation Tool

"As a user, I want to annotate snapshots before sharing them so that I can provide additional context to my colleagues, leading to more informed discussions about project metrics."

Description

The Snapshot Annotation Tool requirement enables users to add comments or notes directly onto the dashboard snapshots before sharing. This feature enhances collaboration by allowing users to highlight particular areas of interest or concern within the snapshot, providing context and facilitating discussions. By enabling snapshots to have accompanying annotations, teams can automate feedback loops and maintain a record of conversations related to specific metrics, promoting a more interactive sharing experience and better-informed decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to annotate a snapshot after reviewing key performance metrics so that I can provide context and insights to my team before sharing it with stakeholders.

Given that I have access to the Snapshot Annotation Tool, when I add annotations to my snapshot, then the annotations should be displayed clearly on the snapshot and saved for future reference.

As a user, I want to share an annotated snapshot with my team so that everyone is aligned on the insights and comments related to specific metrics.

Given that I have added annotations to a snapshot, when I share it with my team, then all annotations should be visible to the recipients in the shared snapshot without additional explanation required.

As a user, I want to ensure that only my annotations are visible on the shared snapshot so that sensitive information is not disclosed to unintended recipients.

Given that I have added private annotations, when I share the snapshot, then only the public annotations should be visible to the shared recipients, and private annotations should be hidden.

As a user, I want to edit my annotations after the snapshot has been shared so that I can update or modify comments based on team feedback or additional insights.

Given that I have previously shared the annotated snapshot, when I edit my annotations, then the changes should automatically update for all recipients who have access to that snapshot.

As a user, I want to view the history of annotations made on a snapshot so that I can track changes and discussions over time.

Given that I have accessed an annotated snapshot, when I request the annotation history, then I should see a chronological list of all annotations made, along with timestamps and the user who made each annotation.

As a user, I want to delete specific annotations on a snapshot to clean up any irrelevant or outdated comments before sharing it further.

Given that I have access to my annotations, when I choose to delete an annotation, then that specific annotation should be removed from the snapshot and not appear in the shared version.

As a user, I want to ensure that annotations are saved correctly when I navigate away from the dashboard so that I do not lose any feedback or context before sharing.

Given that I have added annotations, when I navigate away from the dashboard and return later, then all my annotations should be intact and reflect the most recent edits made.

Snapshot Editing Capability

"As a user, I want to edit my dashboard snapshots after creating them so that I can ensure that I’m presenting the most relevant information when sharing with others."

Description

The Snapshot Editing Capability requirement allows users to make quick edits to snapshots after creation, such as cropping the image, highlighting regions, or altering data visualizations. This functionality ensures that users can tailor their snapshots to better communicate their intended messages. With the ability to edit snapshots, users can avoid miscommunication by ensuring that only relevant information is presented when sharing, which streamlines the review process among team members and enhances overall project alignment.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to quickly edit a snapshot of their dashboard to highlight key performance indicators before sharing with stakeholders during a team meeting.

Given a created snapshot, when the user selects the edit option, then they should be able to crop, annotate, or alter visual data, and save the edited snapshot successfully.

A user creates a snapshot that includes sensitive data, but they need to share it with their team without exposing confidential information.

Given a snapshot with sensitive information, when the user applies the blur or masking tool, then the sensitive areas should be obscured, and only non-sensitive data should be visible in the final shared snapshot.

After editing a snapshot, a user wants to ensure that the final version retains the original format and layout for consistent presentation.

Given an edited snapshot, when the user saves the final version, then the layout, formatting, and visual elements should match the original snapshot, except for the applied edits.

A user is collaborating with a team and needs to create different versions of a snapshot for various presentations, ensuring they capture edits separately.

Given multiple edits to a snapshot, when the user creates a new version of the snapshot, then each version should be uniquely saveable with distinct edit histories that can be retrieved.

Users in different time zones want to edit and review snapshots asynchronously to prepare for a global team meeting.

Given a snapshot available for editing, when multiple users collaborate on the snapshot, then each user's changes should be logged and visible, ensuring transparency in edits.

A user wishes to provide feedback on a shared snapshot edited by a team member to ensure clarity and understanding before finalizing for stakeholders.

Given a shared snapshot, when the user provides comments or edits suggestions, then those feedback elements must be visible to all collaborators in the shared view of the snapshot.

Workflow Showcase

A dedicated section within the marketplace where users can display their unique workflows through rich descriptions and multimedia content. This feature allows creatives to highlight the versatility and effectiveness of their workflows, sending potential buyers directly to their unique offerings while enhancing community engagement.

Requirements

Workflow Submission Interface

"As a user, I want to easily submit my unique workflow to the marketplace so that I can showcase my creativity and attract potential buyers."

Description

The Workflow Submission Interface allows users to create and submit their workflows for showcase on the AutoBind marketplace. Users can fill out a detailed form that captures essential workflow information, including title, description, tags, and the necessary multimedia content such as images or videos. This interface is designed with user-friendly elements to ensure a smooth submission process, reducing the friction for creatives and encouraging participation within the marketplace. This requirement is pivotal for promoting user-generated content and enhancing the overall value of the marketplace by diversifying the offerings available to potential buyers.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a workflow that includes all required fields successfully.

Given the user is on the Workflow Submission Interface, when they fill out the title, description, tags, and upload multimedia content, and then submit the form, then the workflow should be listed in the marketplace and a confirmation message should be displayed to the user.

User submits a workflow without filling in the required title field.

Given the user is on the Workflow Submission Interface, when they only fill out the description, tags, and multimedia content but leave the title empty and then attempt to submit the form, then an error message must appear indicating that the title field is required and the submission must not be accepted.

User uploads multimedia content that exceeds the specified size limit.

Given the user is on the Workflow Submission Interface, when they attempt to upload images or videos that exceed the maximum allowed file size, then an error message must display, stating that the uploaded file exceeds the size limit, and the form should not be submitted.

User submits a workflow with an invalid format for multimedia content.

Given the user is on the Workflow Submission Interface, when they upload files that are not in an accepted format (e.g., unsupported file type) and then submit the form, then an error message must indicate that the format of the uploaded file is not supported, and the submission must not be accepted.

User receives feedback on the successful submission of their workflow.

Given the user has successfully submitted their workflow, when the submission is processed, then they should receive an email confirmation detailing the workflow submission, along with any next steps they should expect.

User can edit an existing workflow submission.

Given the user has previously submitted a workflow, when they navigate to the workflow management area and select the workflow to edit, then they should be able to update any of the fields (title, description, tags, multimedia content) and resubmit the workflow without losing previous data.

Workflow Review and Approval System

"As a marketplace moderator, I want to be able to review submitted workflows efficiently so that I can maintain quality standards and ensure valuable content is available."

Description

The Workflow Review and Approval System provides a structured process for evaluating submitted workflows before they are published in the marketplace. A dedicated admin panel will allow moderators to review each submission, check for compliance with platform standards, and approve or reject submissions based on set criteria. This system ensures quality control and helps maintain a high standard for showcased workflows. Additionally, it includes automated notifications for users regarding the status of their submissions, enhancing communication and transparency.

Acceptance Criteria

Admin reviews a newly submitted workflow for compliance with platform standards.

Given an admin is logged into the review panel, when they select a submitted workflow, then they must be able to view all details and multimedia associated with the workflow for assessment.

Admin approves a submitted workflow that meets all criteria.

Given an admin reviews a submitted workflow, when they find it compliant with platform standards, then they shall click 'Approve' and the workflow status must update to 'Approved' in the system.

User receives a notification after their workflow is reviewed.

Given a workflow submission has been reviewed, when the admin approves or rejects it, then the user who submitted the workflow shall receive an automated notification indicating the status of their submission within 24 hours.

Admin rejects a workflow that does not meet the standards.

Given an admin reviews a workflow, when it fails to meet compliance requirements, then the admin must select 'Reject' and provide a reason, which will be logged in the system and communicated to the user in the notification.

Admins can filter submissions based on various criteria.

Given an admin is on the review panel, when they apply filters (e.g., date submitted, user account), then the workflow list must refresh to display only the submissions that match the selected criteria.

Transparency in moderation decision-making.

Given a user has submitted a workflow, when they check their submission status, then they must see detailed feedback on approval or rejection along with compliance check results.

Admin can easily access the workflow's submission history for review.

Given an admin is reviewing a workflow, when they access it, then they must see a complete history of actions taken on that workflow, including submission dates and previous reviews, for transparency and accountability.

Community Engagement Features

"As a user, I want to engage with showcased workflows by commenting and rating them to provide feedback and connect with other creatives."

Description

Community Engagement Features will enable users to interact with showcased workflows through comments, ratings, and sharing functionality. Each workflow will have a section dedicated to user feedback, allowing viewers to ask questions and provide suggestions. This fosters a sense of community among users and encourages interaction, ultimately leading to improved visibility of popular workflows and enhanced user collaboration. By integrating a social sharing option, users will also be able to promote their workflows externally, driving more traffic to the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can comment on showcased workflows to ask questions or provide feedback.

Given a user views a showcased workflow, when they enter a comment and submit it, then the comment should appear under the workflow along with the user's name and timestamp.

Users can rate showcased workflows to indicate their satisfaction and feedback.

Given a user views a showcased workflow, when they select a rating and submit it, then the rating should be recorded and displayed as part of the workflow's overall rating score.

Users can share showcased workflows on social media platforms to increase visibility.

Given a user views a showcased workflow, when they click on the share button and choose a social media platform, then a new post should be generated with a link to the workflow and an option to include their own comments.

Users receive an email notification when someone comments on their showcased workflow.

Given a user has a showcased workflow, when someone submits a comment on that workflow, then the original user should receive an email notification with the comment details within 15 minutes.

Users can filter showcased workflows based on ratings or engagement metrics.

Given a user is on the marketplace page, when they apply a filter for workflow ratings, then only workflows that meet the selected criteria should be displayed.

Users are able to edit their own comments on showcased workflows.

Given a user has previously commented on a showcased workflow, when they click on the edit button next to their comment, then they should be able to modify and update the comment, which will be reflected immediately.

Users can view the number of shares for each showcased workflow to gauge popularity.

Given a user is viewing a showcased workflow, then the total number of times that workflow has been shared should be displayed prominently on the workflow page.

Dynamic Search and Filter Options

"As a buyer, I want to search and filter workflows in the marketplace to easily find what I'm looking for without scrolling through all options."

Description

Dynamic Search and Filter Options will enhance the discoverability of workflows in the marketplace by allowing users to search for specific keywords and apply filters based on categories, creation date, or popularity. This requirement aims to improve the user experience by enabling potential buyers to easily find workflows that meet their needs. By implementing these features, the marketplace can cater to diverse user preferences and increase the likelihood of users discovering and purchasing workflows they are interested in.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user browsing the marketplace, I want to quickly find workflows that match my specific criteria using the dynamic search and filter options available on the platform.

Given the user is on the marketplace page, when the user enters a keyword in the search bar, then only workflows that match the keyword in their description or title should be displayed in the results.

As a user looking for the latest workflow offerings, I want to filter the workflows by creation date to find the most recent ones available.

Given the user has applied the 'Last 30 Days' filter, when the user clicks on apply, then the marketplace should only display workflows created within the last 30 days.

As a potential buyer, I want to filter workflows based on popularity to see the most recommended and highly-rated options first.

Given the user has selected the popularity filter, when the user applies the filter, then the displayed workflows should be sorted in descending order based on user ratings and purchase counts.

As a user exploring the marketplace, I want to be able to clear any applied filters easily to see all available workflows again.

Given the filters have been applied, when the user clicks on the 'Clear All Filters' button, then all filters should be removed and the user should see the full list of workflows available in the marketplace.

As an advanced user, I want to combine multiple filters (category and creation date) so that I can find workflows that are both relevant and up-to-date.

Given the user has selected a category and a specific date range, when the user applies these filters, then the displayed workflows should reflect both the selected category and fall within the defined date range.

As a user browsing the marketplace on a mobile device, I want the dynamic search and filter options to be mobile-friendly and easy to use.

Given the user is accessing the marketplace from a mobile device, when the user attempts to use the search and filter options, then the interface should be responsive and user-friendly, allowing easy navigation and selection of filters.

As a user conducting a search, I want to see a loading indicator while results are being fetched to know that my request is being processed.

Given the user has entered a search keyword and the search is in progress, when the results are being fetched, then a loading indicator should be displayed until the results are fully loaded and ready for viewing.

Peer Reviews

Users can leave feedback and ratings for purchased workflows, providing valuable insights for others in the community. This feature promotes trust and encourages high-quality submissions, helping users make informed decisions when selecting workflows to implement.

Requirements

Feedback Submission

"As a user, I want to submit feedback for the workflows I purchase so that I can help other users make informed decisions based on my experience."

Description

The Feedback Submission requirement allows users to easily leave reviews and ratings for the workflows they've purchased. This functionality is crucial as it not only generates user-generated content that can enhance the credibility and appeal of various workflows but also fosters a sense of community among users. By enabling users to share their experiences, the platform helps future customers make informed decisions, leading to improved satisfaction rates and higher quality submissions overall. Additionally, this feature will integrate seamlessly with the existing workflow purchasing system to ensure a smooth user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully navigates to the feedback submission page after purchasing a workflow.

Given a user has purchased a workflow, when they navigate to the feedback submission page, then they should see the option to leave a rating and a comment for the purchased workflow.

User submits a feedback form with a rating and comments.

Given a user is on the feedback submission page, when they fill out the rating (1 to 5 stars) and provide a text comment, then upon submission, the feedback should be saved in the system and visible to other users.

User receives confirmation after submitting feedback.

Given a user has successfully submitted feedback, when the submission is complete, then they should see a confirmation message indicating the feedback has been submitted successfully.

User views submitted feedback and ratings for workflows.

Given feedback has been submitted for a workflow, when a user views the workflow details, then they should see the average rating and a list of all comments submitted by other users.

User attempts to submit feedback without providing required fields.

Given a user is on the feedback submission page, when they try to submit the form without filling in the required fields (rating and comment), then they should receive an error message prompting them to complete the fields.

User edits their previously submitted feedback.

Given a user has submitted feedback for a workflow, when they navigate to the edit feedback option, then they should be able to update their rating and comment, and see the updated feedback reflected on the workflow details page.

User checks if their feedback has been flagged as inappropriate.

Given a user has previously submitted feedback, when they navigate to their feedback history, then they should be able to see any feedback that has been flagged for moderation clearly indicated as such.

Rating System

"As a buyer, I want to see a rating alongside the feedback for each workflow so that I can quickly gauge its quality before making a purchase."

Description

The Rating System requirement is designed to provide a structured method for users to evaluate workflows by allowing them to give a numerical rating along with their feedback. This feature enhances the credibility of the review process by quantifying user satisfaction and offering a quick reference for potential buyers. Implementing this system will encourage more users to leave feedback, as they can easily express their approval or disapproval. The rating will be visible next to each workflow, helping users sift through options based on community sentiment, thus promoting higher quality submissions and trust in the marketplace.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a numerical rating and feedback for a purchased workflow in the AutoBind platform.

Given a user has purchased a workflow, when they navigate to the workflow review section and input a numerical rating (1-5) and feedback, then their rating and feedback should be saved and displayed next to the workflow immediately after submission.

User views the rating system for a workflow on the AutoBind marketplace page.

Given a workflow has received user ratings and feedback, when a user visits the marketplace page of that workflow, then they should be able to see the average rating displayed prominently alongside the latest feedback snippets from other users.

User attempts to submit a rating without providing necessary feedback.

Given a user is on the rating submission form for a workflow, when they attempt to submit a rating without entering any feedback, then a validation message should appear prompting them to provide comments before submitting.

Admin reviews the rating submissions for a particular workflow.

Given an admin is accessing the backend review panel, when they filter the ratings for a specific workflow, then they should see all ratings and corresponding feedback organized by date, along with the ability to delete inappropriate content.

User changes their rating for a previously reviewed workflow.

Given a user has previously submitted a rating and feedback for a workflow, when they navigate back to the review section and change their initial rating and feedback, then the new rating and feedback should replace the old submission and the user should receive a confirmation message.

Users evaluate the impact of the rating system on workflow selection.

Given a user is browsing workflows that include ratings, when they compare two workflows with different ratings, then they should perceive the workflow with the higher rating as more trustworthy and preferable for selection.

Notification system for users after new ratings are added to workflows they've reviewed.

Given a user has left a rating and feedback on a workflow, when another user submits a new rating for the same workflow, then the original reviewer should receive a notification about the new feedback added.

Review Display and Sorting

"As a potential buyer, I want to see user reviews sorted by helpfulness or date so that I can quickly evaluate the most relevant feedback before purchasing."

Description

The Review Display and Sorting requirement will allow users to view feedback for workflows in a clearly organized manner. This will include displaying the most helpful reviews prominently, along with options to sort by rating or date. This functionality is important as it helps users easily navigate through peer reviews to find the most relevant feedback. The design will be visually appealing and intuitive, ensuring that users can quickly assess the quality of the workflows and make informed choices. This feature will enhance user engagement and satisfaction with the product as they can rely on the community’s insights.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can access the peer reviews section of a selected workflow through the AutoBind interface.

Given a user is viewing a workflow, when they navigate to the peer reviews section, then they should see a list of reviews displayed with the most helpful reviews shown first.

Users need to sort the reviews for a workflow by different criteria to find specific feedback.

Given a user is on the reviews page, when they select the sorting option, then the reviews should reorder based on the selected criteria (most helpful, highest rating, or most recent).

Users want to quickly assess the average rating of a workflow based on peer reviews.

Given a user is viewing a workflow, when they look at the review section, then the average rating should be displayed prominently alongside the total number of reviews.

Users want to filter reviews to find specific comments relevant to their needs (e.g., positive, negative, or neutral).

Given a user is in the reviews section, when they apply a filter (positive/negative/neutral), then the displayed reviews should update to show only those that match the filter criteria.

Users want to see the date when the reviews were submitted to assess the recency of feedback.

Given a user is on the reviews page, when they view each review, then each review should display the date it was submitted clearly next to the review text.

Users want to see a visual representation of the distribution of ratings for the reviews of a workflow.

Given a user is viewing the peer reviews, when they look for the ratings distribution, then a visual graph (e.g., bar chart or pie chart) should illustrate the breakdown of ratings given.

Users would like to leave their own review after using a workflow to contribute to the community.

Given a user has completed using a workflow, when they access the review submission form, then they should be able to submit a review with a rating and comments successfully, which becomes visible in the peer reviews section after submission.

Review Analytics Dashboard

"As a product manager, I want to access an analytics dashboard that displays summary statistics about user reviews so that I can make data-driven decisions for improving the workflow offerings."

Description

The Review Analytics Dashboard requirement provides analytics for submitted reviews, offering insights into the average ratings, feedback trends, and user engagement metrics. This feature will benefit both users and the product team by highlighting popular workflows and identifying areas for improvement. It serves as a valuable tool for understanding customer preferences and behaviors, facilitating data-driven decisions for future workflow submissions. Integrating analytics will help improve product offerings and enhance user trust by promoting highly-rated workflows within the marketplace.

Acceptance Criteria

Review Analytics Dashboard displays average ratings for submitted workflows based on user reviews within the dashboard interface.

Given a workflow has received reviews, when I access the Review Analytics Dashboard, then I should see the average rating displayed clearly for each workflow.

The dashboard visualizes feedback trends over time for specific workflows to show how user sentiment changes.

Given there are at least five reviews for a workflow, when I view the Review Analytics Dashboard, then I should see a trend line representing the feedback ratings over time for the workflow.

User engagement metrics, such as the total number of reviews and the number of unique reviewers, are displayed for each workflow.

Given users have submitted reviews, when I analyze a specific workflow in the Review Analytics Dashboard, then I should see the total count of reviews and unique reviewers associated with that workflow.

The dashboard enables filtering of workflows based on ratings and engagement metrics for better user insights.

Given multiple workflows are listed in the Review Analytics Dashboard, when I apply filters for ratings or review counts, then I should see the workflows reordered based on the selected criteria immediately.

The dashboard identifies popular workflows based on user ratings and displays them prominently to encourage visibility.

Given there are workflows with high ratings, when I access the Review Analytics Dashboard, then I should see a section highlighting the top-rated workflows clearly labeled as 'Popular Workflows.'

Users can easily navigate to detailed reviews and feedback for each workflow directly from the dashboard.

Given I am viewing the Review Analytics Dashboard, when I click on the average rating for a workflow, then I should be directed to a page or modal displaying all reviews for that workflow.

Feedback Flagging System

"As a user, I want to be able to flag reviews that I find inappropriate or unhelpful so that I can help maintain a trustworthy feedback environment."

Description

The Feedback Flagging System requirement allows users to report inappropriate or irrelevant reviews, ensuring that the feedback section remains useful and trustworthy. This feature is essential in maintaining the integrity of the reviews and ratings system, preventing misuse and fostering a positive community environment. Upon flagging, reviews will be reviewed by moderation teams to determine appropriateness. This functionality encourages users to feel safe about sharing their opinions and keeps the quality of feedback high, leading to better decision-making for potential customers.

Acceptance Criteria

User Reports an Inappropriate Review

Given a user views a review they consider inappropriate, when they click on the 'Flag' button, then the review should be marked as flagged and a confirmation message should display.

Moderation Review Process Initiation

Given a review has been flagged, when a moderator accesses the flagged reviews queue, then they should see the details of the flagged review, including the user comments, timestamp, and flagging reason.

User Receives Feedback on Flagging Action

Given a user has flagged a review, when their flag is submitted, then they should receive an email notification confirming that their flag has been received and is being reviewed.

Removal of Inappropriate Reviews

Given a moderator finds a flagged review inappropriate, when they take action to remove the review, then the review should no longer be visible to users and the reviewer should be notified of the removal.

User Attempts to Flag a Valid Review

Given a user views a review they believe is valid, when they attempt to flag the review, then they should receive an error message stating that the review cannot be flagged unless it violates guidelines.

Reporting Frequency Limit

Given a user has flagged a review, when they attempt to flag another review within 24 hours, then they should receive a message indicating that they have reached the flagging limit and must wait.

Flagging Analytics Dashboard

Given a moderator accesses the analytics dashboard, when they view the feedback flagging stats, then they should see a report detailing the number of flags received, reviews processed, and actions taken within the last month.

Trending Workflows

A curated list of popular and highly-rated workflows featured prominently in the marketplace. This feature helps users quickly identify top-performing workflows in their categories, ensuring they can leverage proven solutions without extensive searching.

Requirements

Trending Workflows Curation

"As a solopreneur, I want to see a list of trending workflows so that I can quickly identify effective solutions that will save me time and improve my productivity."

Description

The Trending Workflows Curation requirement involves developing a mechanism to identify, aggregate, and display a curated list of popular workflows within the AutoBind marketplace. This feature will utilize user ratings, usage statistics, and community feedback to rank the workflows, ensuring that the most effective solutions are easily accessible to users. The curated list must be dynamically updated to reflect real-time performance data, enhancing user experience by allowing users to quickly identify and adopt workflows that have proven successful for their peers. Integration with the existing marketplace will be essential, and the implementation must consider filtering by category to provide a tailored experience.

Acceptance Criteria

As a solopreneur using AutoBind, I want to view the Trending Workflows list to quickly identify the most effective workflows for my business processes, ensuring I can automate tasks without extensive searching.

Given the user accesses the Trending Workflows section, when the page loads, then a list of top-performing workflows filtered by category must be displayed with ratings and usage statistics.

As a user interested in specific categories, I want to filter the Trending Workflows based on categories such as marketing, sales, and project management to find relevant solutions quickly.

Given the user selects a category filter, when the filter is applied, then only workflows belonging to that category must be shown in the Trending Workflows list.

As a marketplace manager, I need to ensure that the Trending Workflows list updates in real time based on user ratings and usage data, so that users always see current popular workflows.

Given the Trending Workflows list is displayed, when a user rates a workflow or usage data changes, then the Trending Workflows list must refresh automatically to reflect the most recent data.

As a new user exploring the AutoBind marketplace, I would like to view additional details about each Trending Workflow, including user testimonials and success stories, to help me make informed decisions.

Given a user clicks on a Trending Workflow, when the details page opens, then it must display in-depth information including user ratings, testimonials, and relevant success stories associated with that workflow.

As a current user of AutoBind, I want to be able to navigate back to the Trending Workflows list after viewing a specific workflow detail to continue exploring other options easily.

Given a user is viewing a detailed workflow page, when the 'Back to Trending Workflows' button is clicked, then the user must be redirected back to the previous Trending Workflows section without loss of selected filters or sorting.

As a power user of AutoBind seeking advanced automation, I want to see the usage statistics of each Trending Workflow, so I can gauge their popularity and effectiveness based on real user data.

Given the user views the Trending Workflows list, when the list is rendered, then each workflow must display accurate usage statistics including the number of users and automation tasks completed.

User Feedback Integration

"As a user, I want to be able to leave feedback on the workflows I use so that I can contribute to the community and help others make informed decisions."

Description

The User Feedback Integration requirement involves creating a feedback loop within the Trending Workflows feature, allowing users to submit their reviews and ratings for each workflow directly from the marketplace. This integration will enhance the credibility of the trending workflows by providing real user insights and will enable continuous improvement based on user experiences. The feedback collected will be analyzed to further refine the curation algorithm, ensuring that the most relevant and useful workflows are highlighted. Privacy concerns and data anonymization will be factors to address during development.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback for a specific trending workflow through the marketplace interface after completing a task.

Given a user is logged into the marketplace, when they navigate to a trending workflow and click the 'Rate and Review' button, then they are presented with a feedback form that they can fill out, allowing them to submit their rating and comments successfully.

A user views the aggregated ratings and reviews for a trending workflow in the marketplace.

Given a user is on the trending workflows page, when they select a specific workflow, then they should see the average rating and a list of all submitted reviews prominently displayed, providing insight into user satisfaction.

The system processes user feedback to update the trending workflows list based on ratings and reviews.

Given several reviews and ratings have been submitted for various workflows, when the system analyzes this feedback, then the trending workflows list should reflect the top-rated workflows prominently in the marketplace based on average rating scores and helper metrics.

A user checks if their submission of feedback has been successfully recorded.

Given a user has filled out and submitted feedback for a trending workflow, when they navigate back to the same workflow, then they should see a confirmation message indicating that their feedback was successfully submitted and will be displayed after moderation.

A user attempts to submit feedback without providing a rating.

Given a user is filling out the feedback form, when they try to submit it without selecting a rating, then they should receive an error message prompting them to select a rating before submitting the feedback.

Users can view anonymized feedback trends for each workflow.

Given the feedback has been collected and anonymized, when an admin accesses the insights dashboard, then they should be able to see trends and statistics regarding user ratings and comments for each trending workflow, all presented in an aggregated format to avoid personal data exposure.

Dynamic Workflow Updates

"As a user, I want the trending workflows to update automatically so that I always see the most relevant solutions without having to constantly check for changes."

Description

The Dynamic Workflow Updates requirement focuses on implementing a system that automatically refreshes the list of trending workflows based on a predefined schedule or significant changes in user interaction. This ensures that users always have access to the most current information without needing to manually refresh or search for updates. Users will benefit from timely insights about what workflows are gaining traction within the community, and the system will need to account for algorithm adjustments and scaling as the number of users and workflows grows.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user opens the Trending Workflows feature, I expect to see a refreshed list of workflows that reflects the latest trends based on user interactions and system algorithms.

Given the system has received user interaction data, when the scheduled refresh occurs, then the displayed trending workflows should accurately reflect the top-performing workflows according to the latest user engagement metrics.

As a user accessing the Trending Workflows, I want the list to update dynamically without requiring page refresh, so I can seamlessly explore current trends.

Given the user is viewing the trending workflows, when new interaction data is available and the update condition is met, then the workflow list should automatically refresh every 10 minutes with the latest data without a page refresh.

As a product owner, I want to validate the algorithm used for determining trending workflows, ensuring it adjusts based on defined metrics such as user usage frequency and interactions.

Given the algorithm for trending workflows is implemented, when I conduct a controlled test with varied user interactions, then the algorithm should correctly identify and rank workflows based on the predefined metrics with at least 90% accuracy.

As a user reviewing trending workflows, I would like to receive notifications indicating when the list has been updated, so I can stay informed about new opportunities.

Given the user has enabled notifications for workflow updates, when the trending workflows are refreshed, then the user should receive a notification indicating that new trending workflows are available to view.

As a system admin, I want to ensure that the workflow update mechanism scales efficiently as the number of users grows to maintain performance.

Given that the user base has increased by 50%, when the system processes user interactions, then the time taken for the trending workflows list to refresh should not exceed 5 seconds.

As a user of AutoBind, I want to view a timestamp indicating when the Trending Workflows were last updated, so I can gauge the recency of the information.

Given the user is viewing the trending workflows, when the list is displayed, then it should include a timestamp that indicates the last successful update time of the workflows list.

Category-Based Filtering

"As a solopreneur, I want to filter trending workflows by category so that I can easily find the most relevant workflows tailored to my business needs."

Description

The Category-Based Filtering requirement seeks to enhance the user interface by allowing users to filter trending workflows by specific categories, such as marketing, sales, or project management. This will enable users to find relevant workflows more efficiently, tailoring their experience to their specific needs. The implementation will require a robust categorization structure and user-friendly UI components that facilitate quick access to different segments of workflows, ensuring that the feature is intuitive and beneficial for all user types.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the AutoBind application and navigates to the Trending Workflows section. They look for marketing-related workflows to enhance their current campaign efforts.

Given the user is on the Trending Workflows page, When the user selects the 'Marketing' category filter, Then only workflows categorized under marketing should be displayed.

A solopreneur logs into AutoBind and wants to find project management workflows to help organize their tasks and deadlines.

Given the user is on the Trending Workflows page, When the user selects 'Project Management' from the category dropdown, Then the list should update to show only project management workflows.

An online business owner wants to quickly switch between categories to explore various trending workflows for sales and marketing.

Given the user has applied a category filter, When the user changes the category filter to 'Sales', Then the system should instantly refresh the displayed workflows to show only those in the sales category without reloading the entire page.

A user is unsure if the category-based filter can help them, and they want to validate its functionality before using it extensively.

Given the user hovers over the category filter options, When the user sees tooltips next to each option, Then the tooltips should provide clear descriptions of what each category entails.

A user with accessibility needs accesses the Trending Workflows and wants to utilize the category-based filter effectively.

Given the user is using a screen reader, When the user navigates to the category filter, Then the screen reader should announce each available category clearly and provide instructions for selection.

A group of users is testing the Trending Workflows feature and needs to ensure that filtering does not affect other functionalities of the application.

Given multiple users are on the Trending Workflows page, When any one of them applies a category filter, Then no other user’s interface should be displayed incorrectly or hang, ensuring stable performance across sessions.

Analytics Dashboard for Trending Workflows

"As a user, I want to access analytics for trending workflows so that I can assess their effectiveness and make better decisions for my automation strategy."

Description

The Analytics Dashboard for Trending Workflows requirement involves building an analytical interface that provides insights into the performance of trending workflows, including metrics such as usage frequency, user ratings, and feedback. This dashboard will allow users to understand the relative effectiveness of different workflows over time, enabling more informed decisions about which workflows to adopt. Data visualization will be a key aspect, ensuring that insights are accessible and actionable.

Acceptance Criteria

Users want to access the Analytics Dashboard to view the performance metrics of trending workflows they intend to implement in their business.

Given that the user is logged in and on the Analytics Dashboard page, when they select a trending workflow, then they should see usage frequency, user ratings, and feedback for that workflow displayed in a clear format.

A user wants to compare the performance of two or more trending workflows to determine which is more effective for their needs.

Given the user is viewing multiple trending workflows on the Analytics Dashboard, when they select multiple workflows for comparison, then the dashboard should provide a side-by-side comparison of metrics like usage frequency and user ratings.

An administrator needs to ensure that the data displayed in the Analytics Dashboard is accurate and up-to-date for all users.

Given that new data is available for trending workflows, when administrators refresh the data in the Analytics Dashboard, then all displayed metrics should be updated to reflect the most current usage frequency and user ratings.

Users are looking for insights over time to gauge how trending workflows are performing and evolving.

Given the user accesses the Analytics Dashboard, when they select a date range for analytics, then the dashboard should display historical data trends for usage frequency and user ratings over the specified period.

Users want to provide feedback on trending workflows after utilizing them, directly from the Analytics Dashboard.

Given that a user is on the Analytics Dashboard, when they click on the 'Provide Feedback' button for a specific workflow, then they should be able to submit their feedback successfully and receive a confirmation message after submission.

Users are looking to visualize the performance metrics of trending workflows to easily interpret data and make decisions.

Given the user is on the Analytics Dashboard, when they select a workflow, then performance metrics should be visualized using graphs or charts to enhance data understanding.

Enhanced Workflow Comparison Tool

"As a user, I want to compare different trending workflows side-by-side so that I can choose the option that best fits my needs and optimize my task automation."

Description

The Enhanced Workflow Comparison Tool requirement focuses on introducing a feature that allows users to compare multiple trending workflows side-by-side based on various criteria such as user ratings, efficiency metrics, and user feedback. This feature will empower users to make informed decisions when selecting a workflow by easily visualizing the potential benefits of each option. It will require the design of comparison templates and a data aggregation system that pulls in relevant metrics from the curated list of workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

As a solopreneur looking to streamline my workflow, I want to use the Enhanced Workflow Comparison Tool to evaluate different trending workflows based on user ratings, so I can select the most effective one for my business needs.

Given I have access to the Enhanced Workflow Comparison Tool, when I select multiple trending workflows to compare, then I should be able to see a side-by-side comparison of each workflow's user ratings, efficiency metrics, and user feedback clearly displayed in a user-friendly format.

As a user comparing workflows, I want to ensure that the comparison metrics such as user ratings and efficiency are updated in real-time, so that I can make decisions based on the most current data available.

Given that I am viewing the Enhanced Workflow Comparison Tool, when I refresh the page, then the comparison metrics should update automatically to reflect the latest user ratings and efficiency statistics from the curated list.

As a small business owner, I want to see visual representations of user feedback and efficiency metrics in the Enhanced Workflow Comparison Tool, creating a more engaging and informative way to assess workflows.

Given that I have selected workflows to compare, when the comparison displays metrics, then it should include visual elements such as graphs or charts for user feedback and efficiency, enabling me to easily interpret the data.

As a user interested in exploring trending workflows, I want the Enhanced Workflow Comparison Tool to allow me to filter and sort workflows based on specific criteria like user ratings and efficiency, so I can focus on what matters most to my business.

Given I am using the Enhanced Workflow Comparison Tool, when I apply filters for user ratings and efficiency metrics, then only the workflows that meet my specified criteria should be displayed in the comparison.

As a new user of AutoBind, I want to access a help section within the Enhanced Workflow Comparison Tool that provides guidance on how to effectively use the comparison features, so I can make informed choices.

Given that I am on the Enhanced Workflow Comparison Tool page, when I click on the help section, then I should find clear instructions and tutorials on how to use the comparison features effectively.

Workflow Bundles

Sellers can create bundles that include multiple workflows at a discounted rate. This feature incentivizes users to purchase related workflows together, maximizing value and encouraging users to explore comprehensive solutions to their operational needs.

Requirements

Bundle Creation Interface

"As a seller, I want to create bundles of related workflows so that I can offer my customers a discounted rate and encourage them to purchase more solutions for their operational needs."

Description

The Bundle Creation Interface allows users to create customizable workflow bundles, where they can select multiple related workflows and combine them into a single purchase option. This interface should be user-friendly, enabling non-technical users to easily navigate and choose workflows that complement each other. The capability to preview the discount received from bundling workflows will also be essential, motivating users to finalize their bundle selection. This feature not only enhances user engagement but also encourages them to explore and invest in multiple workflows, thereby increasing overall sales volume and customer satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

As a solopreneur, I want to create a workflow bundle that includes my favorite task automation workflows so that I can purchase them together at a discount.

Given I am on the Bundle Creation Interface, when I select multiple workflows, then I should see a total price that reflects the combined discount of the selected workflows.

As a small business owner, I want to easily navigate the Bundle Creation Interface to select workflows that complement each other efficiently.

Given I am a non-technical user, when I access the Bundle Creation Interface, then I should be able to filter and search for workflows based on categories and tags without difficulty.

As a user, I want to preview the discount received from bundling workflows to understand the value I am getting before making a purchase.

Given I have selected multiple workflows for my bundle, when I view the bundle details, then I should see a clear breakdown of the original price and the discounted price prominently displayed.

As a returning customer, I want to save my previous selections in the Bundle Creation Interface so I can create new bundles quickly.

Given I have previously created workflow bundles, when I revisit the Bundle Creation Interface, then I should be able to access my saved bundles and modify them as needed.

As a user, I want to receive confirmation upon successfully creating a bundle so I know my selection has been saved.

Given I have completed the bundle creation process, when I click on the 'Create Bundle' button, then I should receive a confirmation message indicating that my bundle has been successfully created.

As a user, I want to easily remove workflows from my bundle if I change my mind about a selection.

Given I have added workflows to my bundle, when I choose to remove a workflow, then the total price should automatically update to reflect the removal of that workflow from the bundle.

Discount Calculation Mechanism

"As a user, I want to see the discounted price applied automatically as I add workflows to my bundle, so that I can understand how much I am saving and make an informed purchasing decision."

Description

The Discount Calculation Mechanism automates the process of calculating the applicable discounts when users create workflow bundles. It will ensure that users see an accurate breakdown of savings as they select workflows for their bundle. The mechanism must account for various pricing models and promotional offers that may apply to different workflows, providing transparency and clarity during the purchasing process. An effective discount calculation will boost users' perceived value and encourage higher conversion rates on bundle purchases.

Acceptance Criteria

Discount Calculation for Selected Workflows in a Bundle

Given a user selects multiple workflows to create a bundle, when the user views the total price for the bundle, then the system should display the correct total price based on the applicable discounts and promotions for each workflow.

Transparent Savings Breakdown for Users

Given a user is reviewing the workflows selected for a bundle, when the user checks the savings breakdown, then the system should provide a detailed list of original prices, discount rates, and the final prices for each workflow included in the bundle.

Promotion Application for Workflow Bundles

Given a user is eligible for a special promotion on workflows, when the user selects workflows that qualify for the promotion, then the system should automatically apply the promotion to the applicable workflows and reflect this in the total bundle price.

Real-time Update of Discount Calculations

Given a user removes or adds a workflow to the selected bundle, when the user makes changes, then the system should instantly update the total price and savings displayed without requiring a page refresh.

Error Handling for Invalid Workflow Selections

Given a user attempts to create a workflow bundle with non-eligible workflows, when the user tries to finalize the bundle purchase, then the system should display an error message indicating which workflows are not eligible for discount calculations.

Multi-Currency Support for Discounts

Given a user is using a different currency, when the user selects workflows for a bundle, then the system should calculate and display discounts in the user's selected currency accurately, adhering to the current exchange rates.

User Interface for Discount Visibility

Given a user is on the bundle creation page, when the user views the discount information, then the design should clearly highlight the savings, original prices, and final prices to enhance user understanding of the value they are receiving.

Bundle Management Dashboard

"As a user, I want to access a dashboard where I can manage my workflow bundles so that I can track my purchases and adjust my selections based on my evolving needs."

Description

The Bundle Management Dashboard provides users with an overview of all the bundles they have created or purchased. This dashboard will allow users to modify existing bundles, track their usage of workflows included in the bundles, and access any associated analytics such as overall performance and savings analysis. By centralizing information, the dashboard addresses users’ needs for easier management of their purchased workflows and serves as a foundation for future enhancements towards personalized recommendations and upselling.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Bundle Management Dashboard after logging into their AutoBind account.

Given the user is logged in, when they navigate to the Bundle Management Dashboard, then they should see a list of all bundles they have created or purchased, including their names and creation dates.

User modifies an existing bundle in the Bundle Management Dashboard.

Given the user selects a bundle from their dashboard, when they choose to modify that bundle, then they should be able to add or remove workflows from it, and the changes should be saveable with a confirmation message displayed.

User views analytics for a selected workflow bundle in the Bundle Management Dashboard.

Given the user has selected a bundle, when they access the analytics section for that bundle, then they should see metrics including overall performance, workflow usage rates, and cumulative savings from the bundled purchase.

User tries to delete a bundle from the Bundle Management Dashboard.

Given the user has selected a bundle, when they choose to delete it, then they should receive a confirmation prompt and upon confirmation, the bundle should be removed from their dashboard with a success message.

User accesses the Bundle Management Dashboard on a mobile device.

Given the user is using a mobile device, when they open the Bundle Management Dashboard, then the layout should be responsive, displaying all bundles in a user-friendly format without loss of functionality.

User searches for a specific bundle in the Bundle Management Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Bundle Management Dashboard, when they enter a keyword in the search bar, then the displayed list of bundles should filter to show only those that match the search criteria.

Bundle Promotion Feature

"As a seller, I want to create promotional campaigns for my bundles so that I can entice users to take advantage of discounts and increase my sales."

Description

The Bundle Promotion Feature enables sellers to create targeted campaigns and promotional offers for specific workflow bundles. This functionality includes the ability to set start and end dates for promotions, automate email notifications to users about these offers, and track the performance of each promotional campaign. The feature aims to drive sales during specific periods and reiterate the value of purchasing bundled workflows over individual ones, thus enhancing the overall marketing strategy of the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Sellers set up a promotional campaign for a workflow bundle during a holiday season, specifying the start and end dates for the promotion.

Given the seller has access to the Bundle Promotion Feature, When they input the start date as '2025-02-01' and the end date as '2025-02-14', Then the promotion should be active from '2025-02-01' to '2025-02-14' in the system and visible to users.

Users receive automated email notifications about the running promotions for workflow bundles they might be interested in.

Given a user has opted in for promotional emails, When a seller activates a new bundle promotion, Then the user should receive an email notification within 5 minutes of the promotion going live.

Sellers review the performance data of their promotional campaigns for the bundles they've created.

Given the seller has launched multiple promotional campaigns, When they access the performance dashboard, Then they should see performance metrics such as total sales, conversion rates, and user engagement for each campaign over the defined period.

A user attempts to purchase a workflow bundle during a promotional offer and is presented with the discounted price.

Given the bundle promotion is active, When a user adds the promoted workflow bundle to their cart, Then the checkout page should display the discounted price reflected from the promotion.

The system automatically removes an expired bundle promotion from active listings after the end date has passed.

Given the promotional campaign has reached its end date, When the system checks for active promotions, Then the expired promotion should no longer be visible to users in the workflow bundle section.

Sellers can easily edit details of the promotional campaigns, including start and end dates, as necessary.

Given the seller has an active promotional campaign, When they change the end date from '2025-02-14' to '2025-02-28', Then the campaign should reflect the updated end date without error in the system.

The system offers suggestions on bundle promotions to sellers based on previous sales data and trends.

Given a seller has access to the Bundle Promotion Feature, When they create a new promotional campaign, Then the system should suggest optimized promotional dates and potential workflow bundles to maximize sales based on past performance data.

Instant Implementer

Upon purchasing a workflow, users receive an option for immediate implementation within their own AutoBind account. This feature eliminates the setup hassle and allows users to dive straight into optimizing their operations with new workflows immediately.

Requirements

Workflow Purchase Integration

"As a solopreneur, I want my purchased workflows to be automatically integrated into my AutoBind account so that I can start using them without delay and increase my productivity immediately."

Description

This requirement mandates the seamless integration of a user’s purchase with their AutoBind account, ensuring that purchased workflows can be directly applied to their existing automation setups without any manual intervention. This integration not only enhances user experience but also significantly reduces the time taken between purchase and implementation. Users can expect immediate access to workflow customization options following a purchase, leading to a frictionless transition from intent to action. This integration serves to centralize and streamline the activation of new workflows, thus enriching the user’s operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User purchases a workflow in AutoBind and expects immediate implementation into their account without any manual settings adjustments.

Given a user selects and purchases a workflow, when the purchase is confirmed, then the workflow should be automatically integrated into the user's AutoBind account with all associated settings intact.

A user intends to access their newly purchased workflow immediately after payment has been processed.

Given a user completes the purchase process, when they navigate to their workflows section, then they should see the newly purchased workflow listed and available for immediate use.

Users experience delays when trying to access newly purchased workflows, which affects their operations.

Given a user has purchased a workflow, when they check their AutoBind account within 1 minute of the purchase, then the workflow should be available for implementation without any delay in access.

After integrating a purchased workflow, users should be able to personalize it swiftly to suit their operational needs.

Given the user has purchased and accessed a new workflow, when they open the workflow, then they should be able to see and utilize customization options that allow them to tailor the workflow to their specific requirements.

Support for users who encounter issues with workflow implementation immediately after purchase to ensure smooth operation.

Given a user reports an issue with implementing their purchased workflow within 30 minutes of the purchase, when they contact customer support, then they should receive a response within 10 minutes and resolution within 30 minutes.

Increased user satisfaction as a direct result of streamlined workflow purchases and integrations.

Given a set of 50 users who purchased workflows, when surveyed within one week of purchase, then at least 90% should report satisfaction with the immediate implementation process of their purchased workflow.

Real-time Implementation Feedback

"As an AutoBind user, I want to receive real-time updates on the implementation of my new workflows so that I can understand the process and address any issues promptly."

Description

This requirement involves providing users with real-time feedback during the implementation of newly purchased workflows in their AutoBind account. Users should receive updates on the status of implementation, notifications about any errors encountered, and guidance for resolving issues. This feature is crucial for ensuring users feel supported throughout the process of integrating new workflows, leading to higher satisfaction rates and greater confidence in using the AutoBind system. By understanding the implementation status, users can make informed decisions about their next steps in workflow optimization.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time feedback during workflow implementation process for a user who has just purchased a new workflow.

Given the user has purchased a workflow, when the implementation begins, then the user should receive a confirmation notification indicating that the implementation is in progress.

Receiving updates on the status of a purchased workflow's implementation.

Given the user is implementing a workflow, when there are changes in status, then the user should receive real-time updates reflecting the current status (e.g., 'In Progress', 'Completed').

Handling errors encountered during the workflow implementation process.

Given that an error occurs during the implementation of a workflow, when the error is detected, then the user should receive a notification detailing the error and steps to resolve it.

Guidance for resolving issues during the implementation of a workflow.

Given that the user encounters an issue during implementation, when they receive a notification about the issue, then the user should also receive specific guidance on how to resolve the issue effectively.

Feedback on the completion of the workflow implementation.

Given that the workflow implementation process is completed, when the process ends, then the user should receive a notification confirming successful implementation and providing next steps for optimization.

User's ability to provide feedback on the real-time implementation process.

Given that the implementation of a workflow is ongoing, when the user has completed their review after receiving notifications, then the user should have the option to provide feedback on their experience regarding the real-time support they received.

Aggregating user feedback on implementation experiences for future improvements.

Given multiple users have implemented workflows, when the feedback is collected, then the system should aggregate the data for analysis to inform future enhancements of the implementation process.

Customizable Setup Wizard

"As a user, I want to customize the setup process of new workflows so that I can ensure they meet my specific business needs and processes."

Description

The customizable setup wizard requirement allows users to tailor the implementation steps of new workflows according to their unique business needs. This feature will provide users with guided options to modify settings, preferences, and configurations tailored to their operational requirements. By allowing customization during setup, users can ensure that newly implemented workflows align perfectly with their existing systems, leading to improved workflow efficiency and user satisfaction. The wizard will include tooltips and prompts to educate users on different settings, promoting better utilization of the workflow features.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes a new workflow setup through the wizard by selecting specific options that reflect their operational needs, ensuring the process is interactive and user-friendly.

Given a user accesses the customizable setup wizard, when they select options for workflow preferences and settings, then the wizard must reflect the chosen configurations accurately before finalizing the implementation.

User receives educational tooltips and prompts within the wizard as they navigate through various setup options, enhancing their understanding of available functionalities.

Given the user is in the setup wizard, when they hover over the different configuration options, then relevant tooltips must appear providing clear explanations of each option's purpose and use.

User attempts to implement a new workflow through the wizard with incomplete configurations and receives appropriate guidance to complete the setup process.

Given a user initiates the implementation of a workflow but leaves fields mandatory for setup blank, when they attempt to proceed, then the wizard must display error messages indicating which fields need to be completed and provide guidance on how to correct them.

User successfully finalizes the customization of their workflow through the setup wizard and is redirected to their dashboard to view the implemented workflow.

Given a user finishes customizing their workflow in the setup wizard, when they click the ‘Finish’ button, then they must be redirected to the dashboard where the newly implemented workflow is visibly ready for use.

User can save their progress in the setup wizard and return later to complete the workflow configuration without losing their previous selections.

Given a user is in the setup wizard, when they choose to save their progress, then the selected configurations must be stored and retrievable upon next access to the wizard, allowing for continued setup.

Multiple users navigate through the customizable setup wizard with different preferences and settings, ensuring the system can handle different configurations simultaneously.

Given multiple users are accessing the setup wizard concurrently, when each user customizes their workflow settings, then all users must be able to finalize their workflow implementations without interference or data overwrites.

Onboarding Tutorial for New Workflows

"As a new user, I want an onboarding tutorial for my purchased workflows so that I can learn how to use them effectively and maximize their benefits."

Description

This requirement necessitates the development of an onboarding tutorial specifically designed for users who have purchased new workflows. The tutorial will guide users through the key features and functionalities of the new workflows, demonstrating how to utilize each component effectively. Providing this educational resource aims to minimize the learning curve and enhance user confidence when utilizing new features. The onboarding tutorial will incorporate interactive elements and examples that align with common user scenarios, ensuring that users can rapidly adopt and optimize their workflow implementations.

Acceptance Criteria

Onboarding a new workflow after purchase

Given a user has purchased a new workflow, when they access the onboarding tutorial, then they should be able to view the tutorial that guides them through the key features of the workflow with interactive elements and examples.

Accessing tutorial components

Given that the user is in the onboarding tutorial, when they click on any tutorial component, then the system should display detailed instructions and an interactive demonstration for that component.

Completing the onboarding tutorial

Given that the user has navigated through all required tutorial components, when they reach the end of the tutorial, then they should receive a completion confirmation and recommended next steps for utilizing the workflow.

Feedback mechanism in the tutorial

Given that the user has completed the onboarding tutorial, when they provide feedback on the tutorial, then the system should record the feedback and offer suggestions for further training resources based on their input.

User confidence assessment after the tutorial

Given that the user has finished the onboarding tutorial, when they are asked to rate their confidence in using the new workflow, then they should indicate increased confidence compared to before starting the tutorial.

Customizing the workflow post-tutorial

Given that the user has completed the onboarding tutorial, when they attempt to customize their newly implemented workflow, then they should have access to all customization options and relevant help resources.

Post-Implementation Review System

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on my experience with new workflows after implementation so that I can contribute to product improvements and ensure my needs are addressed."

Description

The post-implementation review system requirement focuses on creating a structured feedback mechanism where users can evaluate their experience after implementing new workflows. This feature would allow users to provide insights on ease of use, issues faced, and overall satisfaction with the workflows. This feedback will be pivotal in guiding future improvements and updates to AutoBind’s offerings, and it will empower users to express their thoughts on the functionality of the workflows they’ve implemented. By capturing user feedback, the development team can make data-driven decisions to enhance product quality.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback after the implementation of a new workflow in AutoBind.

Given a user has successfully implemented a new workflow, when they navigate to the post-implementation review section, then they should be able to submit feedback on ease of use, encountered issues, and overall satisfaction, ensuring all fields are mandatory for submission.

An admin reviews the submitted feedback from users on their workflow experience.

Given that there are submitted feedback entries from users, when the admin accesses the feedback review dashboard, then they should see a comprehensive list of feedback, including user ratings and comments, sortable by date and rating.

A user attempts to provide feedback without completing all required fields.

Given a user is on the post-implementation review submission page, when they submit the form without filling in all mandatory fields, then they should receive an error message indicating the required fields that need to be completed before submission.

User receives acknowledgment after submitting feedback on their workflow experience.

Given a user has submitted their feedback successfully, when the submission is completed, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating their feedback has been recorded and will be reviewed.

Development team accesses feedback data to analyze trends for improving workflows.

Given that feedback has been collected over time, when the development team accesses the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to view aggregated data and trends from user feedback to identify areas for improvement and prioritize future updates.

An automated system processes incoming feedback and categorizes it for easier analysis.

Given that new feedback entries are submitted, when they are received by the system, then the feedback should be automatically categorized based on keywords indicating common themes or issues for efficient processing by the development team.

Custom Workflow Requests

A feature that allows users to submit requests for specific workflows they need, enabling sellers to create tailored solutions based on community demand. This interactive component fosters collaboration between buyers and sellers, driving innovation within the marketplace.

Requirements

Workflow Submission Interface

"As a solopreneur, I want to submit specific workflow requests so that I can have tailored automation solutions designed for my unique business needs."

Description

The Workflow Submission Interface will allow users to easily create and submit requests for specific workflows they require, which will be displayed in a user-friendly format. This interface will include fields for users to describe their workflow needs, categorize them, and attach any relevant documentation or examples. The integration within AutoBind will ensure that these submissions reach the appropriate sellers effectively, fostering a more personalized marketplace experience. The anticipated outcome includes enhanced user engagement, faster turnaround in workflow creation, and a robust system that encourages innovation based on community input.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a workflow request through the submission interface for the first time, detailing their specific needs and attaching necessary documentation.

Given a registered user, when they complete all required fields and click 'Submit', then their workflow request should be received by the system and a confirmation message should be displayed.

A seller reviews the submitted workflow requests to assess the demand and feasibility for their service offerings.

Given a seller logged into the platform, when they access the workflow requests section, then they should see a list of all submitted requests with relevant details and filters to sort by category and urgency.

Users receive feedback on their submitted workflow requests to understand the progress or any additional information required.

Given a user who has submitted a workflow request, when the seller reviews and responds to the request, then the user should receive a notification about the status and any comments or questions.

Users categorize their workflow requests to enable better filtering and sorting for sellers.

Given a user creating a new workflow request, when they select a category from a predetermined list, then the category should be displayed next to their request and used in the sorting mechanism for sellers.

The system enables users to attach relevant documentation or examples to their workflow requests easily.

Given a user on the workflow submission interface, when they choose to upload a file, then the uploaded document should be successfully attached and displayed as part of their request submission.

Users are able to edit their submitted workflow requests if they need to update or revise information after submission.

Given a user who has an existing workflow request, when they click 'Edit' and make changes, then the modified request should be saved and display an updated status.

Sellers are notified when new workflow requests are submitted to ensure timely responses.

Given a seller on the platform, when a new workflow request is submitted, then the seller should receive a real-time notification about the new request in their dashboard.

Feedback and Rating System

"As a user, I want to rate the workflows I receive so that I can share my experience and help others make informed decisions."

Description

The Feedback and Rating System will enable users to provide feedback on the workflows created based on their requests. This system will include options for users to rate the delivered workflows and leave comments regarding their effectiveness and relevance. Integration with the existing AutoBind platform will ensure seamless user experience, allowing potential buyers to view ratings and insights which will guide their decision-making. This feature aims to build trust between users and sellers, ultimately improving workflow quality and customer satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a rating and feedback for a workflow they received after a custom request.

Given a user is on the workflows page, when they select a completed workflow, then they should see an option to add a rating (1-5 stars) and provide written feedback.

The system displays all ratings and feedback for each workflow.

Given a workflow has received ratings and feedback, when a potential buyer views the workflow, then they should see an average rating and all user comments prominently displayed.

Users verify that their feedback and ratings are accurately recorded in the system.

Given a user submits a rating and written feedback, when they refresh the page, then their rating and comments should be visible in the ratings section of that workflow.

Admin reviews feedback for potential escalations or issues reported by users.

Given the admin user is logged in, when they navigate to the feedback management section, then they should see all user feedback organized by workflow with options to filter for ratings below 3 stars.

Users are notified when responses are provided by sellers to their feedback.

Given a user submitted feedback on a workflow, when the seller responds, then the user should receive a notification alerting them to the new response.

Data delivery of feedback analysis to potential users based on gathered insights.

Given feedback has been collected, when a new user visits the platform, then they should see an aggregated insights report displaying top-rated workflows and average user satisfaction scores.

Community Trends Dashboard

"As a seller, I want to see trending workflow requests so that I can create solutions that meet the current demand of users."

Description

The Community Trends Dashboard will aggregate and display trends from the submitted workflow requests to identify popular needs and gaps in the marketplace. This dashboard will provide insights for sellers to understand market demands, enabling them to create relevant automation solutions quickly. With visual analytics, the dashboard will empower users to stay ahead of trends and boost creativity within the AutoBind ecosystem, resulting in a more dynamic and responsive marketplace.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Community Trends Dashboard to review the latest trend data on workflow requests submitted by the community.

Given a user is logged into AutoBind, when they navigate to the Community Trends Dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of the top 5 trending workflow requests based on user submissions.

A seller uses insights from the Community Trends Dashboard to create a new automation solution based on reported popular needs.

Given a seller views the Community Trends Dashboard, when they identify a workflow request that has received at least 50 submissions, then they should be able to submit a proposal for creating an automation solution related to that request.

An admin checks the accuracy of the data presented on the Community Trends Dashboard before an upcoming marketing campaign.

Given an admin reviews the trend data on the Community Trends Dashboard, when they compare the displayed request numbers against the raw submission data, then the discrepancies should not exceed 5% to ensure data integrity.

A user filters trends on the Community Trends Dashboard by category to find relevant automation requests.

Given a user is viewing the Community Trends Dashboard, when they apply a category filter, then the displayed trends should update to show only workflow requests that fall within the selected category.

A new user is introduced to the Community Trends Dashboard through a guided tutorial.

Given a new user accesses the Community Trends Dashboard for the first time, when they start the introduction tutorial, then they should successfully complete the tutorial within 3 minutes and understand how to navigate the dashboard.

The dashboard provides a historical view of trends to help users identify patterns over time.

Given a user selects the historical trends option on the Community Trends Dashboard, when they view the data, then they should be able to see at least three months of trend data plotted on a graph for analysis.

A seller receives notifications when a new trend emerges in workflow requests.

Given a seller has opted into trend notifications, when a new top trend emerges on the Community Trends Dashboard, then they should receive an email notification summarizing the trend details within 24 hours.

Automated Notification System

"As a user, I want to receive updates on my workflow requests so that I can stay informed about the progress and expected delivery times."

Description

The Automated Notification System will inform users about the status of their submitted workflow requests in real-time. Users will receive updates when their requests are viewed, being worked on, and completed. This system will enhance user engagement by keeping them informed and involved throughout the process. Integration with AutoBind's existing communication tools will ensure users have seamless access to their request status, leading to better user experience and satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a request for a custom workflow through the AutoBind interface and expects to receive real-time notifications regarding the request status.

Given a user has submitted a custom workflow request, when the request is viewed by a seller, then the user should receive a notification indicating that their request has been viewed.

The user wants to be informed when their requested workflow is actively being worked on by a seller.

Given a user has submitted a custom workflow request, when the seller starts working on the request, then the user should receive a notification that the request is in progress.

The user checks the status of their custom workflow request and expects to receive a confirmation when the workflow has been completed.

Given a user has submitted a custom workflow request, when the seller marks the request as completed, then the user should receive a notification confirming the completion of their request.

The user wants to have an overview of all notifications related to their custom workflow requests within AutoBind's interface.

Given a user has multiple custom workflow requests, when the user navigates to the notifications section, then they should see a list of all notifications related to the status of their requests.

The user expects to receive notifications through their preferred communication channel, such as email or in-app, based on their settings.

Given a user has submitted a custom workflow request, when the user has set their communication preferences in AutoBind, then notifications regarding their request status should be sent according to those preferences.

A user submits a request and expects to have a record of previous requests and their statuses for reference.

Given a user has previously submitted custom workflow requests, when they view their request history, then they should see the status of each request along with relevant notifications received.

Seller Collaboration Tools

"As a seller, I want to collaborate with other sellers on workflow requests so that we can create more innovative and comprehensive automation solutions."

Description

The Seller Collaboration Tools will enable sellers to connect with each other for joint workflow creation based on user requests. This feature will allow sellers to share ideas, negotiate workflow specifications, and co-develop solutions in a collaborative environment. By integrating chat and document sharing capabilities within the AutoBind platform, it aims to foster teamwork among sellers, ensuring diverse inputs and innovative solutions for users.

Acceptance Criteria

Sellers collaborate in real-time to develop a custom workflow based on a user's specific request.

Given a seller logs into the AutoBind platform, When they access the Seller Collaboration Tools, Then they can initiate a chat with other sellers and propose workflow specifications which can be discussed and modified during the session.

Sellers share documents and workflow drafts to collaboratively refine a solution.

Given multiple sellers are collaborating on a workflow, When one seller uploads a document outlining their workflow draft, Then all participating sellers should be able to view, comment, and edit the document in real-time.

Sellers negotiate and finalize workflow specifications before implementation.

Given a seller has proposed a workflow draft, When collaborating sellers discuss the draft, Then they should reach a consensus on the final specifications documented in the AutoBind platform.

Sellers receive notifications for new collaboration requests regarding workflow development.

Given a seller is logged into the AutoBind platform, When a new workflow request is submitted by a user, Then they should receive a notification about the request that includes essential details for collaboration.

Sellers can provide feedback on the collaboration process to improve future interactions.

Given the collaboration session has ended, When sellers submit their feedback via the feedback form, Then the feedback should be collected and accessible for review by the AutoBind team.

The platform tracks collaboration activities to analyze productivity and engagement.

Given multiple sellers have participated in collaboration sessions, When an Admin views the collaboration report, Then they should see metrics such as the number of sessions held, active participants, and time spent per session.

The platform integrates seamlessly with third-party productivity applications to enhance workflow development.

Given a seller is using the Seller Collaboration Tools, When they attempt to connect a productivity app (e.g., Google Docs, Trello), Then the platform should allow integration without errors and enable access to tools within the collaboration environment.

Social Sharing Options

Users can easily share their purchasable workflows via social media or email, promoting their offerings to a wider audience. This feature enhances visibility and community interaction while creating new opportunities for sellers to reach potential buyers.

Requirements

Social Media Integration

"As a solopreneur, I want to easily share my workflows on social media so that I can reach more potential buyers and increase my visibility in the market."

Description

This requirement involves integrating popular social media platforms (e.g., Facebook, Twitter, Instagram) into the AutoBind application, allowing users to seamlessly share their purchasable workflows directly from the application. The integration will facilitate quick sharing options with pre-filled content and links, enhancing accessibility and ease of use. By promoting workflows through social media, users can increase visibility and attract a broader audience, leading to potential sales and customer engagement. The integration will be designed with user privacy and data protection in mind, ensuring that sharing adheres to platform guidelines and regulations.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of Facebook for sharing workflows.

Given a user has a purchasable workflow, when they select the Facebook share option, then a dialog appears pre-filled with workflow details and a link ready to be shared.

Integration of Twitter for sharing workflows.

Given a user has a purchasable workflow, when they select the Twitter share option, then a tweet box appears pre-filled with a short message and a link to the workflow.

Integration of Instagram for sharing workflows.

Given a user has a purchasable workflow, when they select the Instagram share option, then the user is prompted to save a shareable image and a link for posting.

Validation of user privacy settings during social sharing.

Given a user attempts to share a workflow via social media, when they check their privacy settings in AutoBind, then the settings must comply with the respective social media platform guidelines.

Performance metrics tracking for shared workflows.

Given a user has shared a workflow on social media, when they access their insights dashboard, then they must see analytics for engagement, clicks, and conversions related to that workflow share.

Error handling for failed social media shares.

Given a user tries to share a workflow on a social media platform that is down, when the share fails, then an error message should inform the user and suggest retry options.

Email Campaign Functionality

"As a small business owner, I want to send my workflows through email so that I can reach my existing contacts who may be interested in purchasing them."

Description

This requirement encompasses the development of an email sharing feature that allows users to send their workflows directly to contacts via email. It will include customizable email templates, allowing users to personalize their messages when promoting workflows. This feature will enhance outreach opportunities and allow users to leverage their existing email contacts for increased sales potential. The implementation should ensure compliance with email marketing laws and best practices, such as providing opt-out options for recipients, to maintain user trust and brand reputation.

Acceptance Criteria

Email Campaign Functionality allows users to select one or more workflows to share with their contacts using the email sharing feature.

Given a user is logged into their AutoBind account, When they select a workflow to share, Then they can choose the 'Share via Email' option and access customizable email templates.

Users must be able to personalize email messages using customizable templates when sending workflows to contacts.

Given a user has selected a workflow to share, When they open the customizable email template, Then they should be able to edit the subject line and message body before sending.

The email sharing feature must provide an opt-out option for recipients to comply with email marketing laws.

Given a user personalizes their email message and sends it to recipients, When the recipients receive the email, Then they should see a clearly visible opt-out link at the bottom of the email.

Users must be able to send emails using the email sharing feature to multiple contacts at once without issues.

Given a user selects several contacts to whom they want to send the workflow email, When they click 'Send', Then all selected contacts should receive the email without any errors.

The email sharing feature should track open rates and engagement for the emails sent from the AutoBind platform.

Given a user has sent an email using the email sharing feature, When the recipients open the email or click on links, Then the user should be able to view the tracking data in their AutoBind account.

Users must receive a confirmation message after successfully sending an email through the sharing feature.

Given a user has completed the email sending process, When the email is sent successfully, Then the user should see a confirmation message indicating the email was sent.

Analytics Dashboard for Sharing Performance

"As a user of AutoBind, I want to see analytics on my shared workflows so that I can track their performance and improve my marketing efforts accordingly."

Description

This requirement entails the creation of an analytics dashboard feature that provides users with insights into the performance of their shared workflows across social media and email platforms. It will track key metrics such as clicks, shares, engagement rates, and conversions. By having access to this data, users can optimize their marketing strategies and understand what resonates with their audience. The dashboard will need to be user-friendly, with visual representations of data to facilitate comprehension and quick decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to view the performance metrics of their shared workflows after posting on social media platforms.

Given the user has shared a workflow on social media, when they access the analytics dashboard, then they should see the total number of clicks, shares, and engagement rates for that workflow within the last 30 days.

User needs to assess the conversion rates from their shared workflows to optimize marketing strategies.

Given the user has shared their workflow via email, when they check the analytics dashboard, then they should see the conversion rate percentage based on clicks versus completed purchases over the last 30 days.

User requires a visual representation of their data to quickly understand engagement metrics.

Given the user is on the analytics dashboard, when they view the performance of shared workflows, then they should see graphical representations (such as bar charts or pie charts) for metrics such as clicks, shares, and conversions.

User wants to filter their analytics data based on time periods to gauge performance changes over time.

Given the user navigates to the analytics dashboard, when they select a custom date range, then the data displayed should update to reflect performance metrics only for the selected period.

User wants to export their performance data for reporting purposes.

Given the user is viewing their analytics data on the dashboard, when they click the export button, then they should receive a downloadable report in CSV format containing all relevant performance metrics.

User wishes to compare performance metrics across different social media platforms.

Given the user has multiple shared workflows, when they utilize the comparison tool in the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to select two or more workflows and see a side-by-side comparison of key metrics.

User needs to understand which workflows are performing best.

Given the user accesses the analytics dashboard, when they view the performance section, then they should see a list of workflows ranked by performance metrics such as clicks and conversions in descending order.

Custom URL Shortening and Tracking

"As a solopreneur, I want to create short links for my workflows, so that I can share them easily on different platforms while tracking their click performance."

Description

This requirement focuses on implementing a URL shortening service integrated into the sharing functionality, enabling users to create short links for their workflows. These links can be easily shared on social media and via email, making it more convenient for potential buyers to access the shared content. Additionally, it should include tracking capabilities that allow users to monitor how many times the shortened link was clicked. This feature will enhance user experience and provide valuable data on sharing effectiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can generate a custom shortened URL for their workflow and share it on social media.

Given a user has created a workflow, when they click the 'Shorten URL' button, then a shortened URL should be generated and displayed for sharing.

Users can track the number of clicks on their shortened URL.

Given a user has shared a shortened URL, when the link is clicked, then the click count should increase for that specific shortened URL in the tracking dashboard.

Users can send the shortened URL via email with a customizable message.

Given a user has generated a shortened URL, when they select the 'Share via Email' option and enter a message, then the email should be sent with the shortened URL included in the body of the message.

Users receive an error message when trying to shorten a URL that exceeds the character limit.

Given a user attempts to shorten a URL that exceeds the predefined character limit, when they click the 'Shorten URL' button, then an error message should be displayed indicating the URL is too long.

Users can view the analytics data for their shared shortened URLs.

Given a user has generated shortened URLs, when they access the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to see the total clicks and engagement statistics for each URL.

Users can see a preview of the shortened URL before sharing.

Given a user has created a shortened URL, when they hover over the shortened link, then a tooltip should appear showing the original URL for clarity before sharing.

Social Sharing Guidelines and Best Practices Guide

"As a user, I want to access a guide on best practices for sharing my workflows on social media so that I can maximize engagement and sales opportunities."

Description

This requirement involves developing a comprehensive guide that educates users about best practices for sharing their workflows on various social media platforms. The guide will cover topics such as optimal post timing, frequency, content styles, and engagement techniques. By providing this resource, users can enhance their sharing strategy, leading to better engagement and increased sales. The guide should be easily accessible from within the AutoBind application and regularly updated to reflect changes in social media algorithms and trends.

Acceptance Criteria

Accessing the Social Sharing Guidelines and Best Practices Guide from the AutoBind application menu.

Given a user is logged into the AutoBind application, when they navigate to the 'Help' section, then they should see an option to access the 'Social Sharing Guidelines and Best Practices Guide'.

Viewing the content of the Social Sharing Guidelines and Best Practices Guide.

Given a user accesses the 'Social Sharing Guidelines and Best Practices Guide', when they click on the guide link, then they should be able to view the full content of the guide without errors or loading issues.

Using the guide to optimize a social media post.

Given a user reads the 'Social Sharing Guidelines and Best Practices Guide', when they follow the recommended optimal post timing and content style, then their post engagement metrics should increase by at least 15% within one week of posting.

Updating the guide based on the latest social media trends.

Given that social media algorithms and trends evolve, when a content update is made to the 'Social Sharing Guidelines and Best Practices Guide', then users should be notified of the updates through a notification within the AutoBind application.

Measuring user engagement with the Social Sharing Guidelines and Best Practices Guide.

Given the 'Social Sharing Guidelines and Best Practices Guide' has been accessed, then an analytics report should track the number of views, average time spent on the guide, and user feedback ratings should be generated monthly.

Providing access to the guide for new users.

Given that a new user registers on the AutoBind application, when they complete onboarding, then they should receive a prompt with a link to the 'Social Sharing Guidelines and Best Practices Guide' within the first week of their registration.

Live Task Editing

This feature allows multiple team members to edit tasks simultaneously in real-time. Changes made by one user are instantly visible to others, ensuring that everyone is on the same page and reducing miscommunication. With Live Task Editing, teams can collaborate effectively, streamline their workflow, and enhance productivity as adjustments happen without delays.

Requirements

Real-time Collaboration

"As a team member, I want to be able to edit tasks concurrently with my colleagues so that we can collaborate more effectively and reduce delays in communication during our project."

Description

The Real-time Collaboration requirement enables multiple users to edit tasks simultaneously, ensuring immediate visibility of changes across all user interfaces. This capability is essential for enhancing teamwork and diminishing the chances of miscommunication among team members. Implementing this requirement will create a seamless collaborative environment, allowing teams to work more efficiently in a dynamic setting where adjustments happen instantly. As a result, task management will become more streamlined, directly contributing to boosted productivity and improved workflow management.

Acceptance Criteria

Multiple users collaborating on a task in the AutoBind platform simultaneously during a team meeting.

Given that multiple users are logged into the same task, when one user makes an edit, then all other users should see the changes reflected in real-time without a refresh.

A team works on a project with assigned tasks while using various devices such as laptops and tablets.

Given that users are on different devices, when a user edits a task, then the updates should synchronize across all devices instantaneously, ensuring everyone sees the latest version.

Users reviewing a task with comments and changes during a status update call.

Given that users are discussing a task during a video call, when one user adds a comment or makes an adjustment, then all other participants should see the new comment or change within 2 seconds.

A group of users needs to finalize a task before a project deadline, coordinating changes as they occur.

Given that the task is set to be completed by a specific deadline, when multiple users edit the task simultaneously, then the system should track all changes made and allow users to revert to previous versions if necessary.

Users from different locations are collaborating on a task that requires real-time updates for decision-making.

Given that users are collaborating remotely, when one user marks a task as complete, then all other users should receive an immediate notification of this change.

A project manager is assessing task progress while team members are making live changes.

Given that the project manager views the task overview, when any team member makes changes, then the project manager’s view should refresh automatically to include the most current task data within 2 seconds.

A team is employing AutoBind to enhance their weekly workflow with active, collaborative tasks.

Given that the team is using AutoBind for task management, when a user creates a new task and assigns it to multiple users, then all assignees should receive automatic updates of any changes made in real-time.

Version Control for Edits

"As a project manager, I want to keep track of all edits made to tasks so that I can ensure accountability and easily revert changes if needed."

Description

The Version Control for Edits requirement establishes a system to track and manage changes made to tasks in real-time. This feature will allow users to review the history of edits, identify who made specific changes, and revert to previous versions if necessary. By implementing version control, our solution enhances accountability and reduces the risk of errors or lost information during collaborative editing sessions. It also provides users with a safety net, reinforcing trust in the collaborative process and encouraging more agile workflow management.

Acceptance Criteria

Simultaneous editing of a task by two or more users during a team meeting where updates are discussed in real time.

Given multiple team members are editing the same task simultaneously, when one user makes an edit, then other users should be able to see the changes in real time without needing to refresh.

A user wants to review the history of edits made to a task to understand the changes and contributions of various team members over time.

Given a user accesses the task's edit history, when they open the version control feature, then they should see a chronological list of edits with timestamps and identifying information for each editor.

A team member identifies an error in the task edits and requires reverting to a previous version during a collaborative editing session.

Given the version control for edits feature is enabled, when a team member selects an earlier version of the task, then they should be able to restore that version successfully, replacing the current edits.

Users meeting to discuss collaborative task changes need assurance that all edits have been saved and are securely tracked without data loss.

Given that the team has made multiple simultaneous edits to a task, when all users save their edits, then all changes should be retained and accurately reflected in the task's current version.

A team manager wants to audit the edits made to a crucial task to ensure accountability and understand decision-making processes.

Given the audit requirement, when the manager accesses the version control history, then they should be able to filter edits by user and date to analyze the changes effectively.

During a collaborative task session, a user wishes to check if a particular edit was made by a specific team member.

Given the version history is displayed, when a user searches for edits made by a specific team member, then the system should highlight and display all edits made by that user in the history section.

A member of the team accidentally deletes crucial information in their last edit and wishes to retrieve it.

Given that the user accesses the version control system, when they review the previous versions, then the last edited version before the deletion should be recoverable and can be restored.

Conflict Resolution Alerts

"As a collaborator, I want to receive alerts when there are conflicting edits on a task so that I can address them before they create confusion or errors in our work."

Description

The Conflict Resolution Alerts requirement introduces a notification system that alerts users when simultaneous edits would result in conflicting changes to a task. This feature will enable users to address potential conflicts proactively, ensuring that collaborative editing does not lead to confusion or erroneous updates. By highlighting conflicts before they occur, teams can maintain a clear understanding of ongoing changes and foster effective resolution processes, ultimately enhancing overall project coordination.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when two team members attempt to edit the same task at the same time, preventing potential conflicts.

Given that two users are editing the same task simultaneously, when one user saves their changes, then both users should receive a conflict alert indicating that their changes are at risk of conflict.

Users can view a summary of unresolved conflicts in the task editing interface.

Given that there are unresolved conflicts, when the user accesses the task editing interface, then they should see a list of all conflicts with the option to review and accept or reject changes.

Users are guided through the conflict resolution process with clear instructions and options.

Given that a conflict has been detected, when the user receives the conflict notification, then they should be presented with clear options to resolve the conflict, including 'merge changes' and 'overwrite changes'.

Notification settings are customizable based on user preferences for conflict alerts.

Given that a user has access to notification settings, when they navigate to the settings menu, then they should be able to customize how and when to receive conflict alerts, including email, in-app notifications, or both.

The system logs all conflict resolutions for auditing and reference.

Given that a conflict has been resolved, when the user completes the resolution process, then the system should log the details of the conflict, including the users involved and the final decision made.

User Presence Indicator

"As a user, I want to see which team members are currently viewing or editing a task so that I can better coordinate our workflow and enhance our communication."

Description

The User Presence Indicator requirement will show when other team members are currently viewing or editing a task. This feature will improve collaboration by allowing users to know who else is engaged with the task in real-time, promoting better communication and coordination among team members. By having visibility into each other’s activities, users can adopt more effective collaborative strategies and engage in discussions while working on the same task simultaneously, enhancing teamwork and project efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

Viewing User Activity on a Task

Given a user is viewing a task, when they look at the user presence indicator, then they should see a list of team members currently viewing or editing that task.

Real-Time Updates of User Presence

Given multiple users are collaborating on a task, when any user starts or stops editing the task, then all other users should receive an instant update on the user presence indicator reflecting that change.

Indicator Visibility for Different Roles

Given a user has access to a task, when they view the user presence indicator, then they should see the presence status of all users, regardless of their role (editor, viewer, etc.).

Notification for Presence Change

Given a user is editing a task, when another team member starts viewing the same task, then the editing user should receive a notification indicating that someone else is viewing the task.

User Presence on Mobile Interface

Given a mobile user is accessing tasks through the AutoBind app, when they open a task, then the user presence indicator should be visible and functional just like in the desktop version.

History of User Presence Changes

Given a user views a task, when they check the history of changes made, then they should see a log of all presence changes, including when users joined or left the task editing.

User Interface Readability

Given users are collaborating on a task, when they look at the user presence indicator, then the indicator should be easy to read and visually distinguish active users from inactive users.

Task Commenting System

"As a team member, I want to be able to comment on tasks during editing so that I can provide feedback and contribute to ongoing discussions relevant to our work."

Description

The Task Commenting System requirement facilitates a dedicated space for team members to leave comments or feedback on tasks while editing. This feature allows for contextualized discussions regarding task adjustments, providing a platform for users to share insights or ask questions directly related to the task. Integrating this commenting system will create a more interactive and engaged collaborative experience, driving accountability and ensuring all team members can contribute effectively to the task’s success.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members are collaborating on a marketing task in real-time and need to discuss changes they are implementing.

Given that multiple users are editing a task simultaneously, when one user adds a comment, then all other users should see the comment in real-time without refreshing their browser.

A user provides feedback on a task while another user is trying to implement changes to it.

Given that comments are visible to all team members, when a user clicks on a comment, then the related task adjustment should be highlighted, making context clear.

A team member wants to follow up on a comment that was made on a task that they are not currently working on.

Given that comments are timestamped and show the user's name, when a user views a task, then all previous comments should be displayed in the order they were made, allowing for easy follow-up.

A team is reviewing a project where feedback will be important to meet the deadline.

Given that a task contains comments, when users review the task before a deadline, then they must be able to resolve comments individually, which will indicate completion for that specific point of feedback.

Users need the ability to delete comments on their own tasks to maintain clarity and relevance in discussions.

Given a user has the permission to edit a task, when they decide to delete a comment they authored, then that comment should be permanently removed from the task's comment history.

A new team member joins a project and wants to catch up on past communications regarding tasks.

Given that the Task Commenting System logs all comments, when a new user accesses the task, then they should see a complete history of comments linked to that task.

Team members want to ensure accountability for comments made on tasks during collaborative sessions.

Given that comments can be attributed to users, when a user comments on a task, then the user's name and timestamp should be displayed alongside their comment for accountability purposes.

Instant Commenting

Instant Commenting enables team members to leave comments on tasks without needing to refresh or reload the page. This feature facilitates dynamic discussions, allowing users to ask questions, provide feedback, or brainstorm ideas as tasks progress. By fostering open communication in real-time, teams can address challenges quickly and keep projects moving forward efficiently.

Requirements

Real-time Comment Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive real-time notifications when comments are added to tasks so that I can stay updated on discussions and respond timely to feedback or questions."

Description

Real-time Comment Notifications ensure that team members receive instant alerts when new comments are made on tasks they are involved in. This feature should push notifications through multiple channels, such as in-app alerts, email, or mobile notifications, allowing users to stay updated on discussions without needing to constantly check for changes. By improving responsiveness, this feature significantly enhances collaborative efforts, ensuring that important feedback is not overlooked and that team productivity remains high despite geographical distances.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members leave comments in a task and need to be promptly notified about any new comments made on that task.

Given a user has commented on a task, when another member comments on the same task, then the original commenter should receive a notification via their preferred channels (in-app, email, or mobile).

A team member who is not currently viewing the task page should receive a notification about comments on tasks they are assigned to.

Given a user is not on the task page, when a comment is made on a task they are involved in, then an in-app notification should appear and an email notification should be sent.

When a task is updated with a new comment, the relevant team members should receive notifications based on their individual notification settings.

Given a user has specified their notification preferences, when a new comment is made on a task they are tracking, then notifications should be sent according to their selected channels (in-app, email, mobile).

A user with mobile notifications enabled should receive an instant notification on their mobile device when a new comment is posted on a task.

Given a user has enabled mobile notifications for task comments, when a new comment is made on a task they are following, then the user receives a push notification on their mobile device.

The system should allow users to modify their notification preferences for task comments without any glitches or errors.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, when they update their preferences, then the settings should be saved successfully and applied immediately.

Team members should be able to disable comment notifications for specific tasks if they choose to do so.

Given a user has commented on a task, when they disable comment notifications for that task, then no future comment notifications should be sent for that task.

Comment Tagging System

"As a team member, I want to tag my colleagues in comments so that I can ensure they see important feedback and can engage in relevant discussions."

Description

The Comment Tagging System allows team members to tag other users in comments to direct feedback or questions to specific individuals. This feature enhances clarity in discussions by letting users know when they are specifically being addressed and helps in organizing conversations around different stakeholders or topics. The tagging system should allow for simple tagging with '@' mentions followed by the user's name, facilitating easier collaboration and ensuring that the right people are informed and engaged.

Acceptance Criteria

Team member tags another user in a comment to ask for feedback on a specific task.

Given a task with comments,When a team member enters '@' followed by a user’s name in the comment box,Then that user should receive a notification indicating they have been tagged in a comment.

User attempts to tag a non-existent user in a comment.

Given the comment tagging input,When a user enters '@' followed by an incorrect or non-existent username,Then the system should show an error message indicating that the user does not exist.

A user tags multiple team members in a comment simultaneously.

Given a comment thread,When a user tags multiple users using the '@' mention for each,Then each tagged user should receive an individual notification for being tagged in the comment.

User tags another user in the comment, and that user replies directly in the thread.

Given a comment where a user is tagged,When the tagged user replies to that comment,Then the reply should be visible in the same comment thread without refreshing the page.

User edits a comment after tagging another user.

Given a comment containing a tagged user,When the user edits the comment that includes the tag,Then the tagged user should still be notified about the comment edit.

Team members can view all comments where they are tagged in one place.

Given multiple tasks and comments,When a user navigates to their notifications or tagged comments section,Then they should see a list of all comments where they have been tagged with links to the respective tasks.

Comment Editing and Deletion

"As a team member, I want to edit or delete my comments so that I can correct mistakes or remove irrelevant information, ensuring that our discussions remain clear and accurate."

Description

Comment Editing and Deletion enables users to modify or remove their comments after they have been submitted. This critical feature allows for correction of any misinformation shared, helps refine thoughts, and provides users with the ability to maintain a clean and relevant discussion thread. Effective version control measures should be implemented to track edits for transparency while giving users the flexibility needed in dynamic work environments.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully edits a comment to correct misinformation after submission.

Given a user has submitted a comment, when they choose to edit it, then the comment should be successfully updated with the new information without duplicating the comment.

User removes their own comment from the task discussion thread.

Given a user has submitted a comment, when they select the delete option for that comment, then the comment should be permanently removed from the discussion without leaving residual data.

Version control is implemented for edited comments to maintain transparency.

Given a user has edited a comment, when the edit occurs, then the system should log the original comment and the edited version, displaying the edit history to other users.

User attempts to edit a comment but does not have permission to do so.

Given a user does not have permission to edit comments, when they attempt to edit a comment, then an appropriate error message should be displayed, and no changes should be made to the comment.

User views their comment history to check for any deleted or edited comments.

Given a user has commented previously, when they access their comment history, then they should see all comments along with their statuses (edited, deleted) and time stamps of actions taken.

A comment is edited and both the original and modified versions are displayed to all team members.

Given a user edits a comment, when the edit is saved, then all team members should see the most recent version of the comment along with a notification that the comment was edited.

User makes multiple edits to the same comment in a short time frame.

Given a user edits a comment multiple times, when all edits are submitted, then the latest version should be the only one visible in the discussion thread, with a version history available for reference.

Comment History and Search Functionality

"As a team member, I want to access the history of comments and have a search function so that I can efficiently find previous discussions relevant to our current work and decisions."

Description

The Comment History and Search Functionality allows users to view past comments on tasks and to conduct keyword searches to find specific discussions. This feature is essential for maintaining an archive of conversations that can be referenced in the future, providing context to current tasks and decisions. The search capability should be user-friendly, enabling team members to easily retrieve past feedback without extensive scrolling or browsing.

Acceptance Criteria

Viewing Comment History for a Task

Given a user is logged into AutoBind and has access to the task, when they navigate to the task details page, then they should see a complete history of all comments made on that task listed chronologically.

Searching Comments by Keyword

Given a user wants to find specific feedback on a task, when they enter a keyword into the search bar and press 'Enter', then the system should return a list of comments that contain the keyword along with the associated task information.

Filtering Comments by User

Given a user is viewing comments on a task, when they apply a filter to display comments from a specific user, then only the comments made by that user should be visible on the screen, along with the timestamp and content.

Archiving Old Comments

Given that a comment is older than one year, when the user views the comment history, then those comments should be archived in a separate section labeled 'Archived Comments', ensuring they are accessible but not cluttering the main view.

Loading Comments without Refreshing the Page

Given a user is viewing a task with ongoing discussions, when new comments are added by team members, then those comments should appear in real-time without the user having to refresh the page.

Displaying Timestamps on Comments

Given a user is reviewing comments on a task, then each comment should display the date and time it was posted to provide context for when the discussion took place.

Loading State for Comment Retrieval

Given a user has searched for comments, when the system retrieves the comments based on their query, then a loading indicator should be shown until the comments are fully retrieved and displayed.

Comment Threading

"As a team member, I want to have threaded comments on tasks so that related discussions are organized in a clear manner, making it easier to follow conversations and contributions from my colleagues."

Description

Comment Threading groups related comments under a single task, allowing for clearer organization of discussions. Users can reply to specific comments, creating a structured dialogue that reduces confusion and noise in discussions. This feature enhances readability, helping teams focus on crucial topics without getting lost in a cluttered comment section. Threaded comments should maintain a link to the original comment for context, ensuring that conversations flow logically.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can start a comment thread on a task whenever a new comment is needed without refreshing the page.

Given a user is viewing a task, when they leave a comment, then a new comment thread should be created under that task, with the option to reply to that specific comment.

Users can reply to specific comments within a thread to address context-related questions or feedback.

Given a user is viewing a comment thread, when they select the reply option on a specific comment, then they should be able to enter a response that appears threaded under the original comment.

Users can see all related comments grouped together for a task to facilitate better discussion organization.

Given a task has multiple comments, when the user navigates to the task, then all comments should be displayed in a threaded format, with original comments and their replies visually distinguishable.

The system maintains context by linking replies to their original comment, ensuring the discussion flows logically.

Given multiple comments and replies exist within a thread, when a user clicks on a reply, then the interface should highlight the original comment it is responding to, maintaining the discussion's context.

Users can edit or delete their comments and replies, providing flexibility in managing their input.

Given a user has left a comment or reply on a thread, when they choose to edit or delete their input, then the system should allow those actions and update the thread accordingly without refreshing the page.

Users receive notifications for replies to their comments, enhancing real-time engagement in discussions.

Given a user has commented on a task, when someone replies to their comment, then the user should receive a notification highlighting the reply, prompting them to revisit the thread.

Users can scroll through comments seamlessly without performance degradation, ensuring a smooth user experience.

Given a task has a large number of comments, when the user scrolls through the comment section, then there should be no noticeable delay or lag in loading comments on the page.

Collaborative Update Feed

The Collaborative Update Feed displays a live stream of all recent changes, comments, and task updates within a project. Users receive immediate notifications of any modifications made by their teammates, ensuring that everyone remains informed and engaged. This feature enhances team coordination and transparency, allowing for better decision-making and less confusion.

Requirements

Real-time Notification System

"As a team member, I want to receive instant notifications about project updates so that I can stay informed and respond quickly to my colleagues' actions."

Description

The Real-time Notification System ensures that users receive immediate updates on changes, comments, and task alterations made by teammates. This feature will provide pop-up notifications, in-app alerts, and/or email updates, enhancing user engagement and promptly informing users of important changes. Integrating seamlessly with the Collaborative Update Feed, this requirement reinforces the coordination and transparency within teams by reducing response times and ensuring that all team members have access to the latest project developments in real-time.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a pop-up notification upon a teammate adding a comment to a task they are assigned to.

Given a user is assigned to a task, when a teammate adds a comment to that task, then the user should receive a pop-up notification within 2 seconds.

User receives email notification when a task status changes from 'In Progress' to 'Completed'.

Given a task is marked as 'Completed', when the status changes, then the user should receive an email notification with the task details within 5 minutes.

User receives in-app alerts for changes made by teammates when they are actively viewing the Collaborative Update Feed.

Given a user is viewing the Collaborative Update Feed, when a teammate makes changes, then the user should receive an in-app alert immediately without needing to refresh the feed.

User can disable or customize notification settings through their profile preferences.

Given a user accesses their notification settings, when they choose to disable specific notifications or customize alert types, then those preferences should be saved and respected in future notifications.

User receives a summary digest of all notifications at the end of the day summarizing all updates and changes made by the team.

Given it is the end of the day, when notifications are compiled, then the user should receive a summary via email that includes all relevant updates and changes made to tasks they are involved with.

User receives real-time notifications on their mobile device for any updates made to projects they are assigned to.

Given the user has the mobile application installed and notifications enabled, when updates are made to projects they are assigned to, then they should receive real-time push notifications to their mobile device within 3 seconds of the update.

User can view a history log of all notifications received related to task changes.

Given a user accesses the notification history section, when they look at the logged notifications, then they should see a complete and chronological list of all notifications related to task changes for the past 30 days.

User Activity Log

"As a project manager, I want to see a log of user activities so that I can track contributions and monitor team engagement over the course of the project."

Description

The User Activity Log will provide a comprehensive record of all user interactions with the project. Each entry will include timestamps, the nature of the activity performed, and the identity of the user making the changes. This log will serve as an audit trail, improving accountability and enabling teams to track project contributions efficiently. By providing insights into user behavior, this feature will help identify patterns and inform future planning and decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User Reviews Activity Log After Project Update

Given a user has updated a task in the project, when they access the User Activity Log, then they should see an entry corresponding to their update, including timestamp and user identity.

Admin Views Comprehensive User Activity Log

Given an admin is checking the User Activity Log, when they filter by a specific user, then they should see all the activities performed by that user along with timestamps.

User Receives Notification of Logged Activity

Given a user performs a specific activity in the project, when the action is logged, then the user should receive a notification confirming that their activity has been recorded in the User Activity Log.

User Activity Log Exports to CSV Format

Given a user wants to export the User Activity Log, when they click the export button, then a CSV file should be generated containing all logged activities with respective details.

Filter Functionality in User Activity Log

Given a user is viewing the User Activity Log, when they apply filters for date and type of activity, then only the relevant entries should be displayed in the log.

Recent Activity Highlights in User Activity Log

Given a user is accessing the User Activity Log, when they view the recent activities, then the last 10 logged activities should be highlighted at the top of the log.

Admin Audit Capabilities for User Activity Log

Given an admin needs to audit the User Activity Log, when they access the log, then they should be able to view, sort, and export the entire log for future reference.

Customizable Update Filters

"As a user, I want to filter updates based on specific criteria so that I can focus only on the information that is most relevant to my role."

Description

Customizable Update Filters allow users to personalize their Collaborative Update Feed experience by choosing which updates they wish to see based on specific criteria, such as type of task or user activity. This feature enhances user experience by ensuring that individuals only receive updates that are relevant to them, thereby reducing information overload and increasing focus on pertinent tasks. Implementing this requirement will require backend filtering capabilities and a user-friendly interface for setting preferences.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to customize their Collaborative Update Feed to only display updates related to task completions and comments made by a specific team member to minimize distractions.

Given the user is on the Collaborative Update Feed settings, when they select 'Task Completion' and 'Comments from [Team Member]', and save the settings, then the feed should display only task completion updates and comments from the selected team member.

A user adjusts their filter settings to show updates for tasks they are assigned to, ensuring they can manage their work more effectively.

Given the user has navigated to the filter settings, when they choose 'Assigned to Me' as a filter criterion and apply the settings, then the feed should exclusively show updates relevant to tasks assigned to them.

A team member wants to view all updates related to project milestones without receiving irrelevant updates, to keep project progress on track.

Given the team member is in the filter configuration, when they select 'Project Milestones' and apply the changes, then the feed should reflect all relevant milestone updates while excluding other notifications.

Users want to switch between different filter settings easily during a project discussion to enhance visibility and focus.

Given the user is actively using the Collaborative Update Feed, when they click on the filter options and select a different preset filter, then the feed should instantly refresh to display updates based on the new selected criteria.

A user is onboarding new team members and needs the Collaborative Update Feed to be set to show all updates to help them catch up quickly.

Given the user is configuring updates for new team members, when they select all available update categories and save the preferences, then all categories must be displayed in the feed for new users upon their first login.

Users want to revert to the default filter settings after making temporary customizations during a project.

Given the user has customized their filter settings, when they choose the 'Reset to Default' option, then the Collaborative Update Feed should revert to the original default settings without any custom filters.

Task Assignment Notifications

"As a team member, I want to get notified whenever a task is assigned to me so that I can manage my workload and prioritize my responsibilities efficiently."

Description

This feature will automatically notify team members when tasks are assigned to them. The notifications will include details such as the task description, due date, and any relevant comments attached to the task. By ensuring team members are promptly informed of new assignments, this feature will enhance accountability and streamline workflow management, making it easier for teams to prioritize tasks and manage their workload effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

Task Assignment Notification for a New Task

Given that a task is assigned to a team member, when the assignment occurs, then the assigned member receives an email notification containing the task description, due date, and any comments attached to the task.

Task Assignment Notification for an Existing Task

Given that a task is marked as assigned to a team member, when the task is updated with a due date or comments, then the assigned member receives an updated notification reflecting the changes made.

Delayed Notification Trigger

Given that a team member is assigned a task, when the task has a due date and is not completed within 24 hours before the due date, then the assigned member should receive a reminder notification about the task along with the task details.

Multi-User Assignment Notification

Given that multiple team members are assigned to the same task, when the task is assigned, then all assigned members receive individual notifications with the task details included.

Notification Settings Management for Users

Given that a user accesses notification settings, when they modify their preferences on how they receive notifications (e.g., email, in-app, none), then the system reflects those preferences in the task assignment notifications.

Handling Notification Errors

Given that there is a failure in the notification system, when a task is assigned to a team member, then an error message is logged and the team leads are notified about the issue with notification delivery.

Summary of Notifications for Team Leaders

Given that a team leader accesses the project dashboard, when they check the notifications section, then they should see a summarized view of all task assignments and updates received by different team members over the past week.

Role-Based Task Assignment

This feature allows users to assign tasks to specific team members based on their roles within a project. By assigning responsibilities according to expertise, users can enhance team efficiency and accountability. Role-Based Task Assignment ensures that the right tasks are given to the right people, improving the overall quality of collaboration and project outcomes.

Requirements

Role Assignment Interface

"As a project manager, I want to assign tasks to team members based on their roles, so that I can ensure responsibilities are aligned with expertise and improve team efficiency."

Description

The Role Assignment Interface allows users to easily assign tasks to specific team members based on pre-defined roles within a project. It enhances usability by providing a simple drag-and-drop functionality to allocate tasks, ensuring that users can quickly and efficiently delegate responsibilities. This feature integrates seamlessly with the existing task management system within AutoBind, ensuring a streamlined experience that promotes enhanced communication and collaboration among team members. The overall benefit is a more organized approach to project management, which leads to improved accountability and productivity as team members are aware of their specific duties and who is responsible for each task.

Acceptance Criteria

Drag-and-Drop Task Assignment to Team Members

Given a user is on the Role Assignment Interface, when they drag a task and drop it onto a team member's role area, then the task should be successfully assigned to that team member and visible in their task list.

Role Confirmation Upon Task Assignment

Given a user has assigned a task to a team member, when the user reviews the task assignment, then the assigned team member’s role must match the user’s selection and confirmation should be visualized on the interface.

Notification of Task Assignment to Team Members

Given a user assigns a task to a team member, when the task is assigned, then the assigned team member should receive a notification via the AutoBind system informing them of the new task and its details.

Viewing Assigned Tasks by Role

Given a user is logged into the Role Assignment Interface, when they filter tasks by role, then only tasks assigned to team members within that specific role should be displayed on the interface.

Review and Edit Task Assignments

Given a user has previously assigned tasks, when they select a task to edit, then the user should be able to change the assigned team member or role without any error, and the changes should be saved immediately.

Tracking Task Assignment History

Given a user is on the Role Assignment Interface, when they view the task history, then they should be able to see a log of all changes made to task assignments, including who assigned the task, to whom, and at what time.

Role Customization

"As a team leader, I want to customize roles and responsibilities in my project, so that I can align tasks with my team's unique workflows and improve security."

Description

The Role Customization feature enables users to create and define custom roles and responsibilities within their projects. This flexibility allows users to tailor the system to the specific needs of their teams and streamline task assignments more effectively. Users can assign permissions and limitations based on these roles, enabling a more secure and organized approach to collaboration. This customization capability is essential for teams that have unique structures and workflows, thus providing a major advantage in managing diverse and dynamic project environments.

Acceptance Criteria

User defines custom roles within their project settings, specifying names, descriptions, and key responsibilities for each role.

Given the admin is on the role customization page, when they create a new role with a name, description, and responsibilities, then the role should be successfully saved and displayed in the role list.

User assigns a task to a custom role and verifies that the task is correctly associated with the designated role.

Given the user has created a custom role and a task exists, when the user assigns the task to the custom role, then the task should reflect the assignment to that role on the task detail view.

User alters the permissions associated with a custom role and expects those changes to be applied immediately.

Given a custom role exists with specific permissions, when the user modifies one or more permissions and saves the changes, then those modifications should be reflected in real-time in the system permissions overview.

User attempts to assign a task to a custom role that has no active members and checks for system feedback.

Given a custom role has no active members, when the user tries to assign a task to that role, then the system should display an error message indicating that there are no members in that role.

User saves a role with restricted permissions and tries to access features that are disallowed for that role.

Given a custom role has been created with restricted permissions, when a user assigned to that role attempts to access a restricted feature, then access should be denied with a clear message indicating lack of permissions.

User deletes a custom role from the system and verifies that the role is removed across all relevant views.

Given a custom role exists, when the user deletes the role, then it should be completely removed from the role list and not appear in any task assignments or user permissions.

Notification System for Assignments

"As a team member, I want to receive notifications when tasks are assigned to me, so that I can stay updated and manage my workload effectively."

Description

The Notification System for Assignments feature keeps team members informed when tasks are assigned to them. This system can send real-time alerts through email or in-app notifications, ensuring that team members do not miss important updates regarding their responsibilities. This feature enhances responsiveness and accountability, as team members can quickly acknowledge and act on their assigned tasks. Additionally, the notification options are customizable, allowing users to choose their preferred method of receiving alerts.

Acceptance Criteria

Team member receives a task assignment notification via email when a new task is assigned to them in the project management tool.

Given a task is assigned to a team member, when the task is created in the system, then the assigned team member should receive an email notification informing them of the assignment.

Team member receives an in-app notification for a task that has been assigned to them.

Given a task is assigned to a team member, when the task assignment occurs, then an in-app notification should be displayed to the assigned team member immediately.

User customizes their notification preferences for task assignments to receive only email alerts.

Given a user is in the notification settings, when they select email as their preferred communication method for task assignments, then they should only receive email notifications for assigned tasks and not in-app notifications.

Team member acknowledges the task assignment after receiving a notification.

Given a team member receives a notification for a new task, when they click on the notification to view the task details, then their acknowledgment of the task should be logged in the system to indicate they received the assignment.

Team member does not receive a notification for a task due to incorrect email settings.

Given a team member's email settings are incorrect, when a task is assigned to them, then no email notification should be sent, and an error log should be generated indicating the failure to deliver the alert.

User receives a notification when a task is reassigned to them after initial assignment to another team member.

Given a task is reassigned to a team member, when the reassignment occurs, then the team member should receive a notification indicating that the task has now been assigned to them.

User’s notification preferences are set to do not disturb during a specified time.

Given a user has set their notification preferences to do not disturb, when a task is assigned to them during that time, then no notifications (email or in-app) should be sent until the do not disturb period ends.

Role-Based Analytics Dashboard

"As a project manager, I want access to a dashboard that shows the performance of tasks by role, so that I can identify trends and improve team workflow."

Description

The Role-Based Analytics Dashboard provides insights into team performance by analyzing task completion rates, response times, and overall project progress based on assigned roles. This feature allows project managers to track how effectively team members are handling their tasks and where adjustments may be necessary. It enhances decision-making by presenting data in a clear, comprehensible format, helping leaders identify trends and potential areas for improvement in team dynamics and task management processes.

Acceptance Criteria

Project Manager views the Role-Based Analytics Dashboard to evaluate the performance of team members on a specific project.

Given that the project manager is logged into AutoBind, when they navigate to the Role-Based Analytics Dashboard, then they should see a summary of task completion rates for each team member segmented by their roles.

Team members access the Role-Based Analytics Dashboard to check their performance metrics regarding task completion.

Given that a team member is logged into their account, when they access the Role-Based Analytics Dashboard, then they should see their individual task completion rate and average response time displayed prominently on the screen.

The project manager analyzes trends in team performance over a set period through the Role-Based Analytics Dashboard.

Given that the project manager has selected a specific time frame, when they view the Role-Based Analytics Dashboard, then they should be able to see visual graphs or charts that depict trends in task completion and response times over that period.

A project manager sets up alerts based on role performance metrics through the Role-Based Analytics Dashboard.

Given that the project manager wants to be notified about performance dips, when they set a threshold for task completion rates and response times, then they should receive notifications if those metrics fall below the threshold.

The analytics dashboard displays filters for project managers to view data based on different roles within the project.

Given that the project manager is viewing the Role-Based Analytics Dashboard, when they apply filters for specific roles, then the displayed metrics should update to reflect only the selected roles' data.

The Role-Based Analytics Dashboard can be exported for external reporting by the project manager.

Given that the project manager is viewing the Role-Based Analytics Dashboard, when they choose the export option, then the dashboard data should be downloadable in a CSV format that includes all visible metrics and analytics.

Multiple Role Assignments

"As a team manager, I want to assign multiple roles to team members, so that I can leverage their diverse skills across different project tasks."

Description

The Multiple Role Assignments feature allows users to assign more than one role to a single team member if their skills and responsibilities intersect across various tasks within a project. This flexibility enhances collaboration by ensuring that a member can contribute to different aspects of a project according to their qualifications, fostering a multi-faceted work environment. This ensures that the best resources are utilized for diversified tasks, thereby enhancing project efficiency and output quality.

Acceptance Criteria

User needs to assign multiple roles to a team member for a project involving marketing and development.

Given a team member with skills in marketing and development, when the user attempts to assign roles, then the system should allow the user to assign both roles to the team member successfully.

Project manager wants to review roles assigned to a team member.

Given a selected team member, when the project manager views the roles assigned, then the system should display all roles the member is currently assigned to.

User wishes to automatically trigger notifications when roles are assigned to a team member.

Given a role assignment, when a user assigns a new role, then the system should automatically notify the team member via email about their new responsibilities.

Admin needs to ensure that role assignments do not exceed the defined number of roles per team member.

Given a maximum limit of roles defined in settings, when the user attempts to assign a role exceeding this limit, then the system should display an error message preventing the assignment.

User wants to remove one of the roles assigned to a team member.

Given a team member with multiple roles, when the user requests to remove a specific role, then the system should successfully remove that role without affecting the other assignments.

Real-Time Polling and Voting

With Real-Time Polling and Voting, teams can quickly gather opinions and make decisions collaboratively. Users can create live polls on tasks or project elements, making it easier to reach consensus within the group. This feature streamlines decision-making processes, saving time and reducing the need for lengthy discussions.

Requirements

Dynamic Poll Creation

"As a team leader, I want to create dynamic polls on project elements so that I can gather real-time feedback and make informed decisions quickly."

Description

The Dynamic Poll Creation requirement allows users to create live polls on various tasks or project elements quickly. This feature should support multiple question types, including multiple-choice, rating scales, and open-ended questions. By providing an intuitive interface for poll creation and customization, users can set specific parameters, such as anonymity or visibility of results. This functionality enhances team engagement and decision-making efficiency by enabling immediate feedback and promoting inclusivity in discussions.

Acceptance Criteria

As a team lead, I want to create a live poll to gather feedback on project priorities during a team meeting so that all members can contribute their opinions efficiently.

Given I am a logged-in user, When I navigate to the 'Create Poll' section, Then I should be able to select different question types (multiple-choice, rating scale, open-ended) for the poll.

As a project manager, I want to set parameters for my live poll, such as anonymity and visibility of results, to ensure team members feel comfortable providing honest feedback.

Given I have created a poll, When I set the anonymity option to 'On', Then the poll responses should not display user identities in the results.

As a user, I want to receive real-time updates on poll participation so that I can encourage my teammates to engage with the poll before our deadline.

Given a poll is live, When I view the poll dashboard, Then I should see a real-time count of the number of participants who have voted.

As a team member, I want to see the results of the poll after voting so that I can understand the group’s preferences and make informed contributions.

Given I have voted on a poll, When the poll closes, Then I should receive a notification and be able to view the aggregated results immediately.

As a team member, I want to be able to edit a live poll if I realize there was an error in the question or options so that I can ensure accuracy in the feedback collected.

Given I am the poll creator, When I attempt to edit an active poll, Then I should be allowed to update the question and options until the poll closes.

As a team lead, I want to export poll results after a decision has been reached so that I can document the outcome of our discussion.

Given a poll has concluded, When I select the 'Export Results' option, Then I should receive a file containing all poll responses in a predetermined format (e.g. CSV).

As a facilitator, I want to schedule polls in advance for future meetings so that I can prepare my team for upcoming discussions about key decisions.

Given I am creating a new poll, When I select a future date and time for the poll to be active, Then the poll should be scheduled and automatically activate at the designated time.

Real-Time Voting Mechanism

"As a team member, I want to participate in real-time voting on polls so that I can contribute my opinion and see how my peers feel about specific issues immediately."

Description

The Real-Time Voting Mechanism requirement enables team members to cast their votes on live polls instantly, ensuring that all contributions are captured and counted in real-time. This functionality should include visual indicators of participation and live updates of vote counts. It enhances transparency and ensures that all team members feel their opinions are valued, fostering a collaborative decision-making environment. The integration with existing project management tools is essential for seamless user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a vote on a live poll during a team meeting using the Real-Time Voting Mechanism feature.

Given a live poll is active, when a user submits their vote, then the vote should be recorded in real-time and reflected in the total count immediately.

All team members are able to see the success message after voting on a live poll.

Given a user successfully votes in a live poll, when they submit their vote, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating their vote was successfully recorded.

Visual indicators are displayed to show participation in a live voting session.

Given a live poll is ongoing, when a user accesses the poll, then visual indicators should represent who has voted and who has not.

Vote counts update in real-time as team members submit their votes.

Given a live poll is in progress, when any user casts their vote, then all participants should see the updated vote count instantly on their screens.

The voting results are accessible to all team members after the poll closes.

Given a poll has ended, when team members access the poll results, then they should see a summary of all votes cast, including total counts and individual votes.

The Real-Time Voting Mechanism is integrated with existing project management tools.

Given the voting feature is integrated, when a user initiates a live poll through the project management tool, then it should be seamlessly available for all team members to access and participate in.

Notifications are sent to participants when a live poll is created.

Given a new live poll is initiated, when the poll is created, then all designated team members should receive an instant notification of the new poll along with participation details.

Results Dashboard

"As a team member, I want to view polling results on a dashboard so that I can quickly understand the group's consensus on project decisions."

Description

The Results Dashboard requirement provides a visual representation of the polling outcomes in an easily digestible format. This feature will aggregate the responses and display data through graphs, charts, or summary statistics, allowing team members to quickly comprehend the results. The dashboard should be customizable, enabling users to filter results by various criteria, such as time period or participant group. This functionality will empower teams to analyze trends and engage in more informed discussions after the polls.

Acceptance Criteria

Results Dashboard displays aggregate polling results in real-time after a poll has been completed.

Given a completed poll, when the user accesses the Results Dashboard, then the dashboard must display the polling outcomes accurately using graphs or charts.

Users can filter polling results on the Results Dashboard by specific criteria such as time period or participant group.

Given the Results Dashboard, when the user applies a filter by time period or participant group, then the displayed results must update to reflect the selected criteria accurately.

The Results Dashboard provides users with summary statistics of polling results.

Given a completed poll, when the user accesses the Results Dashboard, then summary statistics (e.g., total votes, percentage of each option) must be clearly displayed alongside visual representations.

Users can customize the appearance of the Results Dashboard to suit their preferences and display needs.

Given the Results Dashboard, when the user changes the display settings (e.g., color scheme, chart type), then the dashboard must reflect these changes immediately without errors.

The Results Dashboard aggregates results from multiple polls, allowing for a comparison between different polls.

Given multiple completed polls, when the user views the Results Dashboard, then they must be able to see comparative results across the selected polls in an organized manner.

The Results Dashboard is accessible and usable on both desktop and mobile devices for team members.

Given a team member using the Results Dashboard, when accessed via desktop and mobile devices, then all functionalities must work seamlessly without discrepancies in the display or usability.

Poll Notifications and Reminders

"As a busy professional, I want to receive notifications about polls and voting deadlines so that I don't miss the opportunity to voice my opinion on important matters."

Description

The Poll Notifications and Reminders requirement ensures that all team members receive timely alerts about created polls and upcoming voting deadlines. The notifications system should allow users to customize their preferences for alerts via email, SMS, or app notifications, helping to maximize participation rates. This functionality is crucial for keeping everyone informed and engaged in the decision-making process, thereby improving team collaboration and responsiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members receive notifications of newly created polls immediately upon creation.

Given a poll is created, when the poll is published, then all team members should receive a notification within 5 minutes via their preferred notification method.

Users can customize their notification preferences for receiving poll alerts.

Given a user accesses notification settings, when they update their preferences for alerts (email, SMS, app notifications), then their selection should be saved and reflected in their profile without errors.

Team members receive reminders before the voting deadline for pending polls.

Given a poll is created with a voting deadline, when the deadline is approaching (24 hours prior), then all team members should receive a reminder notification about the upcoming deadline via their preferred notification method.

Users can opt out of poll notifications while retaining access to polls.

Given a user wants to opt out of notifications, when the user changes their notification preferences to opt-out, then they should no longer receive notifications while still being able to access and view active polls.

Notifications are sent out without duplication to the same user.

Given a user is a member of multiple teams and there are simultaneous poll creations, when multiple polls are created, then the user should receive only one notification per poll created to avoid redundancy.

All notifications are sent regardless of the device the user is on.

Given a user changes devices (e.g., from desktop to mobile), when a poll is created or a reminder is due, then the user should receive the notification on both devices if they have notifications enabled on both.

Users can easily verify their notification preferences.

Given a user checks their notification settings, when they navigate to this section, then it should clearly display their current preferences and allow for easy modification if required.

Anonymity Option for Votes

"As a team member, I want the option to vote anonymously on polls so that I can express my opinions without fear of judgment from my peers."

Description

The Anonymity Option for Votes requirement gives users the choice to vote anonymously on polls. This feature is vital for encouraging honest and uninhibited feedback, particularly on sensitive topics. Teams should be able to toggle this option when creating polls, striking a balance between transparency and candidness. Implementing this feature will enhance trust among team members and lead to more genuine engagement in the decision-making process.

Acceptance Criteria

As a team leader, I want to create a new poll with the anonymity option enabled so that team members can vote without their identities being disclosed.

Given the poll creation interface, when I toggle the anonymity option on and publish the poll, then team members should not see who voted as part of the results.

As a team member, I want to participate in a poll that has the anonymity option enabled so that I can express my opinion honestly without fear of judgment.

Given I am a participant in a poll with the anonymity option enabled, when I cast my vote, then my identity should remain hidden in the poll results.

As a team leader, I want to switch the anonymity option off while creating a poll so that I can allow votes to be tracked back to individual team members.

Given the poll creation interface, when I toggle the anonymity option off and publish the poll, then the results should display both the votes and the identities of the voters.

As a team member, I want to see the results of an anonymous poll to understand the group's opinion on a certain topic without identifying voters.

Given that an anonymous poll has concluded, when I view the poll results, then I should see the total number of votes and the breakdown of responses without any identification of individual votes.

As a project manager, I want to receive feedback on the polling feature to assess its effectiveness in decision-making processes within my team.

Given the use of the anonymity option in polls, when the team completes multiple polls using this feature, then at least 75% of team members should report that they feel more comfortable providing honest feedback through anonymous voting.

As a software tester, I need to test the integration of the anonymity option with the voting system to ensure functionality is intact before the feature goes live.

Given the polling and voting system, when the anonymity option is toggled on or off, then votes should either hide or show the identities of voters accordingly without resulting in errors.

Integration with Collaboration Tools

"As a team member, I want to create and participate in polls from my collaboration tools so that I can easily engage in decision-making without switching between applications."

Description

The Integration with Collaboration Tools requirement ensures that the polling and voting features seamlessly integrate with popular communication and collaboration platforms (such as Slack or Microsoft Teams). By allowing users to create and participate in polls directly from these applications, it eliminates friction and streamlines workflows, promoting greater user adoption and engagement. This requirement is essential for making polling a natural part of the team's communication routine.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Poll Creation in Slack

Given a user is logged into Slack, when they initiate a poll creation command, then they should see a prompt to enter poll question and options directly in Slack's interface.

Voting Participation from Microsoft Teams

Given a user is in a Microsoft Teams channel, when a real-time poll is created, then the user should see an immediate notification to participate in the poll and be able to cast their vote from within Teams.

Results Display after Poll Completion

Given a completed poll in any integrated collaboration tool, when the poll has closed, then all participants should be able to view the results displayed clearly within the same collaboration interface.

Poll Notification Across Platforms

Given a user creates a poll in AutoBind, when they share the poll link in Slack or Microsoft Teams, then all users should receive a notification about the new poll regardless of the platform used.

Admin Controls for Poll Management

Given that a user is an admin of the team, when they create or manage a poll, then they should have access to edit, close, or delete any existing polls from within the collaboration tool they are using.

Integration Configuration Settings

Given that an admin is in the settings menu of AutoBind, when they select integration options, then they should be able to configure integration settings for Slack and Microsoft Teams seamlessly.

Cross-Platform Poll Participation

Given a poll is created in AutoBind, when invited users are across different platforms like Slack and Microsoft Teams, then all users should be able to participate and see poll updates in real-time regardless of their platform.

Shared Document Annotation

This feature enables team members to collaborate on shared documents in real-time, allowing them to highlight, comment, and annotate directly within the document. By facilitating direct input, Shared Document Annotation enhances collaborative efforts, making it easier for teams to refine content and ensure that all voices are heard.

Requirements

Real-time Annotation Collaboration

"As a team member, I want to annotate documents in real-time with my colleagues so that we can collaborate efficiently and incorporate our collective feedback instantly."

Description

This requirement details the functionality that allows multiple team members to annotate and comment on a shared document simultaneously. It focuses on creating an interactive workspace where changes appear in real-time, making discussions around document content efficient and dynamic. By having annotations instantly visible, teams can resolve issues quickly and iterate more effectively without the delays of traditional document review processes. This integration with the AutoBind platform enhances productivity by ensuring that every team member's input is captured and addressed, which is crucial for collective decision-making and content refinement.

Acceptance Criteria

As a team member collaborating on a project, I need to highlight text and add comments in real-time while reviewing a shared document with my colleagues.

Given that I am viewing a shared document, when I highlight a portion of text and add a comment, then my comment should be visible to all other collaborators within 2 seconds without requiring a page refresh.

As a project manager, I want to ensure that all annotations made by team members are timestamped and attributed to the correct user for accountability.

Given that an annotation has been made, when I view the annotated document, then I should see the name of the user who made the comment along with a timestamp indicating when it was made.

As a team member, I want to receive notifications for any new annotations added by my colleagues to stay updated on the document review process.

Given that I am collaborating on a shared document, when a new annotation is added by another team member, then I should receive a notification alerting me of the new comment within 5 seconds.

As a team member, I want to be able to see a history of changes made to the annotations to reference previous discussions and decisions.

Given that I am in a shared document, when I click on the 'View Annotation History' option, then I should be presented with a chronological list of all annotations made, including the content of each comment and the date it was made.

As a user, I want to ensure that when I leave the document and return, I can see the latest annotations made by my team members.

Given that I have left a shared document, when I return to that document, then I should see all annotations made while I was away, reflecting the most current state of the document.

As a team member, I need to ensure that annotations can be edited or deleted by the user who created them for better control over comments.

Given that I am the author of an annotation, when I choose to edit or delete my comment, then the changes should be reflected in real-time for all other collaborators without any delays.

Highlight and Tagging Functionality

"As a team member, I want to highlight important sections in documents and tag them so that I can prioritize feedback and make discussions clearer for my team."

Description

This requirement involves implementing highlight and tagging capabilities within the shared document, enabling users to emphasize key points and categorize their feedback for easy navigation. The feature will allow users to apply different colors and tags to their highlights, enhancing the document’s visual organization and making it simpler for team members to spot important information quickly. This not only streamlines the review process but also organizes feedback for smoother revisions and discussions. Integration with tagging systems will facilitate better content management within AutoBind, aligning with users' workflow needs.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members collaboratively edit a shared document during a project meeting, utilizing highlight and tagging functionalities to emphasize key areas of discussion and feedback.

Given a shared document opened in AutoBind, when a user highlights a section of text and applies a tag, then the highlight should visually display the chosen color and the tag should be visible in the annotation panel.

Users are reviewing a shared document after a brainstorming session, needing to quickly locate and discuss specific feedback points indicated by highlights and tags.

Given a shared document with multiple highlights and tags, when a user clicks on a specific tag in the annotation panel, then the document should automatically scroll to the corresponding highlight and display associated comments.

A project manager wants to analyze team feedback on a shared document, ensuring that feedback is organized by categories for a summary report.

Given a shared document with highlighted sections and tags applied, when the project manager exports the document, then the exported file should retain all highlights, colors, and tags in a format that is easily readable.

After completing a document review, users need to see all highlights at a glance to understand the key points before finalizing revisions.

Given a shared document, when a user selects the 'View Highlights' option, then all highlighted sections should be displayed in a sidebar, along with any associated comments, in an organized list format.

Team members want to customize tags when annotating documents to better fit their project's terminology and categories.

Given a shared document, when a user creates a new tag while highlighting, then the new tag should be saved and available for use in the document and other future documents.

Multiple users are collaboratively editing a document and need to ensure that highlights and tags do not interfere with each other's work.

Given multiple users editing a shared document, when one user highlights a section and applies a tag, then other users should see that highlight in real-time without any input delay or overlap errors.

Version Control and History Tracking

"As a project manager, I want to track changes made to documents and access the history of edits so that I can ensure accountability and revert changes if needed."

Description

This requirement focuses on creating a version control system that tracks all edits and annotations made within the shared document. Users will be able to view the document’s history, see who made specific changes, and revert to previous versions if necessary. This ensures that all contributions are recorded, promoting accountability among team members and safeguarding against potential data loss or unwanted changes. By integrating this capability into AutoBind, users will have confidence in the integrity of their documents, enhancing collaboration while providing a safety net for their work.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the shared document where the version control system is implemented after multiple annotations have been made by the team.

Given the user is viewing the document, when they select the 'Version History' option, then they should see a list of all previous versions along with timestamps and user identifiers for each change made.

Team member edits the shared document and wants to revert to a previous version after realizing an error was made in the latest version.

Given the user has made changes to the document, when they choose to revert to a previous version from the 'Version History', then the document should update to reflect that earlier version, successfully preserving all annotations made prior to the change.

Users want to track changes made by different team members in the shared document to promote accountability.

Given the user is working on a shared document, when they view the 'Version History', then each entry should clearly indicate which user made the changes and what specific modifications were made, including additions and deletions.

User attempts to access a version that was deleted or an invalid version in the version control history.

Given the user is on the 'Version History' page, when they try to access an invalid or deleted version, then the system should return an error message indicating the version is not available and provide options to view other available versions.

A team member wants to add a comment to a version change to explain the modifications made.

Given the user is on the 'Version History' page, when they select a version change, then they should have the option to add a comment that can be saved and linked to that version for future reference.

Users need to know if the version control system is enabled and functioning properly within a shared document.

Given the document is opened, when the user accesses the settings, then there should be a clear indication that the version control system is enabled, along with a brief description of its functionality.

Users want to compare two different versions of the document side by side to identify changes easily.

Given the user selects two versions from the 'Version History', when they click 'Compare Versions', then a side-by-side view should be displayed highlighting additions and deletions for easy review.

Integrated Notification System

"As a team member, I want to receive notifications for updates in shared documents so that I can stay informed about changes and respond to my colleagues timely."

Description

This requirement specifies the implementation of a notification system that alerts team members about new comments, annotations, or changes in shared documents. The notifications will be customizable, allowing users to choose how and when they want to be notified—whether through in-app alerts, email, or push notifications. This feature ensures that team members stay up-to-date with document changes, fostering timely collaboration and reducing the chances of missing critical feedback or updates. Integrating this into AutoBind’s user experience will enhance overall communication among teams beyond document editing, contributing to more synchronized work processes.

Acceptance Criteria

Team member receives an email notification for new comments on a shared document while they are working on a different task.

Given a shared document with new comments, when a team member is notified via email, then they should receive a well-formatted email containing the comment details and a link to the document.

Team member customizes notification settings to receive push notifications on their mobile device for document changes.

Given a team member's notification settings are updated, when a new comment is added to a document, then a push notification should appear on their mobile device with the comment summary.

Team leader wants to review all team feedback on a shared document in real-time and ensures all members receive notifications for new annotations.

Given a document being edited by multiple users, when an annotation is added, then all team members should receive in-app alerts to keep everyone informed of changes simultaneously.

A team member checks their in-app notification log to see all recent comments and annotations in a shared document.

Given the team member clicks on the notification log, when they view the recent notifications, then they should see all notifications with timestamps and links to corresponding documents.

A user wants to adjust the frequency of receiving email notifications from daily to instant for specific shared documents.

Given a user updates their notification frequency settings, when changes are saved, then the user should receive instant email notifications for new comments or changes on selected documents accordingly.

A user needs to discern between different types of notifications received for a shared document, such as comments, annotations, and document changes.

Given multiple types of notifications are sent, when the user views the notifications, then each notification should be clearly categorized by type and include relevant details such as who made the change.

User Permissions and Access Control

"As a document owner, I want to set permissions for my team members so that I can control who can view and edit shared documents, ensuring sensitive information is protected."

Description

This requirement outlines the establishment of user roles and permissions within the document annotation feature, allowing document creators to control who can view, edit, and comment on shared documents. By integrating this capability, AutoBind will enhance security and ensure that sensitive information is protected while allowing open collaboration among authorized users. Different permission levels can include read-only access, comment-only access, or full editing rights, promoting a tailored collaborative experience that aligns with organizational policies and team dynamics.

Acceptance Criteria

Control User Permissions for Document Collaboration

Given a document creator, when they set permissions for a shared document, then team members should only be able to perform actions (view, comment, edit) according to the permissions assigned to their role.

Validate Permission Levels for Different Users

Given a shared document with multiple users, when each user accesses the document, then each user should experience the document according to their assigned permission levels with no exceptions.

Audit User Activity on Shared Documents

Given a document shared with multiple team members, when a document creator requests an audit of user activities, then the system should provide a detailed report of actions taken by each user within the document.

Revoking User Access to a Document

Given a document creator, when they revoke access for a user, then the revoked user should be unable to view or comment on the shared document within 5 minutes of the access being revoked.

Notifications for Permission Changes

Given a change in user permissions for a shared document, when the change is made, then all affected users should receive real-time notifications regarding their new access rights.

Handling Permission Conflicts Between Users

Given overlapping permissions are set for two users on the same document, when both users attempt to perform actions, then the system should prioritize the higher permission level and inform the lower permission user of their restrictions.

Notification Customization

Notification Customization allows users to tailor their alert settings based on their collaboration preferences. Users can choose which updates they want to receive in real-time, ensuring that they are informed about relevant changes without being overwhelmed by notifications. This feature enhances user experience by allowing for focus and efficient communication.

Requirements

Custom Notification Preferences

"As a user, I want to customize my notification settings so that I only receive important updates and can focus on my tasks without distractions."

Description

The Custom Notification Preferences requirement allows users to configure their notification settings according to their specific needs and collaboration preferences. This feature provides a user-friendly interface where users can select which updates they want to receive — such as task completions, comments, or mentions — through various channels, like email or in-app notifications. The implementation of this requirement aims to enhance user experience by minimizing irrelevant notifications, enabling users to maintain focus on essential updates. This functionality is critical for improving productivity, as it ensures users stay informed without becoming overwhelmed by excessive alerts. Furthermore, it integrates seamlessly with the AutoBind platform and its existing features, providing a coherent workflow for users.

Acceptance Criteria

User configures custom notification settings for task completions.

Given a user is logged into AutoBind, when they navigate to the notification settings and select 'Task Completions' for email alerts, then they should receive email notifications for all future task completions.

User chooses to receive comment notifications via in-app messaging.

Given a user is in the notification settings, when they select 'Comments' for in-app notifications, then they should receive in-app alerts for all new comments on their tasks.

User disables notifications for mentions in collaboration channels.

Given a user has navigated to notification preferences and deselects 'Mentions', when someone mentions them in a task or comment, then they should not receive any notification regarding that mention.

User wants to receive a summary of all notifications daily.

Given a user enables the daily summary notification setting, when the end of the day arrives, then they should receive a summary email detailing all notifications they would have received throughout the day.

User tests notification settings to confirm they work as intended.

Given a user has set their notification preferences, when they create a new task, comment on a task, and mention another user, then the appropriate notifications should be sent based on their configured preferences.

User customizes notifications for high-priority tasks only.

Given a user sets their notification preferences to only receive alerts for high-priority tasks, when a high-priority task is updated, then they should receive a notification while updates to other tasks remain silent.

User resets notification preferences to default settings.

Given a user is in the notification settings, when they click the 'Reset to Default' button, then all custom notification preferences should revert to their original default state.

Real-Time Notification Delivery

"As a user, I want to receive real-time notifications for important events so that I can react quickly and stay updated on my tasks."

Description

The Real-Time Notification Delivery requirement ensures that users receive updates and alerts immediately through their chosen channels once an event occurs within AutoBind. This feature is crucial for fostering timely communication and collaboration among users, as it allows them to respond to changes swiftly. The implementation should include robust backend services to manage event triggers and notification dispatch, ensuring reliability and speed of delivery. By addressing this requirement, AutoBind enhances the responsiveness of workflows and reinforces user engagement, ultimately contributing to a more dynamic and efficient working environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User configuration of notification settings after an event triggers a task automation, leading to real-time alerts.

Given a user configures their notification preferences, When an event occurs that triggers a task, Then the user receives an instant alert through their chosen notification channel.

User receives alerts for changes within a specific project they are collaborating on while using AutoBind.

Given a user is collaborating on a project and has enabled notifications, When a change occurs in that project (e.g., task assigned, status updated), Then the user should receive an alert immediately.

A solopreneur wants to verify that they are not overwhelmed by too many notifications while still receiving critical updates in real time.

Given the user has set their notification preferences to receive priority updates only, When a non-priority update occurs, Then the user should not receive an alert for that update.

Users maintain workflow by monitoring alerts about task deadlines and project milestones in real time.

Given a user has set a notification for impending deadlines, When a task is nearing its deadline, Then the user should immediately receive a notification alerting them to the approaching deadline.

Multiple users collaborate on a task and want to ensure they're all notified of changes in real time without duplication of alerts.

Given multiple users are assigned to a collaborative task, When a status change occurs, Then each user should receive a single notification to prevent alert fatigue.

A user adjusts their notification settings to deactivate alerts for recurring tasks but continues to receive critical alerts for other workflows.

Given the user disabled notifications for recurring tasks, When a critical change occurs outside those tasks, Then the user should still receive that critical alert in real time without interruption.

A user wants to test the notification system to ensure real-time alerts are delivered seamlessly during high-traffic events.

Given a user triggers a sequence of events during peak usage times, When those events are processed, Then all alerts should be delivered within 5 seconds without delays or failures.

Notification Silence Hours

"As a user, I want to set silence hours for my notifications so that I can have uninterrupted personal time without any distractions from work."

Description

The Notification Silence Hours requirement allows users to specify a range of time during which they do not wish to receive notifications. This feature is essential for promoting work-life balance, as it permits users to customize their notification schedule according to their personal and professional timelines. The implementation should enable users to set start and end times for these silence periods effectively. By integrating this requirement, AutoBind addresses user preferences and provides control over communication flow, allowing users to disengage from work notifications during designated downtime while still capturing missed alerts for review later.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a notification silence period from 10 PM to 7 AM.

Given the user accesses the notification settings, when they enter 10 PM as the start time and 7 AM as the end time, then the notification silence period should be saved and displayed correctly in the settings.

User receives all notifications outside of the silence hours.

Given the user has set a notification silence period from 10 PM to 7 AM, when a notification is triggered at 8 AM, then the user should receive the notification immediately.

User attempts to set overlapping notification silence periods.

Given the user tries to set a silence period from 9 PM to 8 AM, when they save the settings, then an error message should be displayed indicating that the periods cannot overlap.

User views a summary of their notification silence settings.

Given the user is on the notification settings page, when they view the silence hours section, then a summary of the active silence periods should be displayed with accurate start and end times.

User disables the notification silence period.

Given the user has an active silence period set, when they toggle the silence feature off, then the silence period should be removed from the settings and notifications should be received at all times.

User changes the silence period after it has been saved.

Given the user has a silence period set from 10 PM to 7 AM, when they change the start time to 11 PM and save, then the updated silence period should be saved and displayed as 11 PM to 7 AM in the settings.

User wants to know how to revert changes to the notification silence hours.

Given the user has modified their notification silence hours, when they click on the help icon, then clear instructions on how to revert their changes should be displayed.

Group Notification Settings

"As a user, I want to set notification preferences for my team so that we all receive relevant updates and avoid unnecessary distractions."

Description

The Group Notification Settings requirement enables users to manage notification preferences collectively for their teams or projects. This feature enhances collaboration by allowing users to agree on which updates should be sent to all group members, ensuring that everyone is aligned and informed on pertinent changes without duplicating information. The implementation should include options for group settings adjustments and clear communications regarding defaults. By addressing this requirement, AutoBind strengthens team dynamics and facilitates informed decision-making based on a unified communication approach.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects notification preferences for a specific project as a team lead and communicates these preferences to team members.

Given that the team lead accesses the Group Notification Settings, when they select desired notification types for the project and save these settings, then all team members should receive a confirmation of the updated notification preferences without errors.

Team members receive updates when the project notification preferences are changed by the team lead.

Given that the team lead updates the notification settings, when the settings are saved, then all team members should receive an immediate notification with the details of the changes made to the preferences.

A user attempts to revert notification settings to default settings for their group project.

Given that a user selects the revert option in the Group Notification Settings, when they confirm the action, then the notification settings should reset to the default values for all group members without any residual configurations from previous settings.

User views a summary of current group notification settings before making changes.

Given that the user accesses the Group Notification Settings, when they view the page, then they should see a clear summary of the current notification preferences and how they affect each team member, including who has opted into which updates.

A user receives feedback on the effectiveness of the group notification settings post-implementation.

Given that the group notification settings have been active for two weeks, when the team members review their notification preferences, then a feedback mechanism should allow them to report on whether the settings meet their needs and preferences, resulting in collected data for future enhancements.

An administrator modifies the default notification settings for a group.

Given that the administrator has the necessary permissions, when they adjust the default notification settings and save those changes, then every new team member added in the future should automatically inherit these default settings until they are adjusted manually by the user.

Notification settings are applied consistently across all platforms and devices.

Given that a user adjusts their Group Notification Settings from their desktop, when they log into the mobile application or any other platform, then the same notification preferences should be reflected accurately across all devices without discrepancies.

In-App Notification Center

"As a user, I want to access a notification center in the app so that I can review all my alerts in one place and prioritize my responses accordingly."

Description

The In-App Notification Center requirement provides users with a dedicated space within the AutoBind application for managing and reviewing all notifications received. This feature will allow users to see past alerts, filter notifications by type, and mark them as read or important for follow-up. A well-implemented notification center enhances user experience by offering a centralized approach to managing alerts, significantly reducing clutter and distraction. By integrating this requirement, AutoBind enriches user engagement and workflow organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the In-App Notification Center to review all received notifications after completing a major project.

Given the user is logged into AutoBind, when they navigate to the In-App Notification Center, then all past notifications should be displayed in chronological order.

User filters notifications by type to see only collaborative alerts.

Given the user is in the In-App Notification Center, when they select the filter for 'collaborative alerts', then only notifications related to collaborations should be displayed.

User marks a notification as important for follow-up after reviewing it.

Given the user is viewing a notification in the In-App Notification Center, when they click the 'mark as important' button, then the notification should be highlighted and moved to the important section.

User clears all read notifications from the In-App Notification Center.

Given the user is viewing the In-App Notification Center, when they click the 'clear all read notifications' button, then all notifications marked as read should be removed from view.

User receives an alert about a project update and decides to check the notification in real-time.

Given the user is working within AutoBind, when a project update notification is triggered, then the notification should appear in real-time in the In-App Notification Center without requiring a refresh.

User reviews the In-App Notification Center on a mobile device and checks for responsiveness.

Given the user is using AutoBind on a mobile device, when they access the In-App Notification Center, then the layout should adjust appropriately to fit the mobile screen, ensuring usability and readability.

User discovers an archived notification and wants to restore it for review.

Given the user is in the In-App Notification Center, when they navigate to the archived notifications section and select a notification to restore, then the notification should reappear in the active list of notifications.

Product Details

Vision & Mission

Problem & Solution

Details & Audience

User Personas

Efficiency Distributor

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Creative Automator

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Hands-On Implementer

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Product Features

Dynamic Workflow Permissions

Requirements

Customizable Workflow Permission Levels

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Role-Based Access Control

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Audit Trail for Permissions Changes

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Notification System for Access Changes

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User-Friendly Permission Interface

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Granular Permissions for Tasks

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Integrated Version History

Requirements

Version Tracking Interface

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Revert Functionality

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User Permissions Management

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Change Notification System

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Searchable Change Log

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Collaborative Feedback Loop

Requirements

Task Tagging System

Description

Acceptance Criteria

In-context Commenting

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Notification Alerts

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Feedback Analytics Dashboard

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Version History for Comments